Home

SnapSAN S3000/S5000 Replication/Mirroring

1. Step LO Restarting applications Figure 8 2 Online Backup Flow 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 48 2 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Operations Overview Operation procedure 10400412 002 11 2012 1 Terminating applications backup server To secure data consistency terminate or stop applications and certain services that are accessing the target volume If a folder is shared in the target volume cancel the sharing temporarily If an application or service has not been terminated or stopped or a shared folder is accessed unmounting shown in step 3 will fail Example Stopping a service NET STOP service name To stop a service ESMCommonService specify as follows NET STOP ESMCommonService Flushing RV file system backup server Flush the RV file system to write the unwritten data in the file system buffer into the disk iSMrc_flush drv H Then the following message appears and the file system is flushed Flush Start2001 02 21 12 27 01 disk11devO0O2WN Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0f7 00004c714491 H Flush Normal End2001 02 21 12 27 01 disk11devO0O2WN Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0f7 00004c714491 H Unmounting RV backup server Unmount RV to cancel the association between the volume and the file system When RV is unmounted the mount point drive letter or NTFS folder name set for the volume is automatically del
2. 0000h WN DB_DATA_MV MV for DB data file oooh DB_REDO1_MV MV for DB REDO file 1 0002h DB_REDO2_MV MV for DB REDO file 2 0003h DB_CTL_MV MV for DB control file 0004h DB_ARCHIVE_MV MV for DB archive file o005h DB_DATA_RV RV for DB data file 0006h DB_REDO1_RV RV for DB REDO file 1 0007h DB_REDO2_RV RV for DB REDO file 2 0008h DB_CTL_RV RV for DB control file 0009h DB_ARCHIVE_RV RV for DB archive file Because logical disks are used by Windows systems set the OS type as WN default value for Windows system or WG when a GPT disk is used This example shows logical disk names set in accordance with the database configuration Director No Port No Port name Server connected 00h OOh DB_SECONDARY Application server O1h OOh DB_PRIMARY OOh Oth BACKUP_PRIMARY Backup server Oth Oth BACKUP_SECONDARY This example shows port names set in accordance with the server connection configuration Setting Access Control Excluding disks shared with clusters one logical disk cannot be connected to more than one server for sharing If the same logical disk is connected to more than one server the disk may not be identified by a server or data corruption may occur Therefore by using the Access Control function set access restrictions not to allow one logical disk to be accessed from multiple servers meaning MV is connected only to an application server and RV is connected only to a backup server To prevent errors in control vo
3. Choose peir s you want to perform restoration from the list and click Restore You can select one or wore pairs to perform restoration for them at once Restore Close Help Figure 4 20 Restore ACOS 4 Special Function 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 37 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Select a pair for which you want to perform Restore from the list and then click the Restore button Multiple pairs can be selected and Restore can be performed for the pairs in a batch Unexecutable pairs cannot be selected Selected Volume List Lists the information about the pair MV RV selected on the Replication Information window Volumes whose Execution Result is Unexecutable cannot be selected because they do not satisfy the conditions to perform Restore For Unexecutable volumes take one of the actions listed below according to the Unexecutable Info Unexecutable Info Action Unpaired Volume Perform Restore for a paired volume Have Unpaired Perform Restore for a paired volume Replicated Perform Restore for a volume in the Separate state Restored Perform Restore for a volume in the Separate state Separate Preparing Perform Restore again in the Separated state Separating Perform Restore again in the Separated state Being replicated by other Replicate is performed in another layer Perform Restore again pair after Separate is completed Being
4. RV 0004h NX R_VOLUME002 FC Par_A 0104h M_ VOLUME004 FC Remote Replication Par_C Replicate StorageS2800 Synchronized Foregro und Copy Sync Not Ready 0 KB 1 33 2 NX shigotol IV 0005h NX R_VOLUME003 RO Par_A nt omy ark a nn e ee et 33 32 NXE Shig6tol 18 7 MV 0006h NX M_VOLUME004 FC Par_A 020ah R_VOLUME00a ATA Remote Replication Par _B Replicate StorageS2800 Synchronized Foreground Copy Syne 0 KB 1 33 20 NX Sshaigotol Te We ene RV 0007h NX R_VOLUME004 FC Par_A 0109h M_VOLUME009 FC Remote Replication Par _C Replicate StorageS2800 Synchronized Foreground Copy Sync Not Ready 0 KB 1 33 2 NX shigotol IV 0008h NX M_VOLUME005 FC Par_A 6 6 n nat re ee E ee AE E T NX shigotol MV 0066h NX M_VOLUME006 FC Par_A 00bbh R_VOLUME010 FC Remote Replication Par _D Separate Storage4900_2 Separated 0 KB 1 2 ATG 4900 Prevent Prevent Comparing 65 NOTE Whena disk array that does not support the VirtualStoragePartitioning function or that does not have a VirtualStoragePartitioning license is selected Partition Name and Pair Partition Name are not output Save Pair Setting Information This function saves the pair setting information for the selected d
5. Figure 6 3 Using Replication Volume for Backup 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 46 2 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Backup and Restoring Restoring This section describes the basic flow of restoring data using restoration of the data replication function Restoring environment Restore environment by re creating MV re specifying a pair etc 7 Unmounting MV and RV Unmount RV on the backup server and MV onthe application server to clear the data remainingin the file system buffer Starting restoration Perform restoration to copy data from RV to MV Mounting MV to restart operation Mount MV on the application server to restart operation Figure 6 4 Mount MV Restart Restoring environment Unmounting MY and RY Restore environment by re creating M re s pecifying a pair etc Unmount MY and RY to clear the file system buffer Ga Backup Server Tape Device Tape Device Mounting MW to restart operation D Restore DiskArray Tape Device Tape Device Figure 6 5 Restoration Flow 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 6 3 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Backup and Restoring Accessing MV After Start of Restoration After restoration is started MV data restored from RV can be used immediately even if the restoration is ongoing When access is made to an area where copy from RV to MV is not co
6. 10400412 002 11 2012 Restore Selected Unexecutable Info Activity Logical Disk Nawe N Separate R43000001 MEDR i Unexecutable Replicated Replicate A43000001 MSP Not selected Not selectable Details Restore Conditions iii dction Mode RY Protection RY Update iv 8229 Differential lyf All v Copy Mode Synchronous Semi synchronous f Background Copy Copy mode can t be selected when RV Protection is selected in Active Mode vi RV Status Not Ready Read Only Default Choose pair s you want to perform restoration from the list and click Restore You can select one or more pairs to perform restoration for them at once Restore Close Help Figure 4 19 Restore Screen Selected COSA VOL 0008 ACOS4_VOL_OOQ 0S4 VOL 0378 Not selected Not selectable Summary C Details m Restore Conditions iii Aetion Mode RV Protection RV Update iv Range Differential Only All Copy Node Synchronous Background Copy Copy mode can t be selected when RV Protection is selected in Active Mode RV Status Nort Ready C Read only Default m ACOS 4 Special Function jie Rename Media No C Yes Clear Soft Mirror Info viii x Nev Media Name When Yeo is selected the wedia name is written in MV When RV Protection is selected the media name is not written in RV When RV Update 15 selected the media name 15 also written in RV
7. 2012 Overland Storage Inc 412 8 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview 6 Mount MV logical volume When using LVM mount the LVM logical volume In this example ext3 is used as a file system mount t ext3 dev vg01 lvol mvfs When using VxVM mount the VxVM logical volume In this example VxFS is used as a file system mount t vxfs dev vx dsk dg01 voll mvfs1 Start the terminated operations such as applications Wait for completion of separation application server The system waits for MV and RV to be automatically separated after the completion of Restore protect iSMrc_wait file disks txt cond sep Automatic Separation Eo Figure 12 8 Automatic Separation 9 Mount RV backup server Activating the volume group or importing the disk group When using LVM activate the RV volume group vgchange a y dev vg01 When using VxVM set the RV disks online and then import the disk group vxdisk online sdf vxdg C import dg01 vxvol g dg01 startall 10 Mount RV logical volume When using LVM mount the LVM logical volume In this example ext3 is used as a file system mount t ext3 dev vg01 lvol rvfs When using VxVM mount the VxVM logical volume In this example VxFS is used as a file system mount t vxfs dev vx dsk dg01 voll1 rvfs1 Using Replication Volumes This section describes how to replicate data from MV to RV and then use RV on a different application server t
8. Identity Indicates the identity of a pair Display Description Not Certified MV and RV have not been compared and their identity has not been certified The state is Not Certified Not Certified is also displayed when MV is in the Update Prevention state and RV is not in the Update Prevention state and vice versa Comparing xxx MV and RV are being compared Identical As a result of volume comparing it was found that the data of MV and RV were identical Certifying xxx The identity between MV and RV is being certified Certified Since identity between MV and RV has been certified there are no differences Different As a result of volume comparing it was found that the data of MV and RV were not identical Fault Comparing A failure occurred while MV and RV were compared Fault Certifying A failure occurred while the identity between MV and RV was certified If a disk array not directly monitored by Replication Manager is selected the following information will be left blank e PD Type e LD Set Name e ATgroup Name e Pair Partition Name For a partition user only volumes whose administrative authority belongs to the user are displayed Disk Array LINK Information Screen When you click the Disk Array LINK Information tab in the information list display area the link information currently set between the disk arrays is displayed refer to Figure 3 4 Disk Array LINK Information Screen
9. In the case of Windows Server 2003 or Windows Server 2008 on the server to which RV is connected execute the MOUNTVOL command provided by the operating system to suppress automatic volume mounting MOUNTVOL N before operation 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 49 6 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Windows System Volumes and Partitions To use ReplicationControl Ver3 2 or later specify NOTREADY for the UMOUNT_RVACC parameter in the replication operation option setting file to suppress automount of RV Before applying this setting note the following to check and review the operation procedures as required e When RV is unmounted on Windows 2000 the access restriction for RV is changed to Not Ready Accordingly when a volume in a multi partition configuration is unmounted all volumes partitions on the relevant disk cannot be read or written After that another partition on the same disk cannot be accessed to read write or be flushed by the iSMrc_flush command until the RV is mounted by the iSMrc_mount command e Unmounting using the iSMrc_umount command must be performed in the status in which only one mount point drive letter or NTFS folder name is set for the target volume If no mount point is set or multiple mount points are set unmounting cannot be performed For this reason this setting is unavailable for an operation procedure such as deleting all mount points using the D option of th
10. Mount RV Application Server 2 This section describes how to use RV 1 Activate the volume group or import the disk group When using LVM activate the RV volume group vgchange a y dev vg01 When using VxVM set the RV disks online and then import the disk group vxdisk online sdf vxdg C import dg01 vxvol g dg01 startall 2 Mount RV logical volume When using LVM mount the LVM logical volume In this example ext3 is used as a file system mount t ext3 dev vg01 lvol rvfs1 When using VxVM mount the VxVM logical volume In this example VxFS is used as a file system mount t vxfs dev vx dsk dg01 voll1 rvfs1 You can start using RV while copying differences from MV to RV without waiting for the completion of separation 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 12 12 Error Types Data replication errors can be categorized as follows e HW fault unique to replication e SnapSAN Manager Server fault e ReplicationControl abnormal end e Invalid product HW Fault Unique to Replication SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Measures for Errors The data replication function realized by HW may cause errors given below in addition to ordinary HW faults These errors can be checked from the SnapSAN Manager screen These errors may abnormally stop ReplicationControl commands Detecting a copy fault If copy operation between MV and RV is not executed normally due to a
11. Save in SI etc yee ee trace Fiene frolt Save as type csv Fesv z Cancel P A Figure 5 14 CSV Output 2 Specify the destination where the file is saved The default destination folder is etc under the installation directory 3 Specify a file name The default name is vollist csv 4 Click the Save button to save the file or Click the Cancel button to return to the Volume List Display window without saving the file When a file is saved successfully the following message appears 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 5 30 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview CS Output of Information List Ea j 00009 Data was saved as a CSV file Figure 5 15 Data Saved Clicking the OK button returns to the Volume List Display window File Example The following is an example of CSV output of the information on the Volume List display window Drive Letter Path Name Volume Name Disk No Volume Definition LUN LDN LD Name Disk Array Type PD Type Target Name Pair disk Destination volume disk1 Control1 000h 000ah BACKUP_CV Tokyo Customer _DataBase IV FC Volume cce89867 4d87 11d8 92a3 806d6172696f disk2 001h 0005h LOCAL DATA1 Tokyo Customer _DataBase IV FC igqn 2001 03 jp nec storage01 ist 3 10 sn 0000000010000028 1x expr120a4 target0000 Volume cce89868 4d87 11d8 92a3 806d6172696f disk3 002h 0006h LOCAL DATA2 Tokyo Customer _DataBa
12. Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce D Restarting applications application server Restart the applications and services that were terminated If you stopped services restart them by following the procedure below If not you need not do the following Example Starting a service NET START service name To start a service ESMCommonService specify as follows NET START ESMCommonService If you canceled sharing of a shared folder share the folder again If not you need not do the following Example Sharing a folder NET SHARE share_name drive_letter path To enable the sharing of a folder mv_folder1 specify as follows NET SHARE mv_folder1 G mv_folder1 Waiting for separation completion application server The system waits for MV and RV to be automatically separated following the completion of restoration with RV protection specified iSMrc_wait file disks txt cond sep Mounting RV backup server Mount RV to associate it with a file system When RV is mounted with the mount point drive letter or NTFS folder name and target mount point volume name specified the mount point is automatically set again On Windows 2000 the RV is released from the Not Ready state iSMrc_mount drv D mvol Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0f7 00004c714491 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 8 20 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Operations Overview Then the following m
13. When a failure occurs in MV data Time taken for synchronization can be restored quickly with the varies depending on the amount previous backup data retained in of updates made in MV amount RV of copy differences e RV can be used for operations other than backup during operation 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 46 6 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Backup and Restoring Form Advantage Note Replicate Operation Time taken for synchronization is Since RV is always synchronized short with MV RV data cannot be used after an MV failure or data inconsistency occurs To start restoration of MV data needs to be restored from a tape or other secondary backup media to RV before the MV restoration The procedure for restarting backup server is complicated separation is required etc Operation performance can be affected by load of copying data to RV Static Point of Data To back up consistent data it is important to secure the static point of data on the application server before separating MV and RV To secure a static point of data stop operation temporarily in general After stopping the operation to fix data in files and databases flush and unmount the MV file system to write the data remaining in the file system buffer into the logical disk of the disk array ensuring the consistency of the data in MV Separating MV and RV with the consistent MV data allows you to b
14. e When link volume LV for the snapshot function is connected to the server the LV and the snapshot volume SV are linked When base volume BY is connected to the server the BV and LV are not linked e Protected data can be read when a logical disk for which the data retention function is applied is connected to the server e The volume is in the In use state and accessible when the logical disk for which the power saving function is applied is connected to the server e All the volumes are mounted and every mount point to be used drive letter or NTFS folder name is set e The link path between disk arrays is normal when the Replication and Mirroring is configured for the disk array After successfully creating a volume list display the information registered in the volume list to check that the items to be used such as logical disks partitions mount point volume names and mount points drive letters or NTFS folder names are all registered Once a volume list is successfully created the information will be maintained for operation It is not necessary to update the volume list during operation However if the disk array server OS volume or other configuration is changed it is required to recreate the volume list to reflect the new information Note that an error or inconsistency may occur at execution of a replication operation command unless the volume list is updated 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage
15. If MV and RV are separated after waiting for 60 seconds files smaller than 600 byte and files being updated may not be reflected into the RV If separation is performed without MV unmounted execute CHKDSK F for RV when the RV is mounted because the file system of RV may have a failure When iSMrc_umount command terminates abnormally on application server Terminate applications backup server Stop applications and services that refer to the target volume using a program running on the server After checking that the applications and services are stopped execute the iSMrc_umount command again Executing CHKDSK backup server Execute the CHKDSK command to allow a static point of the file system to be secured Example of executing CHKDSK When specifying a mount point volume name with CHKDSK omit at the end of the name CHKDSK Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0f7 00004c714491 F X Refer to the CHKDSK help before using the CHKDSK command Executing iSMrc_umount backup server 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 8 31 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Troubleshooting After completion of CHKDSK execute iSMrc_umount again If the command still terminates abnormally after this process go to the next step Restarting backup server If CHKDSK F X has failed restart the backup server Abnormal end of iSMrc_restore command A drive letter of MV or MV mounting in an NTFS folder will
16. a option Displays the information about association with all logical disks al option Displays only the information about association with the specified logical disk number ae option Displays information only associated with specified logical disk names 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 13 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Option Description ad option Displays information only associated with a specified drive letter or a path name of the NTFS folder ap option Displays information only associated with specified physical disk numbers av option Displays information only associated with specified mount point volume names ah option Displays information only associated with specified HBT If LUN is also specified only the information about association with the specified HBT and LUN will be displayed ai option Displays the information about association with and configuration of the logical disk Displays only information associated with specified PD Type if the PD Type attribute of the physical disk configuring the logical disk is specified ctl option Lists the physical disk numbers and logical disk numbers of control volumes and the corresponding disk array names p option Displays the property information about the volume list that includes the version and the date when the volume list is created ax option Lists the disk array
17. 2012 Overland Storage Inc 47 20 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview 2 Unmounting RV backup server Unmount RV to cancel the association between the volume and the file system When RV is unmounted the mount point drive letter or NTFS folder name set for the volume is automatically deleted On Windows 2000 the access restriction for RV is changed to Not Ready Set NOTREADY for the UMOUNT_RVACC parameter in the replication operation option setting file to suppress RV automount before operation Before unmounting terminate all applications that may access the drive For more information about unmounting also refer to Chapter 4 Notes iSMrc_umount drv H offline Then the following message appears and RV is unmounted Umount Start2001 02 21 11 21 14 disk11devO0O2WN Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0f7 00004c714491 H iSMrc_umount Info iSM138221 Resetting drive letter H has succeeded Umount Normal End2001 02 21 11 21 14 disk11devO0O2WN Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0f7 00004c714491 H 3 Performing replication application server Perform replication to synchronize Replicate MV and RV again iSMrc_replicate mv dev001 mvflg ld rv dev002 rvflg Id Then the following message appears and copy from MV to RV is started Replicate Start2001 02 21 11 21 15 MV 10dev001WN Volume ce49f299 614e 11d5 b1df 009027520bce G RV dev002 WN 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland St
18. Before restoring MV restore RV data to MV by performing restoration Restoring data from tape backup server Use backup software to restore data from the tape to RV Backup Software such as ARCserve Backup Exec Tape NetBackup etc P ET vE lt Figure 8 8 Data Restoration to RM Flushing MV file system application server 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 8 17 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Operations Overview Flush the MV file system to discard data in the file system buffer iSMrc_flush drv D Then the following message appears and the file system is flushed Flush Start2001 02 21 12 23 03 disk10devO01WN Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce D Flush Normal End2001 02 21 12 23 04 disk10devO01WN Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce D Unmounting MV application server Unmount MV before performing restoration Before unmounting MV terminate all applications etc that may access the drive iSMrc_umount drv D Then the following message appears and MV is unmounted Umount Start2001 02 21 12 23 15 disk10devO01WN Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce D Umount Normal End2001 02 21 12 23 15 disk10devO01WN Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce D If normal unmounting has failed specify the force option to perform unmounting again iSMrc_umount drv D force This step is not required for an operat
19. Hard Disk Drives lt a so S S win ENG_xp W2K3_ENG Win2000_E W2K3_ENG C D E G Devices with Removable Storage BQ 314 Floppy CD Drive F ar Figure 8 15 My Computer When RV is Not Ready and cannot be accessed the following message appears This dialog shows that RV is successfully unmounted My Computer x x H is not accessible The media is write protected Figure 8 16 Media Error If the message above does not appear and the target RV can be accessed the file system of the RV may be disabled Restore the RV file system by following the restoration procedures Restoration Restore the RV file system When the setting to suppress the RV automount has not been made and RV being unmounted is accessed automount is performed on Windows with the result that unintended data may remain in the file system buffer If replication is performed in this state the RV file system will be disabled Therefore suppress the automount of RV before operation To suppress the automount of RV perform one of the following Specify NOTREADY for the UMOUNT_RVACC parameter in the operation option setting file When executing the iSMrc_umount command for unmounting specify the offline option 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 48 34 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Troubleshooting Moreover in the case of Windows Server 2003 or Windows S
20. LOCAL ARRAY WN ora45 REMOTE ARRAY WN ora25 LOCAL _ARRAY WN ora46 REMOTE ARRAY WN ora26 LOCAL _ARRAY WN ora47 REMOTE ARRAY WN ora55 LOCAL _ARRAY WN ora48 REMOTE ARRAY WN ora56 lt 0000h gt atcreate ATgroupName DiskArrayName LinkDiskArrayName DB_ Group LOCAL ARRAY REMOTE ARRAY atadd ATgroupName OSType ExVolName DB_Group WN ora45 DB_Group WN ora46 x X x represents an actual program version yyy y represents the actual time and date of execution Environment Setting The interval to obtain disk array information is specified It is the interval to obtain the information on copy progress that is displayed on a window By using the environment setting of SnapSAN Manager server you can disable the information acquisition interval setting applied to the embedded SnapSAN Manager After disabling the setting update the information manually because the information is not obtained periodically On the menu bar perform the following 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 84 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide e Select View and then Environment Setting Environment Setting Information Acquisition Interval 5 to 3600 sec 10 5 seconds Don t update periodically Interval is the amount of time from this Cancel Figure 4 64 Environment Setting Disabled The interval is the time between an information acquisition and the next When the Don t update periodi
21. Type MV Type RV Activity Pair Type ATlgroup Name MV Disk Array Name OS Type RV Disk Array Name Id NECO001 Id NECOOO2 replicate Volume Cloning Storage001 Storage001 NX Id NECOOO3 Id NECOO04 replicate Remote Replication Storage001 Storage NX 002 Id NECO005 Id NECOOO6 restore Remote Replication Storage001 Storage002 NX Id NECOOO7_ Id NECOO08 Remote ATGOOO1 Storage001 NX Replication DR Storage 002 The displayed items are as follows Displayed Item Description Type MV Logical disk name of MV Type RV Logical disk name of RV Activity Activity Pair Type Type of pair ATgroup Name Atomic Group name 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 A 2 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Displayed Item Description MV Disk Array Name Disk array name to which MV belongs RV Disk Array Name Disk array name to which RV belongs OSType OS type of MV and RV 2 Information about Atomic Groups ATGInfo_diskarrayname csv Reports information about Atomic Groups ATgroup Name Number of Activity Disk Array Name Link Disk Array Registered Name Volume ATGOOO1 ja replicate Storage001 Storage002 The displayed items are as follows Displayed Item Description ATgroup Name Atomic Group name Number of Registered Number of volumes Volume registered with the Atomic Group Activity Activity Disk Array Name Individual name of the disk array Link
22. e The target pair is in the Separated or Forced Separate state e The disk array where the specified MV and RV are stored is not frozen e The disk array where the specified volume is stored is monitored e The target volume is not registered in the ATgroup e The target volume is not locked 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 65 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide The pool including the target volume is not stopped by the power saving function The identity of the target volume is not Comparing Identical or Certifying The system administrator partition user is authorized to control partitions to which the specified MV and RV belong Target Pair e Set as pair e Set as a pair or one of them is forcibly unpaired e Separated or Forced Separate state e Not frozen e Disk array monitored e The target volume is not registered in the ATgroup e The target volume is not locked e The pool including the target volume is not stopped e The identity state of the target volume is not Comparing Identical or Certifying e For a partition user the management authorization of the partition to which the target MV or RV belongs is given Figure 4 46 Forced Unpair Forced Cancellation of Update Prevention When a failure occurs during a swap of an Remote Replication pair for more details on the swap function for Remote Replication pairs refer to the Data
23. os EJ Volume List E SS Figure 5 1 Direct Operation to MV or RV Volumes Operation Using a Control Volume Since operations are performed through a control volume you can operate MV or RV even if the application or backup server cannot access the MV or RV directly However according to the access control definition set to the disk array you can only access logical disks that can access the server or logical disks that are paired with the accessible logical disks Register a control volume with the volume list in advance to use it for I O issue to the disk array Registering a control volume with the volume list in advance allows the volume to be transparent to users during system operation If a control volume is registered the control volume will be automatically used for I O issue to the disk array 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 4 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview The application server connected to MV can operate the MV directly without a control volume The backup server connected to RV can perform replication or separation by using a control volume Application Server Backup Server ReplicationControl ReplicationControl l Volume List Control Volume a Figure 5 2 Operation Using Control Volume When setting the environment of ReplicationControl select DIRECT issuing I O directly to disk array for the path to issue I O to the disk array Notes
24. 2 SV Light blue 3 LV White StorageS2800 1 StorageS2800 1 StorageS2800 1 02d5h LX LDB_28_1_8 0095h L LDS_28_1_4 0204h LX LDL_28_1_9 a Figure 4 57 Primary Volumes 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 76 SnapSAN S 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Line Connecting Volumes A line between volumes that indicates the state of volume connection is like a pipe in shape as shown below During copy an arrow represented in the color of the disk on a line moves from the source volume to the target volume indicating that copy is ongoing An arrow automatically moves when periodical update is performed To update information move an arrow at any other time than periodical update press the F5 key e For Volume Cloning Replicate is performed Replicate is completed G Restore is performed Restore is completed C Separate is performed Separate is completed a a aa e For Remote Replicatiion Replicate is performed Replicate is completed Restore is performed Restore is completed Separate is performed Separate is completed cn o y e For Snapshota Active Inactive So o noa Restore is being performed Deletion is being performed Active and Inactive are displayed alternately 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 77 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Display of Link State The states of links between l
25. Change to Background Copy RY Mode Change 4 3 7 RV Mode Change Forced Separate Forced Cancel etion of Update Prevention 4 3 10 Forced Cancellation of Update Prevention Refer to the Snapshot User s Manual Function Guide Snapshot Cyce Craation When BV is selected Snapshot Cydk Creation Refer to the Snapshot User s Manual Function Guide When SV is selected Snapshot Creation Snapshot Deletion Snapshot Aestorahon Refer to the Snapshot User s Manual Function Guide Snapshot Guard Snapshot Guard Carcel When is selected Link Setting Lntrix Access Mode Chenge Refer to the Snapshot User s Manual Function Guide Properties Figure 4 61 Operation on Connection Notes on Using Connection Screen You can select up to 25 volumes from the list to display the Connection window 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 80 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide When a volume you want to operate is not managed not monitored frozen or disconnected from the SnapSAN Manager server you cannot select any item from the operation menu on a Replication or Snapshot execution window If you right click a volume for which Not managed or Unpaired is displayed the operation menu is not displayed A system administrator partition user cannot select from the data replication operation menu for a volume
26. Command for Displaying Information on Replication Function To display information on the replication function of a disk array use the iSMrc_arrayinfo command With the iSMrc_arrayinfo command you can obtain and display information related to the replication function of the disk arrays recognized by the system Main Options For displaying information on the replication function with the iSMrc_arrayinfo command you can specify the following options e Displaying setting information dinfo Obtains and displays the disk array settings related to the replication function e Displaying link information linfo Obtains and displays how disk arrays having the Remote Replication function are connected each other and the status of link paths Displayed Information 1 When the dinfo option is specified Information on the replication function of a disk array is displayed as shown below Disk Array Name disk_array_name 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 83 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview SAA saa Differential Map diff_map Replication Status replication_status Back Ground Copy Level bgcopy_level Max Number of RV Setting rv_setting Max Capacity of Pair Volume volume_capacity Description disk_array_name Disk array name saa SAA Subsystem Absolute Address Indicates a unique value that identifies a disk array diff_map Installation of Differential Map Indicates whether the
27. Displays the reason why operation cannot be performed Activity Displays the execution state of the pair RV Mode Displays access restrictions for RV Logical Disk Name Displays the logical disk name of MV 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 19 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Copy Control Displays the control state during copy Sync Displays the transition status in the activity Copy Mode Displays the Synchronous Semi synchronous mode during copy operation Number Displays the logical disk number of MV MV Disk Array Name Displays the disk array name to which MV belongs Pair Disk Name Displays the logical disk name of RV Pair Number Displays the logical disk number of RV RV Disk Array Name Displays the disk array name to which RV belongs ATgroup Name Displays the name of the ATgroup to which the volume belongs If the events indicated below occurs simultaneously when the Replication Information window is displayed the Logical Disk Name or Pair Disk Name field may show a unique value Volume Absolute Address that identifies a volume internally managed by the disk array Path failures have already occurred in all links The disk array on the remote side is not managed by SnapSAN Manager or not monitored If Replication Manager does not recognize the linked disk array a unique identification address Subsystem Absolute Address not assigned
28. Figure 8 13 Link Failure Occurrence Operation to perform after recovering from a link failure After removing the cause of the link failure check that the state of the path is normal on this window When a copy failure has occurred due to this failure refer to descriptions about copy fault list in the Data Replication User s Manual Function Guide to recover from the failure SnapSAN Manager Server Failure Communication failures If communication with an SnapSAN Manager server fails the following message will appear and Replication Manager will terminate 01081 Terminating due to the abnormal state of iSM Client Figure 8 14 Communication Failure Abnormal End of ReplicationControl ReplicationControl reports failure contents and messages to the standard output standard error output event log command trace or operation trace when a failure occurs The standard output standard error output event log or command trace shows a message described in the Messages Handbook Take necessary actions following the message 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 8 30 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Troubleshooting The command trace is saved in the folder iSMrpl etc under the folder where ReplicationControl is installed Program Files NEC iSMrpl etc by default with a file name beginning with iSM_Log Check the contents using a text editor etc The operation trace records th
29. Inc 42 4 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Replication Operations and State Transitions Replicate preparing temporarily appears before Replicate execution appears The states of Replicate preparing Replicate execution and Synchronized by Replicate are collectively called Replicate Update to MV Update to MV Update to MV a Replicate operation starts Separate Replicate Execution Sync Until difference becomes zero Replicate Figure 2 3 Replicate and State Transitions Separate and State Transitions When Separate is performed the difference between MV and RV at the start of Separate is reflected into the RV to separate it No updates made in MV after Separate is performed are reflected in RV If there is any differences between MV at the start of Separate and RV after the Separate data will be copied to the RV to reflect all the updates made in the MV before the start of the Separate into the RV The state from the beginning of Separate until all the data stored in MV at the beginning of the Separate is completely reflected into RV is called Separate execution The state where all the updates made in MV are reflected into RV is called the state of Separated by Separate or Separated separated When a large capacity volume or low speed line is used the Separate preparing state temporarily appears before the Separate execution state The states of Separate preparing Separa
30. OS type of WN the data replication function restores the original identifier that had been used before copying so that MV and RV have different identifiers for separation The data replication function does not control disk identifiers for paired volumes of partition disks OS type of WG in the GUID partition table GPT format Therefore when MV and RV are assigned to the same server or when multiple RVs paired with the same MV are assigned to the same server a signature is written redundantly with the result that the disk is disabled 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 49 2 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Windows System Volumes and Partitions Selecting Copy Control State You can select one of three copy control states when performing replication or restoration When applying data replication to the backup system collect the backup data by performing separation and eliminate the difference between MV and RV quickly when re synchronizing them For that purpose select Sync mode When Restore protect is performed the data updated in MV is not reflected into RV Therefore copy control by using Foreground Copy Sync mode or Semi sync mode or Background Copy has no effect The copy control states Copy Control State Copy State Foreground Sync mode Updates MV and RV synchronously After the MV Copy and RV update is completed informs the host of I O completion For DDR copy is don
31. Operations when the Configuration is Changed It is necessary to recreate the volume list to reflect the new configuration information to the volume list when you change the disk array or server OS configuration Conditions Requiring Volume List Update Be sure to recreate and update the volume list after changing the following configurations Change of disk array configuration e Change of disk array name e Change of logical disk name e Change of logical disk OS type e Adding of logical disk and change and deleting of configuration e Change of Access Control setting e Adding and deleting of disk array connected by Replication and Mirroring If the disk array configures Replication and Mirroring and the above configurations are changed in the remote side disk array be sure to update the volume list as well Change of server configuration e Addition deletion and change of control volume definition only when a control volume is used e Change of connection configuration path between the disk array and server 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 412 15 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Updating Volume List To update a volume list execute the iSMvollist command with the r option specified Update a volume list with an appropriate user authority When updating a volume list note the following points so that the information to be registered in the volume list including the logica
32. Replicate Restore or Separating 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 54 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Radio Button Description Not Ready The host cannot access the volume Read Only All hosts cannot access the volume Care should be taken to specify Read Only See O Access Restriction for RV Not Available For a volume access from any host is disabled Clear Soft Mirror Info Specifies an operation performed in response to a request for clearing the software mirror information of RV Checkbox Description Checked Clears the software mirror information for the RV Unchecked Does not clear the software mirror information for the RV ACOS 4 Special Function indicates the operation the ACOS 4 system uses for volumes in a disk array It is displayed only when the pair selected on the Replication Information window includes a volume of A4 type When a pair of other type than A4 is selected from the list of selected volumes ACOS 4 Special Function becomes disabled When you click the Change button the following message is displayed 02228 RV Mode Change will be executed Has RY been un mounted from the host Yes No Figure 4 33 RV Mode Change Execute If RV Mode Change is performed for a volume in the state of Replicate Restore or Separating the following warning message will be displayed to cancel the RV Mode Change for the volume 02205 RiW Permit is specifi
33. Restoring Creation Time 2007 01 05 03 43 29 Generation Number 1 Normal Restore start 2007401705 03 44 29 Remaining copy time 1m 25s Figure 4 54 Snapshot Restoration NOTE The estimated remaining time may not be correct because it changes depending on the monitoring timing devices the status of lines etc Amount of Difference Displays remaining amount transfer rate while Sync is being performed Protection of Snapshot Displays the state of snapshot protection Connection of Link Volumes Indicates the state of link volume connection Connected link volumes are connected by a line Disk Array Button When volumes in multiple disk arrays are displayed on the Connection window disk array buttons are displayed at the top of the Connection window No disk array button appears when volumes in one disk array are displayed When a disk array button is selected the volumes that belong to the disk array are highlighted To cancel the highlight select the same button again Double clicking a volume works in the same way as selecting the button of the disk array to which the volume belongs 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 73 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Update Prevention State Displays the update prevention state of the volume Refresh button When you click the Refresh button or press the F5 key the Refresh Information progress bar appears Wh
34. Waits for completion of separation including separation completion accompanied by completion of Restore protect Pair monitoring interval interval second You can specify a time interval in seconds at which the state of paired volumes is to be monitored A value in seconds specified for second is the monitoring time interval A value 1 to 30 seconds integer can be specified On the Windows system you can specify the default setting by using RPL_WATCHDEYV in the replication option setting file On the UNIX system you can specify the default setting by using the RPL_WATCHDEV environment variable Time limit of pair monitoring limit You can specify a time limit to stop monitoring the state of paired volumes If a wait is not completed by the time value specified the wait will be discontinued resulting in an abnormal end Specifying a time limit limit second Specify a value in seconds in second for a monitoring time limit A value from 0 to 86 400 seconds integer can be specified No limit limit nolim Waits for completion of operation unlimitedly On the Windows system you can specify the default setting by using RPL_LIMWATCHDEV in the replication option setting file On the UNIX system you can specify the default setting by using the RPL_LIMWATCHDEV environment variable Displayed Information The iSMrc_wait command displays the following messages when the system is waiting and the waiting
35. a control volume is used for issuing a control I O to a disk array e During operation a control volume must always be accessible so that an I O can surely be issued to a disk array from a server OS Therefore do not perform pair setting for a logical disk built as a control volume as RV e With a disk array of the series described below the purpose type of a logical disk built as a control volume can be identified The logical disk information shown on an SnapSAN Manager etc includes the identification information indicating that the purpose type of the logical disk is a control volume If the snapshot function is used a base volume BV to be used for the function will also be displayed For more information about the snapshot function refer to the Snapshot User s Manual Function Guide Number A hexadecimal logical disk number It is the same as the logical disk number shown on the main window State Monitoring window Volume Format Indicates a volume format Specify an appropriate format for operating replication Display Description A2 Indicates a logical disk operated in an ACOS 2 system A4 Indicates a logical disk operated in an ACOS 4 system AX Indicates a logical disk operated in an AIX system CX Indicates a logical disk operated in a Solaris system LX Indicates a logical disk operated in a Linux system NX Indicates a logical disk operated in a HP UX system SX Indica
36. and link volume LV for the snapshot function cannot be registered as a control volume because it may become the Not Ready state during operation Do not pair a logical disk created as a control volume as RV 1 Select a logical disk you want to use as a control volume from Candidate Volume List 2 Click the Add button 3 The selected logical disk is registered in Selected Volume List Define Control Yolume x 7 m Selected Volume List fs diski O00h 000ah WN BACKUP_CY Tokyo_Customer IV meea DEA m Candidate Volume List disk2 00h 0005h WN LOCAL_DATA1 Tokyo_Customer IV disk3 002h 0006h WN LOCAL_DATA2 Tokyo_Customer_ IV Figure 7 9 Registering Control Volume Saving Registered Data When you click the OK button on the Define Control Volume window a confirmation message appears asking if you want to save definition information 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 47 12 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview The definition of control yolume 9 00027 Do you want to save the definition of control volume Figure 7 10 Definition of Control Volume Save Click the Yes button to save the definition information and display the end message Click the No button to return to the Define Control Volume window The definition of control volume x e 00028 J Succeeded in saving the definition of control volume The defi
37. data Main Options For changing access restrictions for RV or the states of RV data using the iSMrc_rvmode command you can specify the following options 1 Specifying paired volumes Specify RV 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 5 71 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview e Specifying RV rv volume rvflg rv_flg Specifies the volume and volume type of an RV For information on volume types refer to 0 Volume Types 2 Specifying access restrictions for RV rvacc The following access restrictions can be specified for RV e Read Write rvacc rw RV can be referred or updated e Read Only rvacc ro RV can only be referred Be careful to use Read Only rvaccc ro for setting access restrictions for RV For more information see 0 Access Restriction for RV e Not Ready rvacc nr RV cannot be referred nor updated e Not Available rvacc na RV becomes disabled and unavailable Specify the force option as well when setting access restrictions for RV to Not Available rvacc na 3 Forcibly specifying or canceling access restrictions for RV force cancel With the force option you can specify more forceful access restrictions for RV than those specified when replication separation or restoration is performed The access restrictions you can specify are only Not Ready rvacc nr and Not Available rvacc na The access restrictions for RV specified using th
38. disk_array_name Disk array name vi When the p option is specified The property information about a volume list is listed as shown below Property of Volume List File Versionversion CreatedYYYY MM DD hh mm ss Owner Host Namehost_name Disk Arraydisk_array_number Volume Informationvolume_number Description version Version of the iSMvollist command used when the volume list is created YYYY MM DD hh mm ss Date when the volume list is created or updated host_name Host name of the server having the volume list disk_array_number Total number of disk arrays in the volume list volume_number Total number of volume information items in the volume list vii When the ax option is specified The disk array information the information about association with and configuration of a logical disk and the property information about the volume list are listed as shown below Volume List iSMvollist Version X X XXX Date YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Disk Array List Disk Array NameNumber of Drives disk_array_namenumber Volume List 10400412 002 11 2012 LDNLD NameVAAOS Type HBTLUNDisk No Disk ArrayPD Type Volume Name Path ldnld_namevaatype hbtlundisk_numdisk_array_namepd_type volume_name path 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 16 SnapSAN S 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Property of Volume List File Versionversion Createdyyyy mm dd hh mm ss Owner Host Namehost_name Disk Arraydisk_array_number Volume
39. f When Restore update is pedormed updates made In MV ee refected into RV When Restore protect Is pesoemed updates made in MV are not mfected Into RV o As a nde access to RV Is sot slowed wee eee eee eee ee pepas Replicas Separaw or Restore pregasing esec Replicate Separate or Restore execution ga Replicate or Restore spac sate pl replicat Replica RERE SAE preparing iian Sper etecon n She sae Hp separ Space sappeepacing_ Sepucate prepucing When Gastoanigeotect Is executes Eyne State pstsync Is placed and then automatically changed to Sepermted State Sepersted Figure 2 2 Replication Operations and State Transitions Replicate and State Transitions When Replicate starts data copy from MV to RV starts to reflect the content of the MV into the RV Updates made in the MV after Replicate is performed are also reflected into the RV After Replicate starts the difference between MV and RV is gradually reduced and eventually all the data stored in the MV at the start of the Replicate is reflected into the RV no differences The state from the beginning of Replicate to the moment data in MV is completely reflected into RV is called Replicate execution The state where there is no difference between MV and RV is called Synchronized by Replicate or simply Synchronized sync When a large capacity volume or low speed line is used the state of 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage
40. performed protected MV or RV is a protected volume Perform Restore again after the protection is cancelled MV Prevent Cancel the MV update prevention to perform Restore again RV Prevent Cancel the RV update prevention to perform Restore again Summary Details For more information on this item refer to 0 Information Displayed on Execution Dialog Action Mode Specifies a Restore operation mode Radio Button Description RV Protection Performs Restore without reflecting updates made in MV into RV When the Restore is completed Separate is automatically performed To use this function for paired volumes in the same disk array Volume Cloning Ver2 or later must be installed For volumes paired across different disk arrays Remote Replication Ver2 or later or Remote Replication Asynchronous must be installed RV Update Performs Restore while sending the data of updates made in MV to RV When the Restore is completed the state changes to Restored rst sync The default operation mode is RV Protection Check the Restore operation mode to use before performing Restore To perform Restore using the same operation mode as for Version 1 4 or earlier select RV Update If RV Protection is selected v Copy mode cannot be selected Range In general Differential Only is selected which copies only the difference between MV and RV You can also select All which copies the entire area explicitly Radio Butt
41. replicate the pair again When the pair is separated for operation you need not replicate the pair again In this example the replication operation file is used and replication is performed with the following settings 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 8 37 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Troubleshooting Copy range Difference default value Update reflection to RV Sync mode default value RV access restriction nr Not Ready default value Waiting for copy completion Not specified default value iSMrc_replicate file disks txt Restarting applications application server Resume the applications and services that were terminated Example Starting a service NET START service name To start a service ESMCommonService specify as follows NET START ESMCommonService When server is stopped due to server down Perform the same operation to return to the normal operation When server has restarted after server down Separate all pairs that have not been separated when pairs in the Replicate or Restore state exist for example a pair is in the Replicate state for operation Separation can also be performed from the Replication Manager of SnapSAN Manager Then perform the same operation to return to the normal operation Lack of Products If products required for replication and the specs do not match the total physical capacity of the disk array replication does not functi
42. the drive To execute CHKDSK F X with a mount point volume name specified after unmounting fails omit at the end of the mount point volume name to specify with CHKDSK In a remote desktop environment where Windows Server 2008 or later is running volumes can be used and ControlCommand can be executed from multiple remote desktop environments However to handle a volume by using ControlCommand the volume must be exclusively used Therefore note the following to prevent an unmount command SMrc_umount from terminating abnormally or automount from causing unexpected data corruption after unmounting the volume e When executing a ControlCommand command do not use a volume being used by another remote desktop e When a volume is being used by a ControlCommand command executed by another terminal service do not reference the volume by using Windows Explorer or an application On a Windows 2000 terminal service client the relationship between the actually specified drive letter and the volume or the volume status might not be acquired correctly or the operations performed for the volume might not be applied to the system Therefore in this case using snapshot or disks is prohibited The difference backup system that operates archive bits is not available for making RV data backup copies in a tape unit In cluster environment install ReplicationControl in all servers of the operating system and standby system The servers cann
43. 0 Port No 1 Disk Array Figure 11 2 Hardware Connection Configuration Linux e To utilize the data replication function most efficiently it is better to separate application servers which process tasks from backup servers Accordingly tape backup operation gives no additional load to application servers In an environment using LVM or VxVM it is not possible to operate MV and RV on the same server Therefore the application server that runs applications should be different from the backup server e When performing disk backup instead of tape backup no backup servers are required e Though the business or backup server may also be used as a management server using a specific management server is recommended Use of LAN connection is strongly recommended for connection with disk array e Select tape devices authorized by the backup software to be used for the disk array e Connect the path of individual servers to be connected to the disk array to the port of different directors of the disk array limiting the servers to be accessed by AccessControl e Using data replication in the 4000 series or S3000 series requires a separate replication director 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 411 2 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide System Configuration Software Configuration Select software to be used according to the hardware components operating conditions etc The following shows
44. 12 13 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview If a link fault occurs you can use the Replication Screen to check it E Repli StorageS4300 0001 File view Operation Help za DM Server Replication Information Disk Array LINK Information aTgroup Information EZ x storages4300 0001 9 StorageS4300 002 Director Number StorageS4300 0002 StorageS4300 0002 Figure 12 12 Link Failure Occurrence After Recovering From A Link Fault After you remove the cause of the link fault check that the state of the path is normal in this screen SnapSAN Manager Server Fault If communication with the SnapSAN Manager Server fails the following message is displayed and Replication Screen terminates 01081 Terminating due to the abnormal state of iSM Client Figure 12 13 Communication Failure Message Abnormal End of ReplicationConirol ReplicationControl reports failure details and messages to the standard output standard error output syslog command trace or operation trace when a failure occurs The standard output standard error output syslog or command trace shows a message The command trace is saved directly in the directory etc under the directory where ReplicationControl is installed opt iSMrpl etc with a file name beginning with 1SM_Log Check the contents using a text editor The operation trace records the messages reported to 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 412
45. 4 49 Freeze Defreeze 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 68 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Freeze Defreeze Execute Button Description Freeze Freezes invalidates the Data Replication function of the disk array Defreeze Defreezes validates the Data Replication function of the disk array When you click the Freeze button the following message is displayed 02211 Freezing will be executed Is it OK that the replication Function will become invalid No Figure 4 50 Freeze Execute Conditions to Perform Freeze Defreeze To perform Freeze Defreeze the following conditions must be satisfied e The target disk array is recognized by Replication Manager e The specified disk array is monitored e The user is a storage group user or storage user After Freeze is performed no replication operations can be performed in the frozen disk array Background Copy Level Change You can change the priority of Background Copy in a disk array Operation Procedure Do one of the following to display the Background Copy Level Change window e Select a disk array on the configuration display area click Operation on the menu bar of Replication Manager and then select System Operation and Background Copy Level Change e Right click a disk array in the configuration display area and then select Background Copy Level Change 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage
46. 4 5 57 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview On the UNIX system Start message Change StartYYYY MM DD hh mm ss MV special file nameld_nametype RV special file nameld_nametype End message Change Normal EndYYYY MM DD hh mm ss MV special file nameld_nametype RV special file nameld_nametype Description YYYY MM DD hh mm ss Start End time Year Month Day Hour Minute Second special file name Special file name Displayed as a 32 byte item on HP UX and Linux as well as 64 byte item on Solaris ld_name Logical disk name type 0S type Conditions to Change Copy Control To change the copy control the following conditions must be satisfied The target MV and RV are paired The activity of the target pair is Replicate or Restore and the synchronous state is not Replicate Preparing or Restore Preparing The Overland Replication cannot be specified for a pair set in the same disk array The Overland Replication can be specified only for a pair set across different disk arrays When the asynchronous remote data replication function Remote Replication Asynchronous is used for a pair between different disk arrays of which the activity is Replicate Background Copy is specified as the copy mode for the target pair The disk array where the specified MV and RV are stored is not frozen You cannot change a copy control from Synchronous to Semi synchronous or vice versa When the activity of the target pa
47. ATgroup building A pair in which the logical disk of the MV or RV is protected ReadOnly or NotAccessible cannot be registered with an AT group Operation Restrictions for Replicate and Restore Replicate Restore Restore Protection Mode update protect MV RV v v v 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 43 7 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Normal state Protection Mode Replicate Restore Restore update protect Normal state pam mo RO en v NA _ RO Normal state RO NA NA v Available Not available RO ReadOnly NA NotAccessible Normal state v RO NA we we m Restrictions by Power Saving Function The power saving function reduces power consumption by operating a pool including a volume only when necessary depending on the use of the volume The restrictions listed below are imposed when a logical disk or a pool including a logical disk is stopped by the power saving function 10400412 002 11 2012 Operation Description Pair setting If the pool including either of logical disks MV and RV to be paired candidate is stopped operation cannot be performed Unpairing If the pool including either of logical disks MV and RV to be unpaired is stopped operation cannot be performed Forced unpair An MV cannot be forcibly unpaired if the pool including th
48. Description Commands Replicate Restore Separate Read Write RW RV is enabled for read write v Read Only RO RV is enabled only for reading ve v v Not Ready NR RV is disabled for read write v v Not Available NA RV is not recognized by the 7 operating system or the LU Logical Unit is invalid v Available v Available with administrative restrictions Unavailable RW Read Write RO Read Only NR Not Ready NA Not Available If Read Only RO is set for RV note the following e IfNTFS is used as the file system RV cannot be mounted by using the iSMrc_mount command 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 48 43 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Troubleshooting e IfFAT16 FAT32 is used as a file system associate the file system with the drive by using the mount command of the disk control operation commands or by starting Disk Management Windows e IfFAT16 FAT32 is used as a file system an attempt to write to RV ends up with an error Do not use any application that automatically writes in the drive You cannot perform any operation in which RV is written in for example change of partition configuration through Disk Management Windows Management and Operations of Data Replication The Replication Manager function is available for replication operations such as replication separation and restoration However the operations are performed asynchr
49. E AA NE E E OEE C 1 FISK LIC SINS E E EA E E E E N AE EEA E EE EES C 1 Index 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 41 4 overland storage Chapter 1 Data Replication Overview Data Replication Overview Data Replication provides functions to build and manage a storage system Data Replication provides the unified management of an enormous amount of data high performance large capacity and high reliability Data Replication Data Replication installed in the disk array creates Replication Volumes RV of Master Volume MV Replication volumes can be connected to or separated from the master volume at any time Such connection and separation can be performed from the application server or SnapSAN Manager embedded There are two methodes to create replication volumes 1 Creating replication volumes within the same disk array or Volume Cloning Vol Cl 2 Creating replication volumes in different disk arrays or Remote Replication Parallel Processina Volume Cloning Remote Replication Figure 1 1 Replication Operations and State Transitions Data Replication Examples of Applying Data Replication Introducing Data Replication to use separable replication volumes enables the following 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 41 1 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Data Replication Overview e Substantially reducing system down time due to data backup and preven
50. Failover Cluster may cause failover due to the alive monitoring LooksAlive IsAlive of MSCS or MSFC To secure a static point of data in such an MSCS or MSFC environment extend the MSCS or MSFC maintenance mode interval or LooksAlive IsAlive interval so that alive monitoring is not performed Then secure a static point of data by unmounting a shared disk by the iSMrc_umount command To perform restoration unmount the shared disk when an MSCS or MSFC service is stopped If Volume Cloning is used in a system configuration including MSCS Microsoft Cluster Server or MSFC Microsoft Failover Cluster you can use MV as a shared disk but not RV Also you cannot allocate a quorum disk of MSCS or MSFC to MV A physical disk number may be changed by the plug and play function of the SCSI device driver while the system is running Therefore except for the iSMrc_signature command the volume specification that uses a physical disk number is not supported by the ReplicationControl Ver2 1 and later If the physical disk number has changed causing inconsistency between the state of the system device and volume list information re create the volume list The iSMrc_editd command is not supported by the ReplicationControl Ver2 1 and later To set or cancel a drive letter use the MOUNTVOL command provided by Windows In the case of Windows Server 2003 or Windows Server 2008 on the server to which RV is connected execute the MOUNTVOL command provided
51. In this case note the following e Before referring to RV under the state of Replicate or Restore make sure that no updates are made in MV e While an update is made in MV I O processing is performed in a disk through the operating system control such as file system Even if the application has completed the update in the disk the update in MV may have not been completed Reflection of updates into RV is performed in a disk array independently of the operating system Therefore RV which is inconsistent with others cannot be referred to in general Set Read Only RO only when consistency is assured by the operation e To set Read Only RO for RV for which Separate is completed note the following For Windows e If NTFS is used as a file system RV cannot be mounted by using the iSMrc_mount command e If FAT16 or FAT32 is used as a file system use a mount command of disk control operation commands or start Disk Management Windows to associate the file system with the drive e IfFAT16 or FAT32 is used as a file system writing into RV will cause an error Therefore do not use any application that automatically writes into a drive Disk Management Windows cannot be used for performing operations that require writing into RV change of partition configuration etc For UNIX To mount a file system specify read only Volume Shadow Copy Service VSS The Volume Shadow copy Service VSS automatically controls the
52. Inc 411 6 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Disk Array Configuration Application Server operation Backup Server EA Access ee 7 Dir No 0 Dir No 0 Dir No 1 a No 0 Port No 0 Port No 1 Disk Array Figure 11 5 Server Connection Linux Access Control setting example Director No Port No Access Control Settings LD No Server Connected OOh OOh OO000h to 0004h Application server Oth 00h operation OOh Oth 0005h to 0009h Backup server Access Control setting example when a control volume is used Director No Port No Access Control Settings LD Server Connected No OOh OOh OO00O0h to 0004h Application server Olh 00h operation OOh Oth 0005h to 0009h OOOah Backup server Unlocking the Product License To use the Volume Cloning or the Replication and Mirroring you must unlock the product license set in the disk array To unlock the license you must purchase the corresponding products for the capacity category equal to or greater than the total physical capacity of the disk array 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 411 7 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Disk Array Configuration Check whether replication management and ReplicationControl can be used properly by checking the licenses of the products at startup If the total capacity of the physical disk exceeds the product s specified capacity because physical disks are added to the
53. Inc 44 69 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Background Copy Level Change Disk Array Name D3_10 A Background Copy Level i to 5 Restore Default Value C Change E Higher priority is given to larger numbers cose m Figure 4 51 Background Copy Level Change Background Copy Level Specifies the priority of copy operation that is applied for Background Copy selected in Replicate and Restore A higher priority results in faster copying for reflecting difference For more information refer to 0 Copy Control Restore Default Value Restores the default value of the disk array Change You can specify the priority of Background Copy for the disk array When you click the Change button the following message is displayed 02600 7 will you execute Ce e Figure 4 52 Execute Conditions to Change Background Copy Level To perform copy control operations the following conditions must be satisfied e The target disk array is recognized by Replication Manager e The specified disk array is monitored e The specified disk array is defrozen e The user is a storage group user or storage user 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 70 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Displaying Connection Screen You can display the state of connected volumes on the Connection window Replication related and snapshot related volumes are di
54. Inc 48 36 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Troubleshooting Terminating applications backup server To unmount RV and secure data consistency you need to terminate or stop certain applications and services Example Stopping a service NET STOP service name To stop the service ESMCommonService specify as follows NET STOP ESMCommonService Flushing RV file system backup server Flush the RV file system to write the unwritten data in the file system buffer into the disk iSMrc_flush drv H Then the following message appears and the file system is flushed Flush Start2001 02 21 11 21 13 disk11devO02WN Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0 7 00004c714491 H Flush Normal End2001 02 21 11 21 13 disk11devO02WN Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0 7 00004c714491 H Unmounting RV backup server Unmount RV to cancel the association between the volume and the file system Before unmounting terminate all applications that may access the drive iSMrc_umount drv H offline Then the following message appears and RV is unmounted Umount Start2001 02 21 11 21 14 disk11dev002WN 2 Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0f7 00004c714491 H iSMrc_umount Info iSM13221 Resetting drive letter H has succeeded Umount Normal End2001 02 21 11 21 14 disk11devO02WN Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0 7 00004c714491 H Performing replication application server When the pair is replicated for operation
55. Informationvolume_number Description X X XXX Version information on the executed iSMvollist command YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Date when the iSMvollist command is executed disk_array_name Disk array name number Number of logical disk information volume information items for each disk array registered in the volume list ldn Logical disk number ld_name Logical disk name vaa VAA Volume Absolute Address type OS type hbt Host adapter number bus number and target ID lun LUN disk_num Physical disk number pd_type PD type volume_name Mount point volume name path Drive letter or path name mounted in the NTFS volume folder accessed by a user version Version of the iSMvollist command used when the volume list is created yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Date when the volume list is created or updated host_name Host name of the server owning the volume list disk_array_number Total number of disk arrays in the volume list volume_number Total number of volume information items in the volume list f When the tgt all option is specified iSCSI information of all volumes are displayed in the following volume list LDN LD Name Disk Array Target Name ldn ld_name disk_array_name target_name Description ldn Logical disk number ld_name Logical disk name disk_array_name Disk array name target_name Target name Conditions to Create and Display Volume List To create and display a volume list the following conditions must be satisfied While a vol
56. Mirroring Asynchronous is used for a pair set across different disk arrays that is in the Replicate state Background Copy is specified as the copy mode For a serial pair configuration using Remote For a serial pair configuration using Remote Replication The upper pair is in the Separated or Figure 4 27 Conditions to Stop or Resume Copy Change to Background Copy You can change the copy control set in the Replicate or Restore state to Background Copy Operation Procedure Do one of the following to display the Change to Background Copy window e Select a volume on the Replication Information window click Operation on the menu bar of Replication Manager and then select Volume Operation and Change to Background Copy e Right click on the Replication Information window to select Volume Operation and Change to Background Copy 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 49 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Change to Background Copy Unexecutable Info Activity Logical Disk Name N p A 432000001 SPE Replicate 443000001 MSPC C Details Q You can change from Foreground Copy to Background Copy Choose pair s you went to change copy mode and click Change You can select one of more pairs to change copy mode for them at once Change Close Help Figure 4 28 Change to Background Copy Screen Select a pair for which you want to perform Change to Bac
57. My No Skip Cancel Stop No Cancel Figure 4 39 RV Warning When you click the Yes button the following message is displayed gt 02600 S will you execute D Figure 4 40 Execute Conditions to Perform Forced Separate To perform Forced Separate the following conditions must be satisfied e The target volume is recognized by Replication Manager as the Replication target disk e The target MV and RV are paired or one of them is forcibly separated 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 61 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide e The disk array where the specified MV and RV are stored is not frozen e The disk array where the specified volume is stored is monitored e The specified MV or RV is not registered in the ATgroup e The pool including the target volume is not stopped by the power saving function e The target volume is not stopped by the power saving function e The system administrator partition user is authorized to control partitions to which the specified MV and RV belong e The replication reserved volume for the target MV or RV is not a bottleneck Set as pair e Pair Setting e Not frozen Disk array monitored e The specified MV or RV is not registered in the ATgroup e The pool including the target volume is not stopped e The target volume is not stopped e For a partition user the management authorization of the partition to
58. RV or a base volume BV or link volume LV of the snapshot function as a control volume because they cannot be accessed from a server OS during data replication or snapshot To start a window for defining a control volume select Operation and then Define Control Volume on the Volume List Display window The purpose attribute of logical disks created as control volumes can be identified in the SnapSAN disk arrays When logical disk information is displayed for a SnapSAN disk array by using a SnapSAN Manager or other commands identification information indicating the logical disk is a control volume is shown as the purpose attribute of the logical disk Disk Arrays that can Identify Control Volume Attributes NOTE Do not use this function to define control volumes Use the SnapSAN Manager configuration setting functions to create a control volume and then create or update the volume list with the control volume recognized by the server When a volume list is created or updated the disk array identifies the control volume attribute among the logical disks connected to the server to register the attribute with the volume list Other Disk Arrays Use this function to define control volumes Refer to the following operating procedures In a disk array that can identify control volume attributes a logical disk created as a control volume is not displayed on the control volume definition window so that the disk cannot be added chang
59. RV Mode Change for a paired volume Sync Preparation Perform RV Mode Change again in the Replicate state other than Sync Preparation Restore Preparing Perform RV Mode Change again in the Restore state other than Restore Preparing Separate Preparing Perform RV Mode Change again in the Separate other than Separate Preparing Being Sync Preparation by other pair Replicate is prepared in another layer Perform RV Mode Change again in the Replicate state other than Sync Preparation Being Restore Preparing by other pair Preparations for Restore are being made in another layer Perform RV Mode Change again in the Restore state other than Restore Preparing Being Separate Preparing by other pair Separate is prepared in another layer Perform RV Mode Change again in the Separate other than Separate Preparing MV Force Unpaired Perform Forced Unpair for RV RV Force Unpaired Perform Forced Unpair for MV All Link Path Abnormal Refer to 3 2 2 2 Link fault in the Data Replication User s Manual Installation and Operation Guide to recover from the failure Have been registered to ATgroup Summary Details RV Status Perform RV Mode Change for a pair not registered in the ATgroup Specifies an operation for a writing request from the host Radio Button R W Permit 10400412 002 11 2012 Description The host can access the volume This cannot be performed in
60. Remote Replicatiion or Remote Replicatiion DisasterRecovery is insufficient If the license capacity of Volume Cloning or Remote Replication is insufficient you cannot perform pair setting unpair for Volume Cloning or Remote Replication If the license capacity of Remote Replicatiion DisasterRecovery is insufficient you cannot perform ATgroup creation deletion ATgroup volume addition deletion or ATgroup rename For the license state licensed not licensed insufficient of each product see the corresponding product state on the disk array property window accessed from the SnapSAN Manager main window To check the license state licensed not licensed insufficient of each product see the state of the product on the disk array property window that can be accessed from the SnapSAN Manager main window Indicates that a failure occurred in a link path between disk arrays Indicates that a copy failure occurred or failures occurred in all link paths between disk arrays Indicates that the data replication function is frozen 10400412 002 11 2012 Indicates that when disk arrays are linked the destination disk array is not directly monitored by Replication Manager However when a failure occurred in a link path between disk arrays or the data replication function is frozen one of the icons shown above that corresponds to the state appears 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 5 SnapSAN 3000 S500
61. Replication User s Manual Disaster Recovery System Installation and Operation Guide volumes may become in the update prevention state In this case for recovery from the failure perform Forced Cancellation of Update Prevention to cancel the update prevention state of the volumes This operation must be executed for both MV and RV of the Remote Replication pair This can be performed for IV after the volumes are unpaired Operation Procedure Do one of the following to display the Forced Cancellation of Update Prevention window 10400412 002 11 2012 Select a volume on the Replication Information window click Operation on the menu bar of Replication Manager and then select Forced Operation and Forced Cancellation of Update Prevention Right click on the Replication Information window to select Forced Operation and Forced Cancellation of Update Prevention 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 66 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Forced Cancellation of Update Prevention Result Unexecutable Info Update Prevention Logical Prevent Not selected Not selectable The update prevention 13 forcedly canceled Choose volume s you want to forcefully cancel update prevention from the list and click Unprevent You can select one or more pairs to cancel update prevention forcefully for them at once Figure 4 47 Forced Cancellation of Update Prevention Select a pair for which you wa
62. SnapSAN Manager Web GUI Remote Replication Quick Sync The Remote Replication quick sync is a function to eliminate differences from the Remote Replication pair to establish the sync state without copying data from MV to RV when the MV and RV data in the Remote Replication pair is already the same For Remote Replication operation it is necessary to reflect all data in MV to RV through the Remote Replication link line at startup making the data state the same replicate synchronous If a low speed line is used as the Remote Replication link line in the configuration it takes significant time to transfer a lot of data in batch The Remote Replication quick sync quickly realizes the sync state without putting load on the low speed Remote Replication link line by other means than the Remote Replication link line such as transfer using tape when MV and RV are the same data The Remote Replication quick sync function is offered only for ACOS 4 only for ACOS 4 This version only supports the function to display the Remote Replication quick sync state in the SnapSAN Manager replication management 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 43 5 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Volume Update Prevention To perform the Remote Replication quick sync operation the data in the MV and RV data in the Remote Replication pair must be the same To make the MV and RV data the same execute RAW backup of the
63. The ReplicationControl command is used to perform Forced Unpair for one volume of a Volume Cloning pair If Forced Unpair is performed for the volume in the first or second layer of a pair having multiple layers the upper or layer volume may not appear If a system administrator partition user is not authorized to manage a connected pair No Authority may appear as shown above Color of Volume Volumes are color coded in layer colors according to the connection status alignment and volume types The color of a volume changes to a layer color immediately after pair setting or when Separate is completed A pair having volumes in the same color is synchronized Replication Related Volumes No Layer Color 1 PV Green 2 1st layer Light blue 3 2ndlayer Blue 4 3rdlayer Yellow StorageS2900 1 StorageS2900 1 StorageS2900 2 StorageS2400 2 0012h LX 1_0012 000ah LK 1 000a 0003h LK 10003 0007h LX 1 0007 i RenoteDataRepl icat ion RM Permit Rit Permit Dynami cDataRep icat ion Dynami cDataRep icat ion RA Permit Figure 4 56 Replication Related Volumes 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 75 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide The MV in the upmost layer is called Primary Volume PV to distinguish it from other MVs The same coloring rule applies to MV BV RV BV and RV MV BV No Layer Color 4 BV Navy blue
64. after a pair is set In general read and write in RV are allowed 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 42 7 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Replication Operations and State Transitions Activity Sync Description Forced Separate MV and RV are forcibly separated by Forced Separate Read and cancel write in RV are allowed Failure Separation MV and RV are forcibly separated in a disk array due to a copy fault failure Read and write to RV are allowed Replicate Replicate Preparing State in which preparations for Replicate are being made This State rpl preparing state temporarily appears on MV when a large capacity volume or low speed line is used As a rule read and write to RV are not allowed Replicate Execution Difference between MV RV at the start of Replicate is not rpl exec completely reflected the difference is reflected from MV to RV Updates in MV are reflected into RV As a rule read and write to RV are not allowed sync rpl sync Difference between MV RV at the start of Replicate is completely reflected Updates to MV is reflected to RV As a rule read and write to RV are not allowed Restore Restore Preparing State in which preparations for Restore are being made This State rst preparing state temporarily appears on MV when a large capacity volume or low speed line is used As a rule read and write to RV are not allowed Restore Reflection of the difference betwe
65. array Register one logical disk for each disk array as the volume for issuing I O to that disk array in the volume list The use of a control volume has the following effects particularly in the backup server environment e Operation can also be continued even when an RV connected to the server or a link volume LV for the snapshot function cannot be accessed from the server operating system due to a data replication or snapshot operation e From a server that is not connected to an MV to be operated Replicate and Separate can be executed The target which can be operated using the control volume from a server is limited to a logical disk which is allowed to access that server by the Access Control setting for the disk array or a logical disk paired with a logical disk which is allowed to access that server NOTE RV or base volume BV and link volume LV for the snapshot function cannot be registered as a control volume because it may become the Not Ready state during operation Also do not use a logical disk created as a control volume for RV to be paired The purpose attribute of logical disks built as control volumes can be identified with the SnapSAN Manager disk array When the logical disk information is displayed by the SnapSAN Manager and so on for disk arrays on which the purpose attribute of a control volume can be identified the identification information indicating the control volume as a logical disk purpose at
66. as a file system Before unmounting the logical volume terminate all the application software etc which may access the volume umount mvfs1 3 Deactivate the volume group or deport the disk group When using LVM deactivate the MV volume group vgchange a n dev vg01 When using VxVM deport the MV disk group vxdg deport dg01 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 412 11 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview 4 Perform separation to separate MV and RV enabling RV In this example the replication operation file is used and separation is performed in a mode where RV is used while differences are copied from MV to the RV iSMrc_separate file disks txt rvuse immediate Display example Separate Start2000 09 11 11 11 32 MV dev sdddevOOOLX RV dev100LX 5 Restart applications application server 1 Use MV again on applications Activate the volume group or import the disk group When using LVM activate the MV volume group vgchange a y dev vg01 When using VxVM import the MV disk group vxdg import dg01 vxvol g dg01 startall 6 Mount MV logical volume When using LVM mount the LVM logical volume In this example ext3 is used as a file system mount t ext3 dev vg01 lvol mvfs1 When using VxVM mount the VxVM logical volume In this example VxFS is used as a file system mount t vxfs dev vx dsk dg01 voll mvfs1 7 Restart the terminated operations such as applications
67. be able to maintain the data consistency in the volume group or the disk group Note this when configuring a volume group or a disk group Especially if you want to implement hot backup operation in which unmounting inactivation of volume groups and deporting of disk groups are not performed in an environment where the volume group or the disk group consists of multiple logical disks configure the volume group or the disk group so that logical volumes created in the volume group or the disk group will not be allocated across multiple logical disks x Unavailable Replicate Figure 13 1 RV Same System Volumes Not to Be Managed If you want to replicate MV and RV either of which is not managed by LVM or VxVM and has already been operated another volume MV or RV also must not be managed by LVM or VxVM If either of them belongs to a volume group normal operation is not possible For example if MV is a logical disk not to be managed by LVM or VxVM RV also must not belong to a volume group Otherwise replication from MV to RV destroys the RV volume management information and makes RV unmanageable To prevent such a problem be sure to confirm that both MV and RV are not managed by LVM or VxVM before starting replication by using a logical disk not managed by LVM or VxVM Operations for LVM Volume Group To apply an LVM volume group to applications follow the instructions If you do not use any file system mounting and
68. because they do not satisfy the conditions to stop copy For Unexecutable volumes take one of the actions listed below according to the Unexecutable Info Unexecutable Info Action Unpaired Volume Perform Suspend Copy for a paired volume Have Unpaired Perform Suspend Copy for a paired volume Already Suspended Perform Suspend Copy for a volume in the Replicate or Restore state Sync Preparation Perform Suspend Copy again in the Replicate state other than Sync Preparation 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 44 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Unexecutable Info Restore Preparing Action Perform Suspend Copy again in the Restore state other than Restore Preparing Separate Perform Suspend Copy for a volume in the Replicate or Restore state Being Separate Preparing by other pair Separate is prepared in another layer Perform Suspend Copy again after Separate is completed Separating by other pair Separate is performed in another layer Perform Suspend Copy again after Separate is completed Freeze Defreeze the Data Replication function to perform Suspend Copy again MV Monitoring Stopped Change the disk array of MV to the Monitored state to perform Suspend Copy again MV Force Unpaired Perform Forced Unpair for RV RV Force Unpaired Perform Forced Unpair for MV RV Forced Separate Perform Suspend Copy for a volum
69. data such as a volume in which data was deleted may be larger If the capacity allocated to the source volume is large the capacity allocated to the destination volume will rapidly increase With data replication the difference between physical blocks is copied If the physical arrangements of virtual capacity blocks used in the source and destination volumes substantially differs the allocated capacity may be rapidly increased because the logical OR of blocks used in the both volumes are allocated for the destination volume For this reason be careful about the free space in the pool with the destination virtual capacity logical disk Especially if the capacity of the free space in the pool with the destination virtual capacity logical disk is insufficient due to replication operation a copy failure will occur 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 43 10 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview If the allocated capacity is about to exceed the capacity quota allocated for the destination virtual capacity logical disk replication operation will also result in a copy failure Restrictions on Secure Mode Secure mode is operating mode for restricting operations at the business operation level This mode function restricts the ControlCommand operation scope and disk array configuration change stricter than the conventional standard mode Secure mode can be set by the SnapSAN Manager Access Con
70. difference management function which retains the update difference between MV and RV exists BuildDifferential Map is installed Not BuildDifferential Map is not installed replication_status Status of the replication function of the disk array ReadyThe function is available FreezeThe function is unavailable The replication function of the disk array is frozen or the disk array is powered off bgcopy_level Background copy level Indicates the priority of Background Copy rv_setting Maximum number of RVs that can be set Indicates the maximum number of RVs that can be set for one MV volume_capacity Maximum capacity Indicates the maximum capacity of a volume that can be paired in GB 2 When the linfo option is specified How disk arrays are connected each other and the status of link paths are displayed When multiple paths are connected or multiple disk arrays are linked all information on the link paths is displayed Link Disk Array Name disk_array_name Link SAA link saa Link Type link_type Link No link_number Link Mode link_mode Path No path_number Path State path_state 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 5 84 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Director No director_number Description disk_array_name Name of the link destination disk array link_saa Linked Subsystem Absolute Address link_type Link type Indicates the type of link between disk arrays FCLi
71. disk array If Replication Manager does not recognize the linked disk array a unique identification address Subsystem Absolute Address not assigned to other disk arrays may be used for the disk array name Link Mode Display Normal Description Indicates a normal line The line speed is 30 Mbps or more and the bandwidth is guaranteed Low Path Number Indicates a low speed line The line speed is less than 30 Mbps or this is a best effort line Indicates the connection path number in a link If a link is connected via four paths the path numbers 0 1 2 and 3 are respectively assigned to the paths refer to Figure 3 5 Replication Link Information Path State Display Normal Description Indicates the normal status Offline Indicates that the link setting is unchecked during startup of the disk array Freeze Indicates that the Data Replication function in the linked disk array is frozen Link Checking Indicates that the link status is being checked following a failure of communication in the link It will transit to Normal or Fault in a specified period of time Fault Director Number Indicates that the link is invalid due to a failure of communication in the link Indicates the number of the replication director host director to which link paths are connected 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 15 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication M
72. disk array system no additional pair can be set However replication operations for the preset pairs are enabled Pair Configuration Setting In the basic configuration of the pair setting one RV is connected to one MV For certain operation conditions more than one RV may be connected but select the basic or parallel configuration for backup operations Note that the MV and RV to be paired must have the same LD capacity and OS type DynamicDataReplication Hekaa RemoteDataReplication The basic configuration is MV RY 1 1 Figure 2 5 Basic Configuration Disk isk Array Synchronized Backup Previous day Test Environment Figure 11 6 Parallel Configuration Linux e An RV of a maximum of four volumes can be set for one MV For Volume Cloning an RV of a maximum of three volumes can be set at a time however e The Volume Cloning can be set in only one layer in the disk array e Volumes with different volume capacities cannot be set as a pair e Unless the OS type is the same the pair setting cannot be executed 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 411 8 SnapSAN S3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Control Volume Setting Pair Setting MV RV DB_DATA_MV DB_DATA_RV DB_REDO1_MV DB_REDO1_RV DB_REDO2_MV DB_REDO2_RV DB_CTL_MV DB_CTL_RV DB_ARCHIVE_MV DB_ARCHIVE_RV Control Volume Setting A control volume is used when a server issues control I O to the relevant disk
73. existing software and then install the new software ReplicationControl Installation This software is installed under the opt and etc directories e Use the rpm command to install ReplicationControl e Use environment variables to set ReplicationControl operations that will be enabled by executing a command e To update the ReplicationControl software uninstall the existing software and then install the new software Disk Array Configuration For the disk array to be connected determine the configuration for using the data replication Logical Disk LD Binding To bind replication volumes bind logical disks in a disk array in consideration of the following points Pool and Logical Disk 1 Reserve an LD in the basic pool or a dynamic pool It is possible to create MV and RV in the same pool but it is recommended to create them in different pools to secure fault tolerance Create the LDs MV and RV to be paired with the same capacity Reserve a control volume CV in the basic pool or a dynamic pool Bind a volume and control volume to be used for business A control volume is a volume to be used when a server issues control I O to a disk array 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 411 4 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Disk Array Configuration Application Server MV Master Volume i Pool RV Replication Volume Access Control CV Control Volume IV Isolat
74. file system be sure to unmount the RV file system Otherwise the data consistency in RV is not guaranteed during replication iSMrc_replicate file disks txt wait Then the following message appears and copying from MV to RV begins Display example Replicate Start 2000 09 11 11 06 13 MV dev sdd dev000 LX RV dev100 LX Create a perfect static point of MV data before performing separation This is for completely writing all the data remaining in the cache into the disk This task also intends to prevent I O processing to from the logical volume file system in order to maintain the data consistency between MV and RV a Temporarily terminate the operations and applications that use MV b Unmount the logical volume used as a file system Before unmounting the logical volume terminate all the application software etc which may access the volume umount mvfs1 c Deactivate the volume group or deport the disk group When using LVM deactivate the MV volume group vgechange a n dev vg01 When using VxVM deport the MV disk group vxdg deport dg01 Perform separation to separate MV and RV enabling RV iSMrc_separate file disks txt wait Display example Separate Start2000 09 11 11 11 32 MV dev sdddevOOOLX RV dev100LX Separating Separate Normal End2000 09 11 11 11 32 MV dev sdddevO00LX RV dev100LX Restart applications application server 2012 Overland Storage Inc 412 3 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replicati
75. for recovery from a failure that occurred in a pair registered with the ATgroup e When you have not obtained the volume information of the disk array where a copy failure occurred obtain the information to display the pair with the failure on the copy fault list window For the procedure for obtaining the volume information refer to 0 Replication Information Screen e When a copy failure occurs in a volume that does not belong to a partition managed by a system administrator partition user the pair is not displayed on the copy fault list window On the menu bar perform the following e Select View and then Copy Fault List 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 89 SnapSAN S 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Copy Fault List RV Disk Arr Fault M VOLUMEO11 REMOTE ARRAY R_VOLUMEO11 LOCAL ARRAY REMOTE ARRAY LOCAL_ARRAY REMOTE ARRAY LOCAL_ARRAY REMOTE ARRAY LOCAL_ARRAY REMOTE ARRAY 8 REMOTE ARRAY LOCAL_ARRAY REMOTE ARRAY LOCAL_ARRAY gt Choose volume pair in fault status from list then click corresponding button each dialog will be showed individually Fault Because copy fault occurred Forced Separate was executed inside the Disk Array Replicate or Restore can be executed Abnormal Because copy error occurred Forced Suspend was executed inside Suspend the Disk Array Resume Copy or Forced Separate can be executed Fault Abnormal Suspend Process Replicate Restore C
76. forcefully from the list and click Unpair You can select one or more pairs to unpair forcefully for them ar once Unpairc Close Help Figure 4 42 Forced Unpair Select a pair for which you want to perform Forced Unpair from the list and then click the Unpair button Multiple pairs can be selected and Forced Unpair can be performed for the pairs in a batch Unexecutable pairs cannot be selected Selected Volume List Lists the information about the pair MV RV selected on the Replication Information window Volumes whose Execution Result is Unexecutable cannot be selected because they do not satisfy the conditions to perform Forced Unpair For Unexecutable volumes take one of the actions listed below according to the Unexecutable Info Unexecutable Info Unpaired Volume Action Perform Forced Unpair for a paired volume Have Unpaired Perform Forced Unpair for a paired volume Separate Preparing Perform Forced Unpair again in the Separated state Separating Perform Forced Unpair again in the Separated state MV Separating Perform Forced Unpair again in the Separated state Replicate Perform Forced Unpair for a volume in the Separate state MV Replicate 10400412 002 11 2012 Perform Forced Unpair for a volume in the Separate state 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 63 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Unexecutable Inf
77. group Q Mounting MV 3 Restarting applications Step 4 Waiting for completion of separation MountingRV Activating the volume group or importing the disk group MountingRV Figure 12 5 Master Volume Data Recovery 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 412 6 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Step Terminating application application server The procadure is shown below 1 Terminating applications Terminate the applications accessing the failed volume Terminste spplicstion te Figure 3 4 Teminsating Application O mounting MV Liomonnt the logical volume MV used as a file system Before ummounting the logical volume terminate all the application software etc which may access the volume umount ovis 3 Deactivating the volume group or deporting the disk group When using LVM deactivate the MV volume group yachanga a n devivg01 When using WWM deport the MV disk group wagiderot dg01 4 Restoring MV After recreating and recovering MV and recreating a logical volume and a file system be sure to unmeunt MV deactivate the volume group and deport the disk group by following steps 2 and 3 shown above before perfomming restoration Step2 Restoring data from tape backup server Restore data from the tape to RV by using backup software tI Figure 12 6 Restoring Backup Data to RV 1 Unmount RV backup server Before unmounting RV termina
78. how to handle the order of bytes for disk signature data is different between them e You should note this when you use the disk signature shown or saved by using the iSMrc_signature command for other disk management tools e The target volume is registered with the volume list e The target volume is not in Not Ready 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 91 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview e A dynamic disk or a GPT format partition disk cannot be specified e When the update of the target volume is prevented by the volume update prevention function operations to initialize a signature on the physical disk and to restore a disk signature saved in the map file to the disk cannot be performed Devices Scan Command To scan devices use the iSMrc_scan command By executing the iSMrc_scan command you can scan devices to allow the system to recognize available devices When the system is started with the devices not connected to the system or set in the Not Ready state the system cannot recognize those devices For example when a server using RV is restarted in the state where the RV is in the Not Ready state after replication the RV is not recognized by OS In this case separate the pair to set the RV to the state where the RV can be read or written in and then execute this command to allow the OS to recognize the RV When the access restrictions for the devices are changed to t
79. in the AT group must be registered in the volume list in advance Replication function Unexecutable information display 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 43 11 SnapSAN S 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Operation Description Logical disk information The logical disk to be displayed must meet any of the following display conditions e The logical disk must be registered in the volume list e The volume that makes a pair with the target logical disk must be registered in the volume list e The volumes in the upper or lower pair for the target logical disk must be registered in the volume list e If the target logical disk is the BV base volume SV snapshot volume or LV link volume of the snapshot function the BV or the LV associated with the BV or SV must be registered in the volume list e The target logical disk is not locked by operation guard setting Using SSD For the replication function even if the physical disks that make up volumes are SSDs Solid State Drives there are no operation restrictions However to fully utilize the SSD performance characteristics certain points about the replication copy operation must be noted For an operation that involves many writes a configuration in which an SSD is used as the MV and an inexpensive disk is used as the RV is inappropriate in the foreground copy mode synchronous copy mode replication state because performance delays t
80. information the information about association with and configuration of all logical disks and the property information of the volume list tgt option Displays the targetname of the volume in the volume list all Displays iSCSI information of all volumes in the volume list Message 11932 is output if volumes are not iSCSI volume ldname Displays iSCSI information of the specified volume Message 11933 is output if the specified volume is not iSCSI volume arrayname Displays iSCSI information of all volumes for the specified disk array Message 11933 is output if all volumes are not iSCSI volume Displayed Information a When the cr option is specified When a volume list is created or updated successfully the following message appears 1SM11700 Please wait a minute 1SM11701 Volume list is created successfully b When the d option is specified Disk array information is listed as shown below Disk Array List Disk Array Name disk_array_name Number of Drives number Description disk_array_name Disk array name number Number of logical disk information volume information items for each disk array registered in the volume list 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 14 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview c When the a option is specified The information about association with a logical disk is listed as shown below Description ldn Logical disk nu
81. invalid Restore the file system by following the restoration procedure iSM13639 Specified path is not normal status When the warning messages shown below are recorded with the event log of the system If the warning messages shown below are recorded with the event log of the system when RV becomes the Not Ready state after replication the RV may have not been unmounted before the replication or the RV file system may have become disabled by auto mounting of the RV In this case restore the RV file system by following the restoration method SourceDisk Event ID51 ExplanationAn error was detected on the device Device during paging operation SourceDisk Event ID50 Explanation Delayed written data loss Failed to save part of data for the file Device Data is lost This error may have occurred due to computer hardware failure or network connection failure Save this file in other location If a backup server is allowed to access RV being replicated or unmounted RV being replicated or being unmounted by the setting to suppress automount on Windows 2000 is in the Not Ready state In general such RV cannot be read Access RV being replicated or unmounted from My Computer 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 48 33 SnapSAN S3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Troubleshooting File Edit View Favorites Tools Help A O eack v F P search gt Folders a x a Address W my Computer is Go
82. is also for suppressing I O to the logical volume to ensure the consistency between MV and RV data To ensure the consistency between MV and RV data stop the system operation and then unmount MV to cancel the association between the volume and the file system Before unmounting you must close all applications that may access the drive If MV unmounting fails wait for 60 seconds to escape from the failure iSMrc_umount drv G Then the following message appears and MV is unmounted Umount Start2001 02 21 12 23 15 disk10devO01WN Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce G Umount Normal End2001 02 21 12 23 15 disk10devO01WN Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce G Performing separation application server Perform separation to separate MV and RV enabling the RV to be used before resuming applications In this example the replication operation file is used and separation is performed with the following settings Copy range Difference default value Update reflection to RV Sync mode default value Access restrictions for RV after Separate rw Read Write default value Specify the wait for Separate completion iSMrc_separate file disks txt wait Then the following message appears and separation is performed Separate Start2001 02 21 12 23 16 MV 10dev001WN Volume ce49f299 61 4e 11d5 b1df 009027520bce G RV devO0O2WN Separating Separate Normal End2001 02 21 12 23 16 1040
83. is performed Separate Execution StorageS2800 1 StorageS2800 1 0014h N LDM_28_1_0 0015h WN LDR_28_1_1 101 00 MB 10 0MB S lt _ EEE DynamicDataRep ication Not Ready Turns into the layer color because Separate is completed Separated StorageS2800 1 0014h N LDM_28_1_0 SqE_E gt gt SS Ww DynamicDataRep ication R W Permit Figure 4 60 Sync Execution 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 79 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Operation on Connection Screen By right clicking a volume on the Connection Screen you can display the operation menu shown below to perform an operation you want When MV RV or RV MV is selected 4 3 2 Replicate eens a 4 3 3 Separate Seperate 434 Restor Restore Seal a a 45 5 Suspend Resume Copy Resume Copy 43 Suspend Resume Copy Change to Background Copy m_i 4 3 6 Change to Background Copy RY Mode Changos mme 4 3 7 RY Mode Change Forced Separate 4338 Forced Separate Feeced Cancelation of Update P tion Ancetation oF Update Prevention P e 4 3 10 Forced Cancellation of Update Prevention When MVBV RVBV or RV MV BV is selected Repicete 433 Separate Separates 4 3 4 Restore Restore A Suspend Resume Copy Suspend Copy n Paine eys 4 3 5 Suspend Resume Copy Change bo Background Copy 4 3 6
84. logical volumes that make up the volume group or disk group is specified as MV RV on the special file name logical disk name side In this case swapping is performed in the specified order When a volume group is specified the group target volume group is active When a disk group is specified the group target disk group is active A SnapSAN Manager special file is not being created for Linux version only 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 5 82 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Pair setting MV or RV is registered with the volume list A volume list is not being created or updated Remote Replication pair MV isa PV MV or RV is unmounted The disk array is not frozen The pair is in Replicate sync Not a dynamic disk MV or RV is not stopped The pool to which MV or RV belongs is not stopped Swap is not being performed The pair is not being compared identified e The lower pair set for RV MV is not in the Separate Preparing Replicate Preparing e The PV paired with another RV is or Separating state not in the Separate Preparing The number of lower pairs paired with Replicate Preparing or Separating RV MV has not reached the maximum state number of settable pairs Figure 5 39 Conditions to Swap Remote Replication Pairs Disk Array Operations The disk array operation command provides the functions to display information on the replication function of a disk array
85. network administration terminology and tasks It also assumes you have basic knowledge of Internet SCSI GSCSJ Serial attached SCSI SAS Serial ATA SATA Storage Area Network SAN and Redundant Array of Independent Disks RAID technology Product Documentation and Firmware Updates Overland Storage SnapSAN product documentation and additional literature are available online along with the latest release of the SnapSAN 3000 5000 software Point your browser to http docs overlandstorage com snapsan Follow the appropriate link to download the latest software file or document For additional assistance search at http support overlandstorage com Overland Technical Support For help configuring and using your SnapSAN 3000 5000 search for help at http support overlandstorage com kb You can email our technical support staff at techsupport overlandstorage com or get additional technical support information on the Contact Us web page http www overlandstorage com company contact us For a complete list of support times depending on the type of coverage visit our web site at http support overlandstorage com support overland_care html 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc iii SnapSAN Replication Mirroring User Guide Conventions This user guide exercises several typographical conventions Convention Boldface Description amp Usage Words in a boldface font Example
86. of multiple partitions by default because all the partitions in the volume will be targeted for operations if a certain partition drive letter is specified for the volume To perform operations for a volume that consists of multiple partitions change the settings of the replication operation option setting file For information about the replication option setting file refer to the ControlCommand Command Reference Displayed Information When the iSMrc_swap command succeeds in swapping or resuming swapping a pair the following message appears iSM13247 Command has completed successfully code pppp xxxx xxXX XXXx Description pppp Process number xxxx Detailed information code value for maintenance 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 5 81 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Conditions to Display Specific Volume Information To swap an Remote Replication pair the following conditions must be satisfied The target MV and RV are paired The target pair is an Remote Replication pair The target MV is included in a pair on the uppermost level The number of pairs of the specified RV and the lower RVs has not reached the maximum number of pairs that can be set The disk array where the specified MV and RV are stored is not frozen The sync state of the target pair is sync of Replicate The sync state of the specified RV paired with the lower RV is not Replicate Preparing Separ
87. of multiple partitions change the settings of the replication operation option setting file For information about the replication option setting file refer to the ControlCommand Command Reference Specifying copy range cprange By default only the difference diff between MV and RV is copied You can use this option to specify that the entire area full will be copied Specifying copy control cpmode You can specify a copy control state that will be applied when in replication is ongoing or MV and RV are synchronized One of the following can be specified Synchronous Copy cpmode sync Set the copy control state to Synchronous Copy mode Semi synchronous Copy cpmode semi Set the copy control state to Overland Replication This can be specified for a pair set across different disk arrays Background Copy cpmode bg Set the copy control state to Background Copy mode Specifying access restrictions for RV rvacc You can specify access restrictions for RV that will be applied when in replication is ongoing or completed Not Ready rvacc nr Set the Not Ready state in which the system cannot access the volume Read Only rvacc ro The system can only read the volume Be careful to specify Read Only rvacc ro for the access restrictions for RV Specifying a wait for copy completion wait nowait The system can wait for command completion until the Synchronous state starts after replication Wait Spec
88. on Operation Note the following when implementing direct operation to a disk array 10400412 002 11 2012 Before connecting the logical disk of paired MV or RV to be operated or the logical disk to be used as a control volume to the server use AccessControl functions to set the access control correctly Also create a volume list and register the target logical disk with the volume list before performing replications on a server Make sure each server has one control volume It is not recommended that different servers use the same logical disk as a control volume There are no restrictions on the RAID format and the capacity of a logical disk used as a control volume For disk arrays supporting pools small capacity logical disks can be created as a control volume You can identify the purpose attribute of the logical disk created as a control volume in the disk array indicated below The identification information displayed on a SnapSAN Manager etc shows that such logical disk is a control volume For information on creating a control volume refer to the Configuration Setting Tool User s Manual GUI After changing a control volume update the volume list After adding or deleting a disk array recreating a logical disk changing the setting of a logical disk or adding or deleting a logical disk that can be accessed by the server be sure to update the volume list to the latest state e Acontrol volume must always be accessible so tha
89. operations linked with SnapSAN Manager Target System Command Name Windows Operation Description UNIX Volume List Associates logical disk disk array 2 Creation Display side information with information dependent on the system server ISMvollist side and displays the associated information iSMrc_replicate Replicate Starts copy Replicate from MV to 4 RV iSMrc_separate Separate Separate MV and RV in the sync 4 Replicate or Restore iSMrc_restore Restore Starts copy Restore from RV to 1 MV iSMrc_change Copy Control ChangeChanges copy control 4 applied to copy from MV to RV iSMrc_wait Wait for state Waits for sync rpl sync sync rst sync or Separated state iSMrc_query Paired Volume State Displays the copy state of a pair Display iSMrc_sense Volume List Display Displays volume information iSMrc_rvmode RV Access Changes access restrictions for RV Restriction Change iSMrc_updprevent Cancellation of Cancels update prevention for a update prevention volume for a volume iSMrc_Idlist Logical disk Obtains and displays logical disk information display list information iSMrc_pair Pair Setting and Pairs and unpairs volumes 4 Unpair iSMrc_swap Swap for Remote Swaps an Remote Replication pair Replication pair or resumes a swap iSMrc_arrayinfo Disk array Displays information on the information display replication function of a di
90. or Fora serial pair configuration using Remote Separate Preparing state Saheb Replication Figure 4 30 Conditions to Change to Background Copy In the same disk array serial Volume Cloning pair configuration is not allowed Volume Cloning and Remote Replication must be combined when serially configuring pairs RV Mode Change You can change the access restrictions for RV Operation Procedure Do one of the following to display the RV Mode Change window Select a volume on the Replication Information window click Operation on the menu bar of Replication Manager and then select Volume Operation and RV Mode Change Right click on the Replication Information window to select Volume Operation and RV Mode Change 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 52 SnapSAN S 3000 S5 eplication Mirroring User Guide RV Mode Change Tnexecuta Activity logical Disk Nowe W W Pornit A43000001 N8P ONAA i Separate R V Pornit R43000001 NSPC Separate W W Pornit h43000001 NEPD o A JP D To change RV access restriction select one of the following moce RV 3tacus iii B W Permit Not Ready C Read Only fs Choose paic s you want to change RV access restriction mode from the list and click Change You can select one or mre pairs to change RV access restriction moda Tor them at once Change Figure 4 31 RV Mode Change RV Mode Change Unexecutable Info Activity RY Mode
91. or change the access restrictions for RV to allow the volume to be read written in and then recover the broken path by executing the recoverpath command of PathManager If the path to a volume in the Read Only state is broken recovery is automatically performed by the path monitoring of PathManager after a certain period of time monitoring interval nan environment where PathManager is not installed there will be no operational problem even if a message similar to the above example is recorded When you back up data from RV to a tape you cannot use the differential backup function that operates archive bits by backup software If you execute differential backup with a date specified by backup software differential backup may not be executed for the following files e Database files and other files which have been open since the previous backup and have never been closed and the updated date has not been changed although data has been updated e Application files and other files that have the function to keep the updated date of the files 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 413 9 overland storage Appendix A Pair Information File Output Command The pair information file output command iSMpairinfo report and save the information about the states of pairs and AT groups of a disk array in a CSV file Table A 1 shows the CSV files When this command is executed new files are created and the information sho
92. or settings involved Information and specifications may change without notice 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt PR iv overland storage Contents Preface Chapter 1 Data Replication Overview DOIG RE PIICGTOMOVEIVIOW viesis ae an EEE EEEE ENE Sea vvbued oduct vuh ones Rake irae OE E 1 1 Data ReDIICOHO Nssimi n aa aa a ced a a a i ea 1 1 CIC KU ripara a EE A E E A ETE E EEEE ENES 1 2 Using Replication Volume for Disk BOCKUD cssssecsssscessscecsssecessecessscecssscesssccsssececsececsesecersececsececses 1 2 Ceding Test EMVIROMIMENT sariri tial a a a E E EAE 1 3 PEHOMMINGISSQICH in Pordlel sesusecaeeiirie nran T a A N 1 4 Chapter 2 Data Replication Function Types and State Transitions of VOIUMES ccccccsescsscssessessescssessesesssesecsessesecescsecsesseeeceseceesessecsscseceeseseecnees 2 1 VOIUME TY D6 cerieirar Aa A n a A E ANEA E AAE SEa TAa iE ANAS 2 bolated Yoluma TIV saranen A A E ENNA 2 Master Volume MV sianar aa aA A Aa A EAN A aA 2 Replication Volume RV cccccscccsecssesssscsssscssscssessssesessesessesessesssecsssecsesecsesessesesaesssaesseecsseeceecaeeesseeasaees 2 Replicati n OPSIGHIONS sciciecccsisssesdecise tipssisiatesiaseiecsetacossavicssvaesas iat Sa aka eeN aA K Aare aa ai aiaia 2 2 Replication Operations and State Transitions scsseecessscessscecssceesssecssceesssecsssecesseceeseceesecesssceesesseees 2 3 Replicate dnd State IFAMSIIOMS suis feves
93. or stopping Remote Replication quick sync RV comparing certifying Perform Forced Unpair again after Remote Replication quick sync for RV is completed or stopping Remote Replication quick sync Summary Details For more information on this item refer to 0 Information Displayed on Execution Dialog If Forced Unpair is performed for either MV or RV the replication operations will not function properly because inconsistency occurs in the recognized states of MV and RV In this case perform Forced Unpair for MV or RV for which Unpair is not performed The window shown by Figure 3 44 is displayed when MV is not managed by an SnapSAN Manager in operation 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 64 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide 02203 Cannot issue the command to RY Is it OK to issue only to MY Yes Issue only to MY No Skip Cancel Stop 02208 Cannot issue the command to MY Is it OK to issue only to RY Yes Issue only to RY No Skip Cancel Stop Figure 4 44 Forced UnPair RV When you click the Yes button the following message is displayed i 02600 s will you execute Ce Figure 4 45 Execute Conditions to Perform Forced Unpair To perform Forced Unpair the following conditions must be satisfied e The target volume is recognized by Replication Manager as the Replication target disk e The target MV and RV are paired or one of them is forcibly unpaired
94. path error the Path information of the special file is cleared and the blocked state of the path is canceled When the ai option is specified The information about association with and configuration of a logical disk is listed as shown below Volume List iSMvollist Version X X XXX LDN LD NAME VAA TYPE Special File Disk Array Path PD Type ldn ld_namevaa type special file namedisk_array_namepath pd_type Description X X XXX Version of the executed iSMvollist command Idn Logical disk number ld_name Logical disk name vaa VAA Volume Absolute Address type OS type special_file_name Special file name Displayed as a 32 byte item on HP UX and Linux as well as 64 byte item on Solaris disk_array_name Disk array name path Whether to use a special file In general this field is blank and nothing appears in this field However B will appear if an error is detected in access to the special file during data replication or snapshot pd_type PD type When the ctl option is specified Information on a control volume as shown below is listed Control Volume List Special FileLDNDisk Array NamePath special file nameldndisk array namepath Description special_file_name Special file name Displayed as a 32 byte item on HP UX and Linux as well as 64 byte item on Solaris 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 5 21 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview ldn Logical disk nu
95. remain canceled in the following cases A server has failed while controlling unmounting of MV that is performed at the start of restoring or resetting of the drive letter or remounting in the NTFS folder has failed for some reason If resetting of an MV drive letter or MV mounting in an NTFS folder has failed the iSMrc_restore command will report either of the following messages 1SM13634 Failed to set drive letter drive letter iSM13634 Failed to set mount point NTFS folder path name In this case recovery for example resetting of the drive letter or remounting in the NTFS folder is necessary for restarting operation The following describes the recovery procedure Collecting volume information If an application server has failed restart it When RV is connected to the server restart the server Collect the volume information drive letter and mount point volume name of the MV to be restored Before collecting the MV volume information confirm the following message reported to the event log or the execution result of the batch file iSM13224 MV is restored Volume Name mount point volume name Mount Point drive letter or NTFS folder path name Resetting the drive letter and remounting MV into the NTFS folder Start Disk Management According to the collected MV volume information drive letter and mount point volume name operate the volume with Change Drive Letter and Path to set the drive letter and mount th
96. required to use Data Replication functions for operation Volume Type To use the Data Replication function for creating replication volumes you must set the relation between the source volume and destination volume replication volume first In replication control the source volume is called Master Volume MV and the replication volume is called Replication Volume RV Furthermore MV and RV are set as a pair For a disk array with the Data Replication function installed the volume types used in the disk array are categorized into the three types described below Isolated Volume IV Volume with no pair setting By setting a pair to IV you can set it as MV or RV Master Volume MV Volume with pair setting and from which copy is performed to the other volume of the pair source volume In general set a volume used in tasks as MV When multiple pairs are set in series hierarchically the uppermost MV is called Primary Volume PV in order to distinguish it from other MVs Replication Volume RV Volume with pair setting and to which copy will be made in the pair destination volume In general set a volume used for backup or test operation as RV Pair can be set between volumes within the same disk array or between volumes in different disk arrays To distinguish those settings the former is called Dynamic Replication Volume dRV and the latter is called Remote Replication Volume rRV 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Ove
97. separate a pair forcefully Because the commend for forced separation runs individually if either of chem is not under the control of this 19M only one volume ig forcefully separated In this case the reason why the command was not executed is shorn access restriction of forced separated RV 1s R U Permit When forced separation is performed access restriction of RV becomes R U Pecmit Choose pairis you want to separate forcefully frow the list and click Separate You can select one or wore pairs co Separate forcefully for them at once Separate Close Help Figure 4 37 Forced Separate ACOS 4 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 58 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Select a pair for which you want to perform Forced Separate from the list and then click the Separate button Multiple pairs can be selected and Forced Separate can be performed for the pairs in a batch Unexecutable pairs cannot be selected Selected Volume List Lists the information about the pair MV RV selected on the Replication Information window Volumes whose Execution Result is Unexecutable cannot be selected because they do not satisfy the conditions to perform Forced Separate For Unexecutable volumes take one of the actions listed below according to the Unexecutable Info 10400412 002 11 2012 Unexecutable Info Unpaired Volume Action Perform Forced Separate for a paired volume Hav
98. setting file partition disks in the GUID partition table GPT format are set to be available e MV and RV cannot be assigned to the same server e When a pair consists of MV and multiple RVs assign the RVs individually to different servers Multiple RVs paired with the same MV cannot be assigned to the same server It is not recommended to use a logical disk that consists of multiple partitions or logical volumes for data replication In ReplicationControl where the volume to be operated is recognized by the server OS the disk configuration information about the volume is obtained default If the information shows that the volume contains multiple partitions or logical disks date replication will not be allowed for the disk default 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 49 1 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Windows System Volumes and Partitions You can allow data replication to be performed for a logical disk that contains multiple partitions or logical volumes by changing the setting of the replication operation option setting file However be extremely careful when implementing such operation Disk containing multiple partitions or logical volumes When a drive letter is specified to perform replication for a logical disk that contains multiple partitions or logical volumes all the partitions or logical volumes on the logical disk become the target for the replication This is because r
99. system can only read the volume Pay careful attention when you specify Ready Only rvacc ro for the RV access restrictions Specifying a wait for copy completion wait nowait The system can wait for command completion until the Synchronous state starts after restoration Wait Specified wait second If a value is specified in second the value will be set as the monitoring time interval of the disk array The available range is from 1 through 30 seconds integer If a value is not specified RPL_WATCHDEYV setting in the replication option setting file will be used for Windows while the setting of environment variable RPL_WATCHDEV will be used for UNIX No Wait nowait Only instructs start of restoration to terminate the command To check the end of the restoration use the iSMrc_query or iSMrc_wait command Specifying an operation mode for RV mode You can select whether to reflect the data updated in MV into RV while restoration is ongoing 10400412 002 11 2012 RV update specified mode update Performs restoration while reflecting the data updated in MV into RV When restoration is completed and the system goes into the Synchronous state the state changes to Restored RV protection specified mode protect Performs restoration without reflecting the data updated in MV into RV When restoration is completed and the system goes into the Synchronous state the RV is automatically separated from the MV and then t
100. system control data into the disk This is also for suppressing I O to the logical volume to ensure the consistency between MV and RV data To ensure the consistency between MV and RV data stop the system operation and then unmount MV to cancel the association between the volume and the file system Before unmounting you must close all applications that may access the drive If MV unmounting fails wait for 60 secondsto escape from the failure iSMrc_umount drv G Then the following message appears and MV is unmounted Umount Start2001 02 21 12 23 15 disk10dev0O01WN Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce G Umount Normal End2001 02 21 12 23 15 disk10dev0O01WN Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce G 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 48 5 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Operations Overview 7 Performing separation application server Perform separation to separate MV and RV enabling the RV to be used before resuming applications In this example the replication operation file is used and separation is performed with the following settings Copy range Difference default value Update reflection to RV Sync mode default value Access restrictions for RV after Separate rw Read Write default value Specify the wait for Separate completion iSMrc_separate file disks txt wait Then the following message appears and separation is performed Separate
101. target for pairing LD Set Name You can narrow down target volumes for which pair setting can be performed by specifying an LD Set Name If target volumes for which pair setting can be performed are not registered in an LD set no volume can be selected because you cannot narrow down the volumes by an LD Set Name Type Description ALL All volumes become selectable objects LD Set Name Volumes registered in the selected LD set are target for pairing Undefined Volumes not registered in any LD set are target for paring Node Number You can narrow down target volumes for which pair setting can be performed by specifying a node number Type Description ALL All volumes become selectable objects Node Number Volumes that belong to the selected node are target for pairing Partition Name You can narrow down target volumes for which pair setting can be performed by specifying a partition name If target volumes for which pair setting can be performed are not allocated to a partition no volume can be selected because you cannot narrow down the volumes by a partition name Type Description ALL All volumes become selectable objects Partition Name Volumes allocated to the selected partition are target for pairing Undefined Volumes not allocated to a partition are target for pairing 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 22 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide L
102. that consists of multiple partitions change the settings of the replication operation option setting file For information about the replication option setting file refer to the ControlCcommand Command Reference 2 Specifying access restrictions for RV after Separate rvacc e You can specify the access restrictions for RV after Separate e Read Write rvacc rw RV can be referred or updated e Read Only rvacc ro RV can only be referred Be careful to specify Read Only rvacc ro for the access restrictions for RV 3 Specifying a wait for Separate completion wait nowait The system can wait for command completion until Separate is completed after the start of Separate e Wait Specified wait second If a value is specified in second the value will be set as the monitoring time interval of the disk array The available range is from 1 through 30 seconds integer If a value is not specified RPL_WATCHDEYV setting in the replication option setting file will be used for Windows while the setting of environment variable RPL_WATCHDEV will be used for UNIX e No Wait nowait Only instructs start of Separate to terminate the command To check the end of the separation use the iSMrc_query or iSMrc_wait command 4 Forced Separate force If a failure occurs in connection between disk arrays and normal Separate cannot be performed for MV and RV you can specify the force option to perform Separate for MV and RV individu
103. the latest data immediately In this example replication volume creation is explained by assuming that the volumes have been set as a pair and operation has started using the application server Also assume that the pair is separated and the MV drive letter is G and the RV drive letter is H Before starting replication set target volumes 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 8 22 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Operations Overview Work flow for an example of using a replication volume lt Application server gt lt Backup server gt E es Step Mounting RV Figure 8 11 Replication Volume The following describes the procedure for performing replication for RV that can be used as a file system by a volume prepared Terminating applications backup server To secure data consistency terminate or stop applications and certain services that are accessing the target volume Example Stopping a service NET STOP service name To stop the service ESMCommonService specify as follows NET STOP ESMCommonService Flushing RV file system backup server Flush the RV file system to write the unwritten data in the file system buffer into the disk 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 48 23 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Operations Overview iSMrc_flush drv H Then the following message appears and the file system is f
104. the control volume completed successfully appears Click the No button to return to the Define Control Volume window The definition of control volume x Figure 5 28 Successful Completion Message Click the OK button to close the Define Control Volume window and to return to the Volume List Display window To enable the saved definition information create or update the volume list to reflect the definition information of the control volume to the volume list 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 39 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview When you click the Cancel button on the Define Control Volume window the message for confirming whether to cancel the definition appears When you click the Yes button on the confirmation message the definition information is not saved Instead the Define Control Volume window is closed and then the Volume List Display window reappears To return to the Define Control Volume window click the No button The definition of control volume f 9 00029 The definition of control volume is not saved Do you want to exit the definition of control volume a Figure 5 29 Confirmation Window for Creating Control Volume Definitions Update the volume list to reflect the updated definition information to the volume list Select File and then Create Update Volume List on the Volume List Display window to create or update the volu
105. the currently displayed information obtained while the server was connected can only be referred to regardless of the operation authority Storage Group User A user who manages and operates all the disk arrays in a system Storage User A user who manages and operates specific disk arrays in a system Partition User A user who manages and operates specific partitions User Roles Monitor Reference the status of monitoring and state of disk array Operator Operations related to replication 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 1 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Administrator All operations including disk array configurations settings Operations And State Displays State Configuration Operation Monitoring Setting Replication Manager Display Operation Authority Monitor Operator Administrator Set Disk Array Name v v v z Set Logical Disk v v y s x Name Link State z v 5 Pair Setting Unpair v v Replicate v z v v Separate z v z v v Restore v x v Suspend Resume v v v Copy Change to v v v Background Copy RV Mode Change v v v Forced Separate v v v Forced Unpair v v Forced Cancellation v i v v of Update Prevention Freeze Defreeze v z ve Background Copy v z v Level Change Pair Batch Setting v 2 i v Regular report v Report suppression en
106. to be operated target volume must satisfy the following conditions e The target volume is paired with another and the volumes in the upper or lower pair for the target volume are registered with the volume list e When the target volume is paired with another and MV or RV of the pair is also used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function the BV or LV linked to the BV is registered with the volume list e When the target volume is a base volume BV snapshot volume SV or link volume LV BV or LV linked to BV or SV is registered with the volume list e A volume list is not being created e When a volume group is specified the group target volume group must be active e When a disk group is specified the group target disk group must be active e An SnapSAN Manager special file is not being created for Linux version only e The target volume or a volume to be paired with the target volume is registered with the volume list e The volume list is not being created or updated Figure 5 36 Specific Volume Information Notes A control volume to be displayed as a logical disk attribute when the attr option is specified must be created in a disk array that can identify control volume attributes The attribute will not be displayed if a logical disk is defined as a control volume on the server RV Access Resiriction Change Command Use the iSMrc_rvmode command to change access restrictions for RV and the states of RV
107. to other disk arrays may be used for MV Disk Array Name or RV Disk Array Name Operations of Replication Manager Pair Setting Unpair To perform replication operations set pairs beforehand If you want to set multiple pairs and the environments when initially building or rebuilding a replication environment etc use Replication Setting of New Setting which is one of the configuration setting functions Pair Setting Perform one of the following to display the Pair Setting window 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 20 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide e Select a volume on the Replication Information window click Operation on the menu bar of Replication Manager and then select Pair Setting or e Right click on the Replication Information window to select Pair Setting In pair setting whether the selected volume can be set as MV is determined automatically If the selected volume cannot be set as MV for a pair the following prompt message will appear A The following volume s cannot be paired Number Unexecutable Condition Reason O036h 1_0 36 DDR Since this vol Would you want to open pair setting dialog Figure 4 8 Pair Setting The possible causes are Unexecutable Condition Description Volume Cloning Remote Due to the reason the volume cannot be set as MV of Volume Replication Cloning and Remote Replication Volume Cloning Due
108. transition to the state of Not Available NA because Not Available is valid when the VSS is used A user need not perform this operation in general Volume When using a volume check the protection access right for the volume Copy Failures and State Transitions If copy between MV and RV is not successfully performed due to a connection failure between them the state may change to one of the following depending on the timing or the type of the failure e Separate due to failure failure separation Forcibly separated in a disk array due to a copy failure The contents of MV and RV are completely different To cancel the Separate due to a failure remove the cause of the copy failure to perform restoration by using Replicate or Restore 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 42 15 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Replication Operations and State Transitions e Suspend due to failure abnormal suspend Forcibly suspended in a disk array due to a copy failure in the state of Replicate or Restore Copy between MV and RV is suspended To cancel the Suspend due to a failure remove the cause of the copy failure to give an instruction to change the state of copy control as same as when cancelling the normal state of Suspend refer to 0 Copy Control Freeze of Disk Arrays If the power of a disk array is turned off for maintenance etc access to the disk array will be disabled and copy of a v
109. unmounting of a file system are not required 1 Activate the volume group Example of activating the volume group vg01 vgechange a y dev vg01 2 Mount the file system Example of mounting the file system ext3 in the volume group vg01 mount t ext3 dev vg01 lvol mnt1 To separate the LVM volume group from applications 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 413 3 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Management And Operations Of Data Replication 3 Unmount the file system Example of unmounting the file system from mnt1 umount mnt1 4 Deactivate the volume group Example of deactivating the volume group vg01 vgchange a n dev vg01 To separate the master volume MV and the replication volume RV that are being replicated for backup 5 Stop the data update in the MV and write all the data remaining in the OS cache completely into the MV to obtain a data static point a Before separating MV and RV temporarily separate the LVM volume group from applications by unmounting the file system and deactivating the volume group After the separation is completed you can resume the data update in the MV To use the LVM volume group in applications 6 Activate the volume group and mount the file system If a volume group is operated in the state where the server includes a volume in the Not Ready state such as RV of a replicated pair a message indicating an SCSI error see the lt Example of message g
110. unpairing for a paired volume Have Unpaired Perform unpairing for a paired volume Replicated Change the state of the volume to Separated to perform unpairing again Restored Change the state of the volume to Separated to perform unpairing again Separate Preparing Perform unpairing again in the Separated state Separating Perform unpairing again in the Separated state Freeze Defreeze the Data Replication function to perform unpairing again MV Force Unpaired Perform Forced Unpair for RV MV Monitoring Stopped Change the disk array of MV to the Monitored state to perform unpairing again RV Monitoring Stopped Change the disk array of RV to the Monitored state to perform unpairing again RV Force Unpaired Perform Forced Unpair for MV MV Outside SnapSAN Perform unpairing for a pair managed by SnapSAN Manager Manager Management All Link Path Abnormal Refer to 3 2 2 2 Link fault in the Data Replication User s Manual Installation and Operation Guide to recover from the failure Have been registered to Perform unpairing for a pair not registered with the ATgroup ATgroup Or delete a volume from the ATgroup before performing unpairing Comparing certifying Perform unpairing again after Remote Replication quick sync is completed Summary Details For more information on this item refer to 0 Information Displayed on Execution Dialog When you click the Unpair button the following messag
111. updated date has not been changed although the data has been updated e Application files etc which have the function to retain file update dates To create and operate a thin provisioning volume refer to Restrictions by Thin Provisioning Function of Restrictions on Operation in the Data Replication User s Manual Function Guide and check notes on the thin provisioning function 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 8 47 overland storage Chapter 9 Notes Win Windows System Volumes and Partitions If a logical disk contains multiple partitions or logical volumes and replication is performed for a volume such as one that consists of multiple partitions or logical volumes or a dynamic disk volume data consistency may not be guaranteed depending on the operation Table 4 1 shows functional scopes for disk types Disk type Volume type Availability Basic disk Primary partition MBR format v Primary partition GPT format ve Logical volume on expanded v partition Dynamic Simple volume disk Span volume Stripe volume Mirror volume RAID 5 volume v Recommended configuration Operation prohibited v With notes NOTE Operate MV and RV with the same partition configuration The following conditions must be met to use partition disks in the GUID partition table GPT format e The OS type of the logical disk is WG e In the replication operation option
112. use the iSMrc_signature command Disk signature is system information used for identifying disks on Windows system Each disk on an Windows system must have a unique signature For example Data replication automatically avoids the same disk signature when MV and RV are synchronized If a failure occurs during replication the disk signatures of MV and RV may become inconsistent In such a case use the disk signature operation command to restore the signatures Disk signature operation can be performed either on a disk basis by specifying a disk number or for all disks Main Options For performing disk signature operations with the iSMrc_signature command you can specify the following options e Saving signature read Saves the disk signature recognized by the Windows system Signatures are saved in the signature map file managed by the iSMrc_signature command e Writing signature set Restores the signature saved in the map file to the disk e Deleting signature del Deletes the signature saved in the map file e Initializing signature init Initializes the signature of the physical disk 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 5 90 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview e Lists signature information list Lists signatures saved in the map file those on the physical disk and those saved in the disk array or displays signatures on the specified physical disk e Exporting sig
113. volume MV or RV connected to the server and recognized by the OS It is the most basic operation to be used when you perform replications from the application server A user can create a volume IV that can issue an I O without fail to the disk array for operation via the created volume control volume Operations performed through the control volume is useful in the backup server environment where performing replications etc disables the OS to access the target volume RV connected to the server Before performing direct operations for a disk array you must register the logical disk of the target MV or RV with the volume list on the server that executes replication commands 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 2 SnapSAN S 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview 10400412 002 11 2012 e Operations linked with the SnapSAN Manager Installing ReplicationControl in the management server to link it with the replication management functions of the SnapSAN Manager for operation allows you to manage and maintain the data replication functions and construct an environment by using commands A logical disk to be operated does not need to be connected to the server which does not require you to create the volume list Disk management and operation commands to create and display volume lists to flush mount and unmount file systems etc are used for directly operating system volumes Those commands are not used for
114. which copies only the difference between MV and RV You can also select All which copies the entire area explicitly Radio Button Description Differential Only Copies only the difference between volumes All Copies the entire volume 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 27 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Copy Mode You can specify the copy control mode to be set in the Sync Performed and Synchronized states as well as Replicate setting The following copy modes can be specified Radio Button Description Synchronous Changes the copy control to the foreground copy Synchronous mode Semi synchronous Changes the copy control to the foreground copy Semi synchronous mode This can be specified for a pair set across different disk arrays Background Copy Changes the copy control to the Background Copy When a low speed line is used the Background Copy is strongly recommended RV Status Specifies the access restrictions on the host that will be applied until Replicate is completed Radio Button Description Not Ready The host cannot access the volume Read Only The host can only read from the volume Care should be taken to specify Read Only See 2 6 Access Restriction for RV When you click the Replicate button the following message is displayed 02209 Replication will be executed Is it OK to change contents of RV Has RY been un mounted from the has
115. you cannot use the differential backup function that operates archive bits by using the backup software When you perform differential backup with a date specified by using the backup software the following files may not be backed up e Database files etc which have been open since the previous backup and the updated date has not been changed although the data has been updated e Application files etc which have the function to retain file update dates To create and operate a thin provisioning volume refer to Restrictions by Thin Provisioning Function of Restrictions on Operation in the Data Replication User s Manual Function Guide and check notes on the thin provisioning function 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 49 8 overlang storage Chapter 10 Backup and Restore Linux Overview Backup This section describes the basic flow of backup using the data replication function Before starting Replicate unmount RV by the backup server and clear data remaming in the file system buffer Synchronizing MV with RV by Replicate Execute Replicate and copy data from MV to RV for synchronization Securing the static point of business data and executing Separate After securing the static point of business data by an application server execute Separate to separate MV and RV Mounting RV and acquiring backup Mount RV by a backup server and back up RV data Figure 10 1 Backup Operation S
116. 0 Replication Mirroring User Guide Icon Description Indicates that the state monitoring is stopped A disk array on which neither the Volume Cloning nor the Remote Replication is installed does not appear on the screen For a partition user only the disk arrays of the partitions managed by the partition user appear In this case if a disk array of the link destination is not directly monitored by the Replication Manager the link destination disk array will not appear NOTE If Replication Manager does not recognize the link destination disk array while disk arrays are linked a unique identification address Subsystem Absolute Address not assigned to other disk arrays may be used for the disk array name Each information window to be explained in the following page or later may not be displayed depending on the display items selected in the configuration display area and the state of disk array as follows Tabs in the information list display area cannot be selected when SnapSAN Manager server specified in the configuration display area Disk Array LINK Information tab cannot be selected when the following disk arrays specified in the configuration display area e Disk arrays not supporting Remote Replicatiion e Disk arrays without Remote Replication license e Unmanaged disk arrays ATgroup Information tab cannot be selected when the following disk arrays specified in the configuration display area Disk arrays not suppo
117. 0 Replication Mirroring User Guide Management And Operations Of Data Replication e When configuring Remote Replication between disk arrays of different models there may be difference in functions supported by each disk array Available functions for Remote Replication pair operations and remote operations are limited to the functions that are mutually supported by the disk arrays thus you cannot perform operations exceeding this function range e Ifan access is made to a volume in the Not Ready state or the Read Only state such as RV for which access restrictions are imposed a message indicating an SCSI error see lt Example of message gt below may be recorded in syslog If you execute a command such as fsck that allows all volumes to be accessed in a server a message similar to the example below may be recorded for every volume in the server in the Not Ready state lt Example of message gt Dec 10 14 48 14 sv001 kernel sd 4 0 1 1 SCSI error return code 0x08000002 Dec 10 14 48 14 sv001 kernel sde Current sense key Data Protect Dec 10 14 48 14 sv001 kernel lt lt vendor gt gt ASC 0xf4 ASCQ 0x1 ASC 0xf4 ASCQ 0x1 Dec 10 14 48 14 sv001 kernel Info fld 0x0 Dec 10 14 48 14 sv001 kernel end_request I O error dev sde sector 0 e Ifsuch a message is recorded in an environment where PathManager is installed the PathManager path to the volume may be broken preventing the volume from being accessed e Separate the pair
118. 000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Repl StorageS4300 0001 Fie View Operation Help Replication Information Disk Array LINK Information ATgroup Information oe 2 storageS4300 0001 PE oase f StorageS4300 002 A43000001 MSP1 FC StorageS4300 001 f A43000001 MSPZ FC 343000001 MSP3 FC 443000001 MSP3 FC 343000001 MSP3 FC 430000001 MSP4 FC 430000001 MSP4 FC 43000000L MSP5 Fe 430000001 MSP5 Fe 430000001 MSP6 FC R43000001 MSP7 FC R43000001 MSPS FC h43000001 MSP9 FC A43000001 MSPA FC 343000001 MSPB FC 343000001 MSPC FC 343000001 MSPD FC 343000001 NSPD FC R43000001 MSPE FC h43000001 MSPG FC WN WN WN WN WN WN WN WN WN WN WN WN WN WN IX WG WN WN WN IX Figure 4 1 Data Replication Configuration Display Area The configuration display area is monitored by SnapSAN Manager and shows the list and states of disk arrays available for the data replication function as well as links among the disk arrays 5H Repli StorageS4300 00 File view Operation Help Pag SM Server EB 7 StorageS4300 0001 fa StorageS4300 002 ff StorageS4300 002 StorageS4300 001 Figure 4 2 Configuration Display Area 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 4 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Disk Array Icons Icon 2 Description Indicates that the disk array is normally operating D Indicates that the license capacity of the Volume Cloning
119. 0412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 48 12 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Operations Overview MV 10dev001WN Volume ce49f299 614e 11d5 b 1df 009027520bce G RV devO02WN Note that a writing error will occur if the access restriction for RV is set to Read Only ro and the drive with the volume mounted is written in when separation is performed In this case change the access restriction for RV to Read Write Permit rw on the Replication Manager GUI Mounting MV application server Use MV again on applications To associate MV and the file system mount MV iSMrc_mount drv G Then the following message appears MV is mounted and become enabled as a file system Mount Start2001 02 21 12 23 17 disk10dev001WN Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce G Mount Normal End2001 02 21 12 23 17 disk10devO01WN Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce G Restarting applications application server Restart the applications closed Use the procedure below to restart the services stopped If you did not stop any services you need not do the following Example Starting a service NET START service name To start a service ESMCommonService specify as follows NET START ESMCommonService If you canceled sharing of a shared folder share the folder again If not you need not do the following Example Sharing a folder NET SHARE share_name drive_letter path To en
120. 1 rvfs1 Without Volume Management This section describes how to replicate data from MV to RV and set up RV by using a logical disk that does not use the volume management software such as LVM or VxVM for volume management Creating a file system To use MV as a file system for the first time create a file system If you have already used MV following this step is not necessary 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 11 15 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Preparing Volume Create a file system by entering a command as shown below In this example ext3 is used as a file system in an environment where PathManager is installed mkfs t ext3 dev ddd3 Setting a pair Set a pair in the same way as step 2 in 1 Example of Application to LVM Disk RV devisdd devisdf Ideviddd Ideviddf The lower file names indicate special files for PathManager Figure 11 10 Set a Pair Linux Copying the disk Perform replication for the pair set in step 2 iSMrc_replicate mv dev000 mvflg ld After replication is completed perform separation iSMrc_separate mv dev000 mvflg ld wait Recognizing the RV partition information To allow the OS to recognize the RV partition information restart the backup server It is necessary to restart the server when using a created or updated partition on the backup server for the first time After the RV partition information is recognized by the OS th
121. 11 RV Not Unmounted by Replication Restoring environment Disk Array Mounting MV to restart operation i Data inthe fle system and M Vis inconsistent Data inconsistency occurs K Tape Device Unmounting M and RY If data remains in the Backup Server 1 Tape Device Figure 6 12 MV Not Unmounted by Replication 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Backup and Restoring Disabling Automount When an application or a service accesses a Windows server the OS mounts the file system automatically even if the file system has been unmounted Such automount operation by OS occurs even in a case where a mount point drive letter or NTFS folder of the file system is deleted and execution of automount cannot be detected Even if the file system buffer is cleared by unmounting data will be incorporated in the file system buffer again by subsequent automount Therefore even if unmounting is performed in advance data may become inconsistent due to automount and the file system may be corrupted To suppress unexpected automount take the following procedures e Stop all applications and services that access the file system and the disk to be unmounted temporarily before unmounting and restart them after mounting e When unmounting RV specify the offline option with the iSMrc_unmount command to suppress automount For examples of appli
122. 14 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview the standard output standard error output syslog or command trace and the detailed internal information If a fault occurs and you want to request the provider to investigate the fault you must collect the operation trace Invalid Product If the products are not purchased properly the icon on the Replication screen Tree view changes to indicate missing products or products not purchased Collecting Information of Error of Unknown Cause When an error whose cause is unknown has occurred and you want to request the provider to investigate the error you must collect information required for error analysis For ReplicationControl error Follow the steps below to execute the command and collect the operation trace and other fault information at a time A disk for storing fault information must have at least 4 MB of unused space or a size comparable to the size of failure information files 1 Log on as root 2 Execute the iSMvolgather command iSMvolgather Directory name e Be sure to use the absolute path name to specify a directory name The directory iSMvolgather is created under the directory opt iSMvol when you specify no directory name e When you specify a directory the directory iSMvolgather is created under the directory you specified Confirm that the file iSMvolgather tar Z or iSMvolgather tar gz is created under iSMvolgather and obtain the file
123. 47 Command has completed successfully code pppp xxxx xXXX XXXx Description pppp Process number xxxx Detailed information code value for maintenance Conditions to Display Specific Volume Information To perform forced cancellation of update prevention the following conditions must be satisfied e The disk array where the target volume is stored is not frozen e The forced cancellation of update prevention cannot be performed for a volume being swapped by the swap function for Remote Replication pair Forced cancellation of update prevention should be performed only for recovery from a failure e A dynamic disk is not used e When a volume to be operated is used as MV the sync of the pair is not Replicate Preparing or Separate Preparing e The replication reserved volume for the target MV or RV is not a bottleneck The following does not apply when ReplicationControl is used together with SnapSAN Manager e The target volume or a volume to be paired with the target volume is registered with the volume list Also a remote volume to be operated target volume must satisfy the following conditions e The target volume is paired with another and the volumes in the upper or lower pair for the target volume are registered with the volume list 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 74 SnapSAN S 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview e When the target volume is paired with another and M
124. 5 Forced UnPair RV 4 65 Foreground Copy Overland Mirroring 2 10 Freeze Execute 4 69 Freeze Defreeze 4 68 H Hardware Configuration 7 2 Hardware Connection Configuration 11 2 I Install Flow Linux 11 1 Installation Flow Win 7 1 L Link between Application and Backup Server 10 5 Link between Application Server and Backup Server 6 5 Link Failure Occurence 12 14 Link Failure Occurrence 8 30 Logical Disk Configuration 7 6 Logical Disk Configuration Linux 11 5 Logical Volume Pair Setting and Replication 12 10 LVM Configuration Linux 11 12 M Master Volume Data Recovery 12 6 Media Error 8 34 Mode Change Execute 4 55 Mount RV 6 1 MV Not Unmounted by Replication 6 8 MV Not Unmounted by Restore 10 8 MV Warning 4 61 10400412 002 11 2012 My Computer 8 34 N Narrowing Down by Disk Array 5 29 O Online Backup 8 1 8 8 Online Backup Flow 8 2 Operation Linked with SnapSAN Manager 5 6 Operation on Connection 4 80 Operation Using Control Volume 5 5 Operation Where the Static Point of Data Is Not Secured 6 7 Operations linked with the SnapSAN Manager 5 3 Output of CSV File 5 31 Overland Technical Support PR iii P Pair Confirmation 4 23 Pair Setting 4 21 Parallel Configuration 7 9 Parallel Configuration Linux 11 8 Perform Forced Cancellation of Update Prevention 5 75 Perform Restoration 8 19 Performing Restoration 12 8 product documentation PR iii Progress Bar 4 74 Property I
125. 5000 disk arrays The logical disk information about the above disk array that is displayed by an SnapSAN Manager etc includes the identification information showing the purpose attribute of the logical disk is control volume The control volume setting procedure differs depending on the disk array functions as shown below 1 Disk arrays identifying the control volume attribute Create a control volume by using the SnapSAN Manager server s configuration function and then create the volume list with the control volume recognized by the server There is no need to register the control volume on the definition screen of the volume list display function When the volume list is created or updated the disk array identifies the control volume attribute from the logical disks connected to the server and registers it on the volume list 2 Other disk arrays Register a control volume on the definition window of the volume list display function For more details on defining control volumes refer to the subsequent sections Starting Volume List Display Function Click Start button on Windows select All Programs Programs for Windows 2000 ControlCommand Storage Manager Volume List and then Volume List Display to start the volume list display function 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 47 10 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview volume List Display WPivolumet WeWolumet
126. A 11 8 Conirol V OlUIME SEMIN GO dicate ean a E TOE 11 9 Volume LIST ChEGTION annisca bias Gl A a E auntie buna a aes 11 1 Prepaind OWNS ssxeesusei ee tasiel oE nA in dnnGaesidl oon eR a 11 12 Chapter 12 Operation and Maintenance Linux OVEIVIOW sessecieadetediersatveadexiaivnalaicicaviacaacaucacadcacdt cacadcaesi saad EAA E AAN ANAT A AA AAA AA Aa 12 1 BOGKUD Operahori sucscciesisreGaecristeptesaticerarath E AEN SAAE duet SEER TCS TAASEN 12 1 USING Replication VOIUMES assscasss carcseseesegecdeasavedcausacaucvaased caucveaiad egecdiaedcaicvajesscdeaueniaucsaaapianccaguestadeaien 12 9 Chapter 13 Notes Management And Operations Of Data Replication e sessssssesesesessssesesenessssssesenessnsesesenessssasesenentssesese 13 1 Copy Control State SElECHON sessisssss dscssrsceinisscsdseisesicdedarideotapeesdisouin eraai aa ieda iiai iaaa 13 1 Appendix A Pair Information File Output Command SOn TERMINI OM aeisi ane AE E AA E A 1 OPON ansen aa r E A E AT A A EEEE EEEE A 1 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 41 3 SnapSAN S3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Appendix B States of SCSI Pass SCSI Pass Through I O Hyper V Virtual MACHINE essescsessseesesesessessescsesssecessessescsesecsesessessesesseessenees B START TEMMMUIMGMOM sc2 ch EN E N EE EN EAE ENS A E den Dieses ads we EE B 1 OPIONS Stree aA EEE AEA Ste outer sant Sieeatg vies EE E E EE B 1 Appendix C Licenses Apache Cense snoin
127. ART ESMCommonService If you canceled sharing of a shared folder in step 5 share the folder again If not you need not do the following Example Sharing a folder NET SHARE share_name drive_letter path To enable the sharing of a folder mv_folder1 specify as follows NET SHARE mv_folder1 G mv_folder1 10 Mounting RV backup server To associate RV and the file system mount RV When RV is mounted with the mount point drive letter or NTFS folder name and target mount point volume name specified the mount point is automatically set again On Windows 2000 the RV is released from the Not Ready state iSMrc_mount drv H mvol Volume 87d84cca 2507 11d5 a0f7 00004c714491 Then the following message appears RV is mounted and can be used as a file system Mount Start2001 02 21 12 26 14 disk11devO0O2WN Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0 7 00004c714491 H iSMrc_mount Info iSM13220 Setting drive letter H has succeeded Mount Normal End2001 02 21 12 26 14 disk11devO0O2WN Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0f7 00004c714491 H Use RV for backup on applications 11 Restarting applications backup server Start the applications and services terminated in step 1 For the procedures to start services and share folders refer to step 10 12 Backing up backup server Use backup software to back up the data copied to RV to the tape Example of Backup Operation This section describes an example of the backup opera
128. Array Name Management LDN OS TypeLD NameAttributeCapacityPD Type disk_array_name management ldntypeld_nameattributecapacitypd_type Description Receiving Message indicating that data is being received When ReplicationControl is used with SnapSAN Manager this message is displayed until data is completely received While data is being received periods increase disk_array_name Disk array name management Identifies whether the system recognizes the disk array directDisk array directly recognized by the system indirectDisk array which is not recognized by the system type OS type Idn Logical disk number ld_name Logical disk name attribute Logical disk attribute capacity Logical disk capacity pd_type PD Type attribute of the physical disks constituting the logical disk FC Logical disk configured of physical disks with the FC attribute ATA Logical disk configured of physical disks with the ATA attribute 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 76 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview SAS Logical disk configured of physical disks with the SAS attribute SSD Logical disk configured of physical disks with the SSD attribute NLSAS Logical disk configured of physical disks with the NearLine SAS attribute SAS SED Logical disk configured of physical disks with the encryption SAS attribute 2 When the d option is specified Logical disk information is listed as shown below Rece
129. DD hh mm ss Start End time Year Month Day Hour Minute Second disk_number Physical disk number ld_name Logical disk name type OS type volume_name Mount point volume name pathDrive letter or path name mounted on the NTFS volume folder accessed by users 1SM13220 Setting drive letter drive has succeeded Message output when a drive letter or an NTFS folder name is set Conditions to Display Specific Volume Information To perform mounting the following conditions must be satisfied e The target volume is registered in the volume list e The target volume can be read and written in or was changed to the Not Ready state when unmounted by the iSMrc_umount command e A dynamic disk is not used e The update of the target volume is not prevented by the volume update prevention function e When the server is restarted while the access restriction for the disk has been set to the Not Ready state by the unmount operation the volume is not recognized by the OS In this case after restarting the server use the iSMrc_scan command to cancel the Not Ready state and scan the devices to allow the OS to recognize the volume before mounting the volume Volume Unmount Command To unmount a volume use the iSMrc_umount command With the iSMrc_umount command you can cancel the association of volumes of each partition with file systems Unmounting a volume completely flushes the file system buffer of the specified volume When access is made
130. Description If you do not want the execution message to appear change the setting of the RPL_WAITMSG environment variable For information about environment variables refer to the ControlCommand Command Reference activity state Activity of the paired volumes for which the wait is completed Replicatesync rpl sync Restoresync rst sync or rst sync protect SeparateSeparated YYYY MM DD hh mm ss Start End time Year Month Day Hour Minute Second special file name Special file name Displayed as a 32 byte item on HP UX and Linux as well as 64 byte item on Solaris ld_name Logical disk name type 0S type Waiting Periods are dynamically updated until a wait is completed Conditions to Execute Wait Command To execute wait commands the following conditions must be satisfied The target MV and RV are paired A dynamic disk is not used The following does not apply when ReplicationControl is used together with SnapSAN Manager e The target MV or RV is registered with the volume list Also a remote pair to be operated target pair must satisfy the following conditions e The volumes in the upper or lower pair for the target pair are registered with the volume list e When MV or RV of the target pair is also used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function the BV or LV linked to the BV is registered with the volume list e A volume list is not being created e When a combination of a volume group or a disk group wit
131. Disk Array Name Individual name of the link destination disk array NOTE This command can be executed by a user authorized as administrator or an SnapSAN Manager administrator It may take time to obtain the pair information by using this command depending on the configuration 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 4A 3 overland storage Appendix B States of SCSI Pass SCSI Pass Through I O Hyper V Virtual Machine This command displays the enabled and disabled states of SCSI pass through I O issuances so that you can use commands for volume list creation and display and replication etc on the Hyper V virtual machine To perform these operations from the Hyper V virtual machine you must execute this command once on the host machine before operating the Hyper V virtual machine You must also execute this command even if a new Hyper V virtual machine is added Start Termination 1 Start of command To start this command type iSMpassthrough_enabler at the command line If no option is specified all the SCSI pass through I O issuances for Hyper V virtual machine bound on the host machine where this command was started are enabled 2 Termination of command When this command terminates normally all the SCSI pass through I O issuances for Hyper V virtual machine bound on the host machine where this command was started are enabled Starting the Hyper V virtual machine subsequently enables you to use commands fo
132. End C Separate Start iv Separated RV Status R W Permit C Read Only Default AcOS 4 Special Function V Rename Media No C Yes Clear Soft Mirror Info vi liv Nev Media Nam oee When Yes is selected the media name is written in RV Choose pair s you want to perform separation from the list and click Separate You can select one or more pairs to perfocm separation for them at once Separate Close Help Figure 4 16 Separate Screen Including ACOS 4 Special Function Select a pair for which you want to perform Separate from the list and then click the Separate button Multiple pairs can be selected and Separate can be performed for the pairs in a batch Unexecutable pairs cannot be selected Selected Volume List Lists the information about the pair MV RV selected on the Replication Information window Volumes whose Execution Result is Unexecutable cannot be selected because they do not satisfy the conditions to perform Separate For Unexecutable volumes take one of the actions listed below according to the Unexecutable Info Unexecutable Info Action Unpaired Volume Perform Separate for a paired volume Have Unpaired Perform Separate for a paired volume Separated Perform Separate for a volume in the Synchronous state 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 32 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Unexecutable Info Sync Pr
133. Inc 47 14 SnapSAN S 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Preparing Volume When using a volume for the first time for replication operation or changing the MV partition size perform the following operations for the target volume In data replication operation using ReplicationControl Ver3 2 or later if NOTREADY is specified for the UMOUNT_RVACC parameter in the replication operation option setting file the mount point drive letter or NTFS folder name will be automatically deleted so that automount will be disabled On Windows 2000 the state of access restrictions for RV is changed to Not Ready to suppress volume automount by Windows However this parameter is set not to suppress automount by default It is recommended to specify NOTREADY for this parameter to suppress the automount of RV Set NOTREADY to the UMOUNT_RVACC parameter in the replication operation option setting file Moreover on Windows Server 2003 or Windows Server 2008 use the MOUNTVOL command provided by the operating system to suppress automatic volume mounting before operation To suppress volume automount using the MOUNTVOL command execute the MOUNTVOL command on the server to which RV is connected with the N option specified MOUNTVOL N To initialize a disk or create partitions refer to 4 1 Windows System Volumes and Partitions in advance to check notes on disks and volumes 1 Creating MV partition application server By using Disk M
134. Linux version only Pair setting MV or RV is registered with the volume list A volume list is not being created or updated Not a dynamic disk Figure 5 35 Displaying Replication States Specific Volume Information Display Command To display specific volume information use the iSMrc_sense command Main Options You can specify the following options with the iSMrc_sense command Specifying volumes 1 Specify a target volume e Specify volumes vol volume volflg vol_flg Specifies a volume and volume type For information about volume types refer to 0 Volume Types 2 Displaying attribute information attr Displays logical disk attributes and the link state of the link volume LV 3 Displaying data protection information protect Displays information about logical disk protection by the data retention function 4 Displaying update prevention state updprevent Displays the volume update prevention state Displayed Information The iSMrc_sense command displays the following information 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 66 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview On the Windows system 1 When the attr option is specified Disk No disk_number LD Name l1d_name VAAvaa Typetype Volume Name volume_name Pathpath Attribute attribute LV Link Status link_status 2 When the protect option is specified Disk No disk_number LD Namel d
135. Logica Doplicare Mot Ready acosa_ Saparate WW Permit acosa_ gt Details A FA D d To change RV access restriction select one of the following moce RU Stacus ci B W Permit C Not Ready C Read Only Not p 4C05 4 Special Function iv Clear oft Nircor Info Choose peic s you want to change RV access restriction mode from the List and click Change You can select one or wore pairs ta change RV access restriction mods for them at once Change Figure 4 32 RV Mode ACOS 4 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc Selected Not selected Selected Not selected lt 4 4 53 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide e Select a pair for which you want to perform RV Mode Change from the list and then click the Change button Multiple pairs can be selected and RV Mode Change can be performed for the pairs in a batch Unexecutable pairs cannot be selected Selected Volume List Lists the information about the pair MV RV selected on the Replication Information window Volumes whose Execution Result is Unexecutable cannot be selected because they do not satisfy the conditions to perform RV Mode Change For Unexecutable volumes take one of the actions listed below according to the Unexecutable Info Unexecutable Info Unpaired Volume Action Perform RV Mode Change for a paired volume Have Unpaired Perform
136. MV 4 41 Confirmation Window 5 38 10400412 002 11 2012 Confirmation Window for Creating Control Volume Definitions 5 40 Connection Screen 4 71 PR iv Copy Control Operations 5 59 12 13 conventions typographical Copy Fault Occurrence CSV Output 4 81 5 30 customer support PR iii D Data Restoration No Replication 12 5 Data Restoration to RM 8 17 Data Restoration with Replication 12 5 Data Saved 5 31 Data Static Point Not Secure 10 7 5 35 7 11 Definition of Control Volume Cancel Confirmation 7 13 Definition of Control Volume End Message 7 13 Definition of Control Volume Save 7 13 Deleting Control Volume 5 39 Difference Transfer Rate 4 78 Direct Operation to a Disk Array 5 2 Direct Operation to MV or RV Volumes 5 4 Disk Array Name 4 21 Disk Array Properties 4 86 Disk Multiple Programs 8 41 9 2 Display of Link State 4 78 Displaying Replication States 5 66 Define Control Volume E Environment Setting Disabled 4 85 Environment Setting Enabled 4 85 4 61 4 65 Execute Background Copy 4 51 Execute Execute Conditions for Wait Command 5 63 2012 Overland Storage Inc 41 1 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Execute Conditions of Forced Separate 4 62 Execute Copy Mode 4 47 Execution Dialog Information 4 19 F Forced Cancellation of Update Prevention 4 67 Forced Separate 4 58 Forced Separate ACOS 4 4 58 Forced Unpai 4 63 Forced Unpair 4 66 Forced UnPair MV 4 6
137. MV data to tape using the backup software transfer it from the main site to the backup site and execute RAW restore from tape to RV The Remote Replication quick sync function cannot be used when MV data is updated while tape is transferred to the main site to the backup site To prevent this situation use the volume update prevention function and protect the target volume from the operations that causes differences Table 2 8 Volume Update Prevention State Volume Update Prevention State Description Update prevention State where the volume update prevention function protects a Prevent volume from the operations that cause differences Since the access right to the target volume is ReadOnly write operation from the server cannot be performed Replication cannot be performed when the target volume is RV Restore cannot be performed when the target volume is MV Snapshot restore cannot be performed when the target volume is BV The logical disk cannot be deleted from the target volume The target volume cannot be changed to the reserve attribute Volume comparing verifies that the MV and RV data is identical on the bit level using the volume update prevention function If MV and RV data is identical MV and RV can be made the same by certifying the identity The state where volumes were compared and the identity was certified is called the identity state Identity State Identity State Description Not Certified MV and RV have not been comp
138. Manager 10400412 002 11 2012 The target MV or RV is registered with the volume list Also a remote pair to be operated target pair must satisfy the following conditions The volumes in the upper or lower pair for the target pair are registered with the volume list When MV or RV of the target pair is also used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function the BV or LV linked to the BV is registered with the volume list A volume list is not being created When a combination of a volume group or a disk group with a special file name logical disk name is specified the same number of logical volumes that make up the volume group or disk group is specified as MV RV on the special file name logical disk name side In this case Copy is performed in specified sequential order When a volume group is specified the group target volume group must be active When a disk group is specified the group target disk group must be active An SnapSAN Manager special file is not being created for Linux version only 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 49 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview e Pair setting MV or RV is registered with the volume list e A volume list is not being created or updated MV is flushed or unmounted e The disk array is not frozen Not in Separate Preparing Replicate Preparing Restore Preparing or Restoring e Not a dynamic disk MV or RV is not stopped e T
139. Mirroring User Guide Troubleshooting Copy Control State Copy State Semi sync mode Updates to MV and RV are done asynchronously up to a certain data size When the MV update is completed and data not reflected into RV is within the predetermined data size informs the host of I O completion without waiting for the RV update and immediately reflects the updates into the RV If the data not reflected to RV has exceeded the predetermined size the system acts in the same way as Foreground Copy Sync mode This can be set only for Remote Replication Background Updates to MV and RV are done asynchronously Copy After the MV update is completed informs the host of the I O completion without waiting for the RV update The data updated in RV is accumulated as differential information and reflected into RV asynchronously with the MV update The interval of copy to RV can be set for individual disk arrays background copy level Setting Access Resiriction for RV Data replication gives no access restrictions for MV allowing Read Write RW at any time For RV set the access restriction for RV in the Replicate or Restore state to Not Ready NR to prevent malfunction unless there are specific reasons When Read Only RO is set the system action differs depending on the operating system or the file system in use So do not set RO unless you are familiar with the operating system and file system operations Access Restriction
140. N Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce G Flush Normal End2001 02 21 12 23 14 disk10devO01WN Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce G Unmounting MV application server 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 48 25 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Operations Overview You must create a perfect static point of MV data This is for writing data that has not been reflected including the control data as well as the metadata of the file system completely to the disk This is also for suppressing I O to the logical volume to keep data consistency between MV and RV To ensure the consistency between MV and RV data stop applications and then unmount MV to cancel the association between the volume and the file system Before unmounting you must close all applications that may access the drive If MV unmounting fails wait for 60 seconds to escape from the failure iSMrc_umount drv G Then the following message appears and MV is unmounted Umount Start2001 02 21 12 23 15 disk10dev001WN Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce G Umount Normal End2001 02 21 12 23 15 disk10dev001WN Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce G Performing separation application server Perform separation to separate MV and RV to enable the RV In this example the replication operation file is used and separation is performed with the following settings The time t
141. Not in Separate Sync Preparation Restore Preparing or Restoring e Not frozen e Disk array monitored e MV is unmounted from the host e The specified MV is not registered in the ATgroup e Separate is not performed in any pair with one volume in upper and the other in lower e For a partition user the management authorization of the partition to which the target MV or RV belongs is given For a serial pair configuration using Remote Replication The lower pair is not in the Separating state e The lower pair is not in the Separate Target Pair Preparing state For a serial pair configuration using Remote Replication e The upper pair is not in the Separating state Figure 4 18 Conditions to Perform Separate In the same disk array serial Volume Cloning pair configuration is not allowed Volume Cloning and Remote Replication must be combined when serially configuring pairs Restore By performing Restore for paired volumes you can start copy from RV to MV Operation Procedure Perform one of the following to display the Restore window e Select a volume on the Replication Information window click Operation on the menu bar of Replication Manager and then select Volume Operation and Restore e Right click on the Replication Information window to select Volume Operation and Restore 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 36 SnapSAN 3000 S50 lication Mirroring User Guide
142. Operation Procedure e Select a disk array from the disk array Selection Combo box on the Volume List Display window The volume information on the selected disk array is listed 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 28 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview volume List Display ioi xi File view Operation Help g ag Disk Array Subsystem ie Lte Pah Vous a COS ek W Wolumel disk10 z ooh oot 2000000991 070002 r 4 H N Wolumef disk13 Control 004 O00 ae W Wolumel disk12 E 003h 0011h re_test_ 2900 3 MY FC ign 2001 03 jp n 5 disk1 005 0005h 200000 200000099 IV SAS a disk2 O06 0006h 200000 200000099 IV SAS a disk3 007h 0007h 200000 200000099 Iv SAS a disk4 008 0008h 200000 200000099 IV SAS a disk5 050h 0050h 200000 200000099 Iv SAS a disk6 O5th 0051h 200000 200000099 IV SAS a disk 052h 0052h 200000 200000099 IV SAS disk8 053h 0053h 200000 200000099 IV SAS disk9 000h O00eh retest 2900 3 v FC 5 disk11 002h 0010h re_test_ 2900 3 v FC 5 disk14 005h 0013h retest 2900 3 RY FC RY 0013h rc_test_0013 52900 3 FC WOLUME 14 4 Figure 5 11 Narrowing Down by Disk Array Create Update the Volume List Operation Procedure 1 Select File and then select Create Update Volume List on the Volume List Display window The following inquiry message is d
143. RS a T EE 5 av 005h 0005h 200000 cerns v SAS 5 disk2 006h 0006h 200000 2000000 IV SAS 5 disk3 007h 0007h 200000 2000000 IV SAS 5 disk4 008h 0008h 200000 2000000 IV SAS 5 disk5 050h 0050h 200000 2000000 IV SAS a disk6 05th 0051h 200000 2000000 IV SAS 5 disk 052h 0052h 200000 2000000 IV SAS z i disk8 053h 0053h 200000 2000000 IV SAS a disk9 000h O00eh rec_test 2900 3 v FC 6 disk11 002h 0010h re_test_ 2900 3 v FE e disk14 O05h 0013h retest 2900 3 RY FC G nef i 003h O011h re test 3 MV C f H W Wolumet disk13 Control O04h 0012h retest S2900 3 v FC 5K WVolumet diskt0 00ih O00fh te_test 2900 3 v FC tc_test_0013 2900 3 VOLUME 14 da Figure 5 10 Volume List Display Window Terminating Volume List Display window Perform one of the following e Select Exit in File on the menu bar of the Volume List Display window e Click the Close button of the system menu When the Volume List Display window is terminated information such as the window size column width of the list view and the window position is saved automatically The saved window information takes effect when the Volume List Display window is opened next time Narrowing Down by Disk Array You can select a disk array in the combo box on the Volume List Display window to show only the information about the selected disk array
144. RV as BV of the snapshot function note the conditions shown below For details on the snapshot function refer to the Snapshot User s Manual Installation and Operation Guide for Windows The following products are required for the disk array Volume Cloning or Replication and Mirroring and Snapshots e When RV is set as BV background copy mode is only available as the copy mode of replication for the RV 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 48 46 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Troubleshooting e When RV is set as BV Restore protect is only available for restoration from RV to MV e When you create a snapshot generation from BV set as RV the pair of the RV must be separated in the state of Separated When performing Separate immediate you can use RV even in the state of Separate Execution spec exec However wait for RV to be separated the state of Separated before creating a snapshot The version of ReplicationControl to be used must support a disk array connected to the server and also another disk array in an Remote Replication relation to that disk array When configuring Remote Replication between disk arrays of different models there may be difference in functions supported by the disk arrays Available functions for Remote Replication pair operations and remote operations are limited to the functions that are mutually supported by the disk arrays thus you cannot perform operat
145. RV data the following conditions must be satisfied The target RV is paired In order to set the status of RV to be Read Write the activity of the target pair must be Separate The sync of the target pair is not Replicate Preparing Separate Preparing or Restore Preparing The sync of the pair of the specified RV and the paired lower RV is not Replicate Preparing Separate Preparing or Restore Preparing The disk array where the target RV and the paired MV are stored is not frozen A dynamic disk is not used The replication reserved volume for the target MV or RV is not a bottleneck when using the SnapSAN The specified RV is not being used by the data migration function The following does not apply when ReplicationControl is used together with SnapSAN Manager The target RV is registered with the volume list Volumes in a remote disk array cannot be operated remotely A volume list is not being created When a volume group is specified the group target volume group is active When a disk group is specified the group target disk group is active An SnapSAN Manager special file is not being created for Linux version only e Pair setting Not in Replicate Preparing Separate Preparing or Restore Preparing e RV is registered with the volume list e The volume list is not being created or updated e The disk array is not frozen e RV must be in Separate for setting Read Write e Not a dynami
146. Remote Replication pair v v Replication pair or resumes a swap iSMrc_arrayinfo Disk array Displays information on the vy v information display replication function of a disk array iSMrc_flush File system buffer Flushes the cache buffer of the file v flush system iSMrc_mount Volume Mount Mounts a volume file system v iSMrc_umount Volume Unmount Unmounts a volume file system v iSMrc_signature Signature Operation Performs operation regarding the v signature of each disk iSMrc_scan Disk scanning Scans for detecting available disks v v Targeted Not targeted Notes 1 On the Windows system only a user who belongs to the Administrators group can run these commands However if User Account Control UAC is enabled in the Windows Server 2008 system and you want to log on the system using other authority than the local system administrator that has been installed in the system you must be authorized as a system administrator in advance Right after ReplicationControl is installed on a UNIX system only a super user can perform operations While only super users can create volume lists other users than super user can perform other operations by changing authority to execute commands and to access directories Operation Types To use ReplicationControl select one of the following operations 10400412 002 11 2012 Direct Operation to a Disk Array This operation allows a user to perform direct operations to a
147. SAN Manager server In this case if the remote volume is MV restrictions will be imposed on the operations from RV because the MV is not managed by the SnapSAN Manager server The restrictions will also be applied if the partitioning function is used Use of iSCSI If the connection protocol between the server and disk array or the disk arrays with different specifications is FC or iSCSI the same replication function is available Restrictions by Thin Provisioning Function The thin provisioning function is used to allocate a capacity of a disk array to a volume depending on the amount of data written into the volume For a disk array for which the thin provisioning function is available any of the following combinations of logical disks to be paired can be set virtual capacity logical disks normal logical disks and virtual capacity logical disk and normal logical disk In Remote Replication a disk array not supporting the thin provisioning function can be paired with a virtual capacity logical disk in a disk array supporting the thin provisioning function For copy between virtual capacity logical disks the allocated capacity is used However the capacity allocated for the destination volume may be increased rapidly by copy operations performed by Replicate or Restore The allocated capacity increases as data is physically written into the disk Therefore the capacity allocated for a volume that is seen as having a small amount of
148. SCSI pass through I O Starting these Hyper V virtual machines subsequently enables you to use commands for volume list creation and display and replication etc on the virtual machines C gt iSMpassthrough enabler 1 Host Machine Name HostMachine Virtual Machines Name VirtualMachinel SCSI Pass Through enabled Name VirtualMachine2 SCSI Pass Through enabled C gt Executing this command with the l option on the host machine HostMachine displays the enabled states of SCSI pass through I O issuances for the Hyper V virtual machine The displayed items are as follows Host Machine Name Host machine name Virtual Machine Name Hyper V virtual machine name SCSI Pass Through Whether SCSI pass through I O can be issued from this virtual machine enabled Enable to issue SCSI pass through I O disable Disable to issue SCSI pass through I O NOTE This command can be installed in an environment running Windows Server 2008 R2 or later This command can be executed in an environment running Windows Server 2008 R2 or later and Windows Server 2008 R2 Hyper V or later This command can be executed in an environment where NET Framework is installed SCSI pass through I O can be issued from a Hyper V virtual machine by executing this command as a user with administrator privileges After enabling the issuance of SCSI pass through 1 0 by using this command it is necessary to start a Hyper V virtual mac
149. SP6 FC 0003h orv 0006h WN 443000001 MSP7 FC 0004h b Rv 0007h wN 443000001 MSPS FC 0002h 5 My oo008sh WN 443000001 MSP9 FC 0009h k RV 0009h WN 443000001 MSPA FC 0008h fe My 000ah LX 443000001 MSPB FC oo00fh 5 mv 000bh WG f443000001 MSPC Fc 00Zah z My o000ch WN 443000001 MSPD FC ooolh BY My 000ch WN 443000001 MSPD FC 000dh ery o000dh WN 443000001 MSPE FC 000ch bory 000 fh LX 43000001 MSPG FC 000ah M lt gt Working A Figure 4 3 Replication Information Screen The Replication Information window displays information regarding the following items Type The volume types volume attributes are displayed Description MV MV having the CV a type MV CV or MV having the BV type MV BV Indicates a volume to be copied source volume RV or RV having the BV type RV BV Indicates a copy destination volume destination volume IV CV or IV having the BV type BV Indicates a volume not subject to copy operation Performing pair setting changes IV to MV or RV Setting CV as MV for a pair changes the CV to MV CV Indicates a volume on which a copy failure occurred tal T 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 7 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Control Volume CV e Acontrol volume is a small capacity logical disk which can be used for operations such as replication and snapshot When replication or snapshot is performed from each server
150. Separate is completed Being restored by other Restore is performed in another layer Perform Replicate again pair after Separate is completed Being Separate Separate is performed in another layer Perform Replicate Preparing by other pair again after Separate is completed Separating by other pair Separate is performed in another layer Perform Replicate again after Separate is completed Freeze Defreeze the Data Replication function to perform Replicate again MV Monitoring Stopped Try again after monitoring of the disk array of MV is started RV Monitoring Stopped Try again after monitoring of the disk array of RV is started MV Force Unpaired Perform Forced Unpair for RV RV Force Unpaired Perform Forced Unpair for MV MV Outside SnapSAN Perform Replicate operation for a pair managed by SnapSAN Manager Management Manager All Link Path Abnormal Perform Link fault to recover from the failure Have been registered to Perform Replicate for a pair not registered with the ATgroup ATgroup Snapshotting Perform Replicate for a pair for which snapshot is not performed Protected MV or RV is protected Perform Replicate again after cancelling the protection RV Update Prevention Cancel the RV update prevention to perform Replicate again Summary Details For more information on this item refer to 4 2 6 Information Displayed on Execution Dialog Range In general Differential Only is selected
151. Start2001 02 21 12 23 16 MV 10dev001WN Volume ce49f299 614e 11d5 b1df 009027520bce G RV devO02WN Separating Separate Normal End2001 02 21 12 23 16 MV 10dev001WN Volume ce49f299 614e 11d5 b1df 009027520bce G RV dev002 WN A writing error will occur if the access restriction for RV is set to Read Only ro and the drive with the volume mounted is written in when separation is performed In this case change the access restriction for RV to Read Write Permit rw on the Replication Manager GUI 8 Mounting MV application server Use MV again on applications To associate MV and the file system mount MV iSMrc_mount drv G Then the following message appears MV is mounted and become enabled as a file system Mount Start2001 02 21 12 23 17 disk10dev0O01WN Volume 8225 75dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce G Mount Normal End2001 02 21 12 23 17 disk10devO01WN Volume 8225 75dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce G 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 48 6 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Operations Overview 9 Restarting applications application server Restart the applications closed in step 5 Use the procedure below to restart the services stopped in step 5 If you did not stop any services in step 5 you need not do the following Example Starting a service NET START service name To start a service ESMCommonsService specify as follows NET ST
152. Tgroup Maximum Capacity of a Volume 2046GB to be Paired Figure 4 67 Disk Array Properties 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 86 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide The items shown on the screen are the following Disk array name Indicates a name to identify a disk array Differential Map Displays whether or not the difference control function to retain the difference generated by updates in MV or RV is implemented This function must be installed to copy differences The copy range is always All Replication Status Indicates whether the Data Replication function of the disk array is available e DisplayDescription ReadyIndicates that it is operable e FREEZE Indicates that the Data Replication function is frozen due to power down of the disk array etc Background Copy Level Displays the priority of Background Copy Maximum Number of RVs per MV Indicates the maximum number of RVs which can be set for one MV the number cannot be changed SAA Subsystem Absolute Address Displays a unique address that is not used for other disk arrays Maximum Number of Concentrators Maximum Number of concentrators Simultaneously Running on Overland Replication Maximum Number of Volume in All ATgroups Maximum Number of Volumes in One ATgroup Function to specify Destination Disk Array Name in Creating ATgroup For details refer to the Data Replication User s Manual Disas
153. To perform sort click the item name by which you want to sort You can drag and drop an item to change the order of the items 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 13 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Link Number Link Type Link Disk Array Nane Link Hode Path Number Path State Director Number 00h Fc 52900 1 Normal 00h Normal 00h Working 7A Figure 4 5 Disk Array LINK Information Screen The Disk Array LINK Information window displays information regarding the following items Link Number Indicates the numbers of the linked disk arrays The link number 0 is allocated to the first disk array and 1 to the second disk array refer to Figure 3 5 Replication Link Information The icons show the following path statuses Icon Description Indicates the normal status or a link is checked Indicates the offline status Indicates that the data replication function is frozen Indicates that a failure Q occurred 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 14 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Link Type Display FC Description Indicates that FC is used for the Remote Replication function of the connected disk array iSCSI Link Disk Array Name Indicates that iSCSI is used for the Remote Replication function of the connected disk array Indicates the identification name assigned to the linked
154. Tokyo_Cus Wivolumet a8 Tokyo_Cus Wrivolumef DB_CTL_RY Tokyo_Cus WPivolumet DB_ARCHIVE_RY Tokyo_Cus Figure 7 7 Volume List Then on the volume list display window select Operation and then Define Control Volume to open the Define Control Volume window Define Control Yolume Deno LUN LON 08 Type 1D Nene o e BACKUP_C Tokyo_Customer_ LOCAL_DATA1 Tokyo_Customer_ LOCAL_DATA2 Tokyo_Customer_ Figure 7 8 Define Control Volume Selected Volume List Lists already registered control volumes Candidate Volume List Lists candidate logical disks that can be registered as a control volume The type of the listed logical disks is IV or MV 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 47 11 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview NOTE A logical disk created as a control volume in a disk array that can identify control volume attributes is not displayed on the Define Control Volume window and such logical disk cannot be added changed nor deleted Registering Control Volume A control volume is used when a server issues control I O to the relevant disk array One logical disk can be registered as a control volume for each disk array As a control volume specify a volume IV with which the server can certainly issue I O to the disk array and which is not used for data replication and snapshot operations RV or base volume BV
155. V is being performed Restore protect Indicates that copy from RV to MV is performed without updates made in the MV reflected into the RV Disk Array Indicates the identification name assigned to the disk array including a volume indicated by Pair Number It is the same as the disk array name displayed on the main window State Monitoring window and can be changed from the main window State Monitoring window If the Replication does not recognize the link destination of the disk array when the link is established between disk arrays the disk array name may be displayed as the address value Subsystem Absolute Address which can uniquely identify the disk array not duplicated with other disk arrays Sync Indicates the transition status in an Activity state Display Description Separate Preparing Temporarily indicates the Separate Preparing state before Separating when a large capacity volume or low speed line is used Separating Indicates the temporary status until the difference between MV and RV is reduced to zero after Separate is performed Separated Indicates that data copy is not performed between MV and RV This status is set right after pair setting is performed Forced Separation Indicates that MV and RV are separated forcibly by an instruction for Forced Separate Fault Indicates that MV or RV is forcibly separated in a disk array due to a copy failure Sync Preparation Indicates Repli
156. V or RV of the pair is also used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function the BV or LV linked to the BV is registered with the volume list e When the target volume is a base volume BV of the snapshot function the BV or LV linked to the BV is registered with the volume list e A volume list is not being created e When a volume group is specified the group target volume group is active e When a disk group is specified the group target disk group is active e ASnapSAN Manager special file is not being created for Linux version only The target volume or the volume paired with the target volume is registered with the volume list The volume list is not being created or updated The disk array is not frozen Not a dynamic disk The target volume is not in the Replicate Preparing state e Swap is not being performed for the pair including the target volume Figure 5 38 Perform Forced Cancellation of Update Prevention Pair Operations Pair operation commands provide functions for display of logical disk list pair setting and unpairing Pair operations allow for data replication that changes or switches RVs dynamically Logical Disk Information Display Command To display logical disk information use the iSMrc_ldlist command With the iSMrc_ldlist command you can obtain and display logical disk and other related information about disk arrays recognized by the system Main Options You can specify th
157. Volume List Creation After creating or updating a volume list use the iSMvollist command to display the control volume list and check that the control volume has been successfully registered with the volume list iSMvollist ctl 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 411 10 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Volume List Creation Volume List Creation Creation of a volume list is required before using replication operation command To create a volume list execute the iSMvollist command with the r option specified You must be authorized as an appropriate user to create a volume list The following command line shows an example to create a volume list with the iSMvollist command iSMvollist r Upon successful creation of volume list the following message appears iSM11100 Command has completed successfully If creation of a volume list fails execution of replication operation command is disabled Troubleshoot a failure in accordance with an error message and create a volume list again To create a volume list while the SnapSAN Manager server is running on the same server stop the SnapSAN Manager temporarily Create a volume list in the following states e The path between the disk array and the server is normally connected e The logical disk in the disk array is recognized as a server OS disk device e The volume in the disk is recognized by the server OS Execute the following operat
158. Volume List Display screen 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 47 19 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview 4 Researching mount point volume name application server backup server Research mount point volume names to use for operation Enter MOUNTVOL L on DOS prompt MOUNTVOL L Then volumes available on the system are listed as follows Volume e246485 1 8089 11d2 8803 806d6172696f E N Volume e2464852 8089 11d2 8803 806d6172696f G Volume e2464850 8089 11d2 8803 806d6172696f H A mount point volume name is required for replication in backup operation etc It is recommended to take a note of the required mount point volume names displayed in the mount point volume name list Preparation for Starting Applications To start applications in the Replicate state follow the steps shown below to re synchronize MV and RV replication You do not need to take the procedures for starting applications in the Separate state 1 Flushing RV file system backup server Flush the RV file system to write the unwritten data in the file system buffer into the disk iSMrc_flush drv H Then the following message appears and the data is flushed Flush Start2001 02 21 11 21 13 disk11devO0O2WN Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0 7 00004c714491 H Flush Normal End2001 02 21 11 21 18 disk11devO0O2WN Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0f7 00004c714491 H 10400412 002 11 2012
159. When Restore update is performed updates made in MV after Restore are reflected in RV After Restore starts the difference between MV and RV is gradually reduced and eventually all the data stored in the RV at the start of the Restore is reflected into the MV no differences The state from the beginning of Restore until the data in RV is completely reflected into MV is called Restore execution The state where the difference between MV and RV is zero is called the state synchronized by Restore or simply the sync sync When a large capacity volume or low speed line is used the Restore preparing state temporarily appears before the Restore execution state The states of Restore preparing Restore execution and Synchronized by Restore are collectively called Restore When Restore protect is performed updates made in MV are not reflected into RV In this case the information about updates made in MV is managed as the difference between MV and RV so that the difference will be reflected at subsequent Replicate Restore After Restore protect is performed the state of Synchronized sync automatically changes to Separated separated When referring to the data in MV with Restore performed the user can refer to RV data immediately after the start of Restore even if all the RV data is not reflected into the MV This feature is implemented by obtaining data from RV when an area where the difference between RV and MV is not comp
160. Workflow for Backup Operation Procedure Terminating applications backup server To secure data consistency terminate or stop applications and certain services that are accessing the target volume e Ifa folder is shared in the target volume cancel the sharing temporarily e Ifan application or service has not been terminated or stopped or a shared folder is accessed unmounting will fail Example Stopping a service NET STOP service name To stop a service ESMCommonService specify as follows NET STOP ESMCommonService Flushing RV file system backup server Flush the RV file system to write the unwritten data in the file system buffer into the disk iSMrc_flush drv H 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 48 9 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Operations Overview Then the following message appears and the file system is flushed Flush Start2001 02 21 12 27 01 disk11devO02WN Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0 7 00004c714491 H Flush Normal End2001 02 21 12 27 01 disk11devO02WN Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0 7 00004c714491 H Unmounting RV backup server Unmount RV to cancel the association between the volume and the file system When RV is unmounted the mount point drive letter or NTFS folder name set for the volume is automatically deleted On Windows 2000 the access restriction for RV is changed to Not Ready Set NOTREADY for the UMOUNT_RVACC parameter in t
161. _MV DB_REDO1_RV DB_REDO2_MV DB_REDO2_RV DB_CTL_MV DB_CTL_RV 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 47 9 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Pair Setting DB_ARCHIVE_MV DB_ARCHIVE_RV Setting Control Volume A control volume is used when a server issues control I O to the relevant disk array Register one logical disk for each disk array as the volume for issuing I O to that disk array in the volume list The use of a control volume has the following effects especially in the backup server environment e Operation can also be continued even when RV connected to the server or a link volume LV for the snapshot function cannot be accessed from the server operating system due to a data replication or snapshot operation e From a server that is not connected to MV to be operated you can perform replication and separation The logical disks you can operate from a server using the control volume are only 1 a logical disk that is allowed to access the server by the Access Control setting of the disk array 2 a logical disk paired with another logical disk that is allowed to access the server For details on the Volume List Display function to be described later refer to the help of the Volume List Display screen or the Data Replication User s Manual Function Guide NOTE The purpose attribute of logical disks created as control volumes can be identified in the SnapSAN S3000 S
162. _name VAAvaa Typetype Volume Name volume_name Pathpath Protection Information Protection Stateprotection_state Begin Datebegin_date Retention Dateretention_date Retention Moderetention_mode Reinitialize reinitialize_state 3 When the updprevent option is specified Disk No disk_number LD Name ld_name VAAvaa Typetype Volume Name volume_name Pathpath Update Prevention State prevention_state 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 67 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Description 10400412 002 11 2012 disk_number Physical disk number ld_name Logical disk name vaa VAA Volume Absolute Address type OS type volume name Mount point volume name path Drive letter or path name mounted on the NTFS volume folder accessed by users attribute Logical disk attribute Displayed only when the attr option is specified link_status Link state of the link volume Displayed only when the attr option is specified When the target volume is not a link volume hyphen appears linkLinked unlinkUnlinked protection state The state of the logical disk protection by the data retention function If the logical disk is not protected or protection information cannot be obtained a hyphen will be displayed RORead only valid NANot accessible valid RO expired Read only expired NA expired Not accessible expired begin date Date when data retention function st
163. a pair operation command For information about how to describe and specify a replication operation file refer to the ControlCommand Command Reference 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 11 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Displaying Creating Volume List The function to create and display the volume list associates logical disk information disk array side with system dependent information server side and displays the associated information Because it handles system dependent information functions are different between Windows system and UNIX system On the Windows system Graphical User Interface GUI can be used Command Operations Windows On the Windows system by using the volume list creation and display function by means of the iSMvollist command you can obtain and display the drive letter the HBT host adapter number bus number target ID and LUN logical unit number the physical disk number and logical disk name and associated OS type hereafter volume list of a logical disk in a disk arrays The following describes the HBT e Host adapter number HBA This is the number for an interface card that connects a SCSI bus to the host system There are multiple buses in the host adapter e Bus number Bus This is the number for the path bus from the host adapter to a target SCSI device One path can handle multiple targets e Target ID Target ID This ID is us
164. a software configuration example Zad ControlCommand ControlCommand ReplicationControl ReplicationControl Backup Software LTO Dir No 0 Port No 1 Disk Array AccessControl DynamicDataReplication Figure 11 3 Software Configuration Linux e Install application software in the application server Install the backup software in the backup server e Install management software and SnapSAN Manager on the management server Install the ReplicationControl on the application and backup servers Unlock the Volume Cloning and Replication and Mirroring licenses from SnapSAN Manager to use the SnapSAN Manager replication management functions Software Installation SnapSAN Manager Replication Management Operating Environment Replication Management Server function is included in the SnapSAN Manager server Replication Management GUI function is included in the SnapSAN Manager server SnapSAN Manager Server Installation When you install the SnapSAN Manager server the replication management function of the server is installed 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 411 3 SnapSAN S3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Disk Array Configuration SnapSAN Manager Server Setting Create an environment definition file and the environment Replication Management GUD Installation SnapSAN Manager Server Update To update the SnapSAN Manager software uninstall the
165. able the sharing of a folder mv_folder1 specify as follows NET SHARE mv_folder1 G mv_folder1 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 48 13 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Operations Overview Mounting RV backup server To associate RV and the file system mount RV When RV is mounted with the mount point drive letter or NTFS folder name and target mount point volume name specified the mount point is automatically set again On Windows 2000 the RV is released from the Not Ready state iSMrc_mount drv H mvol Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0f7 00004c714491 Then the following message appears RV is mounted and can be used as a file system Mount Start2001 02 21 12 26 14 disk11devO02WN Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0 7 00004c714491 H iSMrc_mount Info iSM13220 Setting drive letter H has succeeded Mount Normal End2001 02 21 12 26 14 disk11devO02WN Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0 7 00004c714491 H Use RV for backup on applications Restarting applications backup server Start the applications and services terminated For the procedures to start services and share folders Backing up backup server Use backup software to back up the data copied to RV to the tape Example of Restoring Master Volume Data This section describes procedures for restoring master volume MV data Data restoration without use of replication function To restore data via network or res
166. abled depending on an environment setting Operations performed from Replication Manager include ReplicationControl command operations performed together with Replication Manager In 2100 or A2100 system events other than pair setting unpair may not be detected Because the state monitoring monitors volumes of all disk arrays at a specified time interval default 15 seconds to detect events there is a time difference between when an event actually occurs and when a message is output Also more than one messages for a detected event are displayed at the same time For information about environment setting such as time interval for event detection by state monitoring and control of operation message output refer to the installation guide Notes on Operation 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 2 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Note the following when operating Replication Manager 1 System Parameter Setting for UNIX For more information refer to the installation guide 2 Messages at Start Immediately after SnapSAN Manager is started replication related device information is created internally Then the replication related device information is recreated as instructed by ReplicationControl Therefore if attempting to display the Replication Manager window when information is recreated you cannot display it because of no device information obtained If this happens retry to displa
167. ach partition with file systems Mounting enables you to use a volume as a file system local disk such as C and D on the Windows system For volumes to which no mount point drive letter or NTFS folder name is set specify a volume to be mounted and the mount point to be set to the volume to associate the volume with the mount point before mounting the volume This operation cancels the Not Ready state of a volume that was set in the state when unmounted by the iSMrc_umount command Main Options For the iSMrc_mount command use the mount point volume name drive letter or NTFS folder name to specify a target volume When you want to mount a volume without the mount point drive letter or NTFS folder name set also specify the name of the mount point volume to be mounted and the mount point to be set to the volume Then set the specified mount point for the target volume to mount it Displayed Information The iSMrc_mount command displays one of the following messages when mounting starts and finishes Start message iSMrc_mount Info Mount StartYYYY MM DD hh mm ss disk_numberld_nametype volume_name path iSMrc_mount Info iSM13220 Setting drive letter drive has succeeded End message 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 5 87 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Mount Normal EndYYYY MM DD hh mm ss disk_numberld_nametype volume_name path Description YYYY MM
168. ack up consistent data in RV Application Severs Cluster Operated Standby Data is not consistent p and the file system needs to be repaired Backup Server Data in the file system buffer is not reflected Figure 6 10 Operation Where the Static Point of Data Is Not Secured Tape Device Clearing File System Buffer During replication or restoration copy is performed in a disk array independently of OS operations on a server However if old data remains in the file system buffer in the OS the data in the file system buffer will become inconsistent with the data in the logical disk and consistent data can no longer be obtained due to corruption of the file system even if consistent data has been copied by replication or restoration Therefore before copying data by performing replication or restoration it is important to unmount the file system to clear the data in the buffer 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 46 7 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Backup and Restoring Unmounting RY If the file system is not unmounted data remains gt in the file system buffer Disk Array Mounting RY and backup D ata in the file system and RV data are inconsistent Inconsistency of data occurs Disk Array Synchronizing MY with RY by replication Secure the static point of application data separate MV and RV and update RV Backup Serer Disk Array Figure 6
169. aeens 4 69 Background Copy Level l arericecie r E E ces sesiissias 4 70 Festore DETGUIT VOUE sierpe irienn na E R E EE coeuetas 4 70 DIKATO NOME sineoon na a E A A N E N A 4 71 AMOUNT OR DINMEIENCE sererai i ieoi aE E E E 4 73 CSV File oiniormatior Display List sissi nenoriai ninna aane ai 4 81 POIPLIE anaana E E T A A 4 83 Chapter 5 Functions of ReplicationControl OVEN OW ceccacesaadditactseaccueadesanccheacaladsdedunscdiadessadeacadcdiadausddesaadedead RA E AA ANTEA A A AAAA 5 1 Command LIST sonucta a E E ents 5 1 Operation TY DES ssdesessuccvavscsesezssvacevsaseapdeiaansiasnstsaageatecss saveseaess apis inaasiav svaatasavsivns sak aveneatasskes vases anaceeseeaas 5 2 Operation USING a Control VOIUME uc ceesssssesessescssescsesscecsesecsesecsesesseseseeseseescseessseseesecsssesassesasseeasees 5 4 Serially Configured Pair and Remote Operation e s ssssssesesesessssesesesensssssssesenestnsssesesesensssssesesenessssese 5 7 VOIUMETVOGS EOE E ONE E I E N ete tan E E N AN 5 10 Diplayng Creating VOIWME LIST ersero eiii n E RA 5 12 Command Operations WINDOWS ssicsausieactiaitieceadia dada NAN 5 12 SCIESM GOMMOWATOM siora anaa ease dlese deca ts ccaseeccacees tee tov cance O 5 24 Separate COMMGNG 5 05 5s dessins sheets nesses e cueedsaslecs a aii 5 46 Replication State Display COMMANA sariaren 5 63 KIESNE A E E A E E A A E E E E AE 5 75 DISK AImGYy ODGTONONS inisinia aa aAa aia aaaea ARAN Na a aa akaa R 5 83 Disk Management OMSIATOMS
170. ailure has occurred If a shared folder is used on the target volume cancel the sharing temporarily Example Stopping a service NET STOP service name To stop a service ESMCommonService specify as follows NET STOP ESMCommonService Example Canceling the sharing of a shared folder NET SHARE share_name delete To cancel sharing of a shared folder mv_folder1 specify as follows 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 8 16 SnapSAN S 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Operations Overview NET SHARE mv _folder1 delete Terminate application RV Figure 8 7 Terminate Applications Restoring MV application server When a new logical volume has been created such as when MV has been recreated to recover from a hardware failure sign the disk by using Disk Management on Windows Then set a partition format the disk to create a file system and reset the drive letter For the partition file system and drive letter use the settings that had been specified before the failure occurred Also create the volume list again and update it iSMvollist cr When the volume list is successfully updated the following message appears iSMvollist info iSM11701 Volume list is created successfully When a partition disk in the GUID partition table GPT format is used do not use this procedure to sign the disk create a partition create a file system creation and set a drive letter
171. air configuration using Remote Replication ab arn a The upper pair is not in the Restoring state When the upper pair is in the Replicate A rca For a serial pair configuration using Remote In the same disk array serial Volume Cloning Replication i pair configuration is not allowed The upper pair is not in the Restoring state Volume Cloning and Remote Replication must The upper pair is in the Separated or Renliestina ctate Figure 5 30 Conditions to Perform Replication 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 45 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Separate Command Use the iSMrc_separate command for Separate By using the iSMrc_separate command you can separate MV and RV to make the RV available from the system Main Options For separation using the iSMrc_separate command you can specify the following options 1 Specifying paired volumes e Specify MV and RV e Specifying MV mv volume mvflg mv_flg e Specifies a volume and volume type for MV e Specifying RV rv volume rvflg rv_flg e Specifies a volume and volume type for RV For information about volume types refer to 0 Volume Types On the Windows system you cannot perform operations for a volume that consists of multiple partitions by default because all the partitions in the volume will be targeted for operations if a certain partition drive letter is specified for the volume To perform operations for a volume
172. al Disk Number OS Type Logical Disk Name Displays them in the form of logical disk number OS type logical disk name or VAA The logical disk number OS type and logical disk name of the volume selected to display the Connection window are highlighted Copy Progress Displays the progress rate of copy This information disappears when copy is completed The progress rate may not change if I O load is too high If a link failure occurs the progress rate may not change In this case refer to 2 2 2 2 Link fault in the Data Replication User s Manual Installation and Operation Guide Access Restrictions for RV and LV Displays the access restrictions for RV and LV that include the following modes Mode Description R W Permit Indicates that the volume can be read and written from the host Read Only Indicates that the volume can be only read from the host Not Ready Indicates that the volume cannot be operated from the host Not Available Indicates that the volume cannot be operated from any host Display of Pair State For between replication related volumes Activity Displays the replication operation status Sync Displays the transition status in the activity Copy Control Displays the control status in copying Copy Mode Displays the copy control in the synchronous state during Replicate Restore Operation Time Display Displays the start and end times of the operation performed
173. alled 10400412 002 11 2012 Determining the system confi guration Select necessary hardware cer confi guration Select necessary sofbware configuration Software C onfiguration Installing softwrare Install update SnapSAN Manager Install update Replication ontrol Replication ontrol Hardware Configuration Replication Managem ent Determining the disk array configuration Select necessary logical disk Logical Disk LD Bindin LD configuration dha et Baig Assign anidentificationname to Setting of Disk Array Name the management target i Logical Did Name and Port Name hardware PRIER E Access ontrol Setting Unlock the product license ct i eG ocFlanwecaneis Unlocking the Product License E F ar C onfigw ation Setting Setting a control volume Ln T Control V olume Setting used Only when a control volume i Creating the volume tist Volume List Creation ce Prepating volume i Volume Preparation i Figure 11 1 Install Flow Linux 2012 Overland Storage Inc 411 1 SnapSAN S 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide System Configuration System Configuration Hardware Configuration Select hardware components according to the business conditions requirements and disk capacity The following shows an example of a hardware configuration Management Server LAN 0 Backup Server Dir No 1 Port No 0 Dir No
174. ally You can select one of the following options when performing Forced Separate 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 46 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview e Performing Forced Separate for both MV and RV force all e Performing Forced Separate for MV force mv e Performing Forced Separate for RV force rv When performing Forced Separate note the following e Specify all in general Perform forced separation using either the force mv or rv option when either MV or RV can only be operated due to a disk failure or a failure in link configuration between disk arrays for an Remote Replication pair e After performing Forced Separate with MV or RV specified be sure to perform Forced Separate for the paired RV or MV in other system If Forced Separate is performed for either MV or RV states of MV and RV will be inconsistent and replications will not function correctly 5 Start time of RV use rvuse You can specify the time period during which RV is available e Immediately after start of Separate rvuse immediate After Separate is started RV becomes available even if separation is ongoing while the difference between MV and RV is being reflected to RV Separate immediate This function can be used only for a Volume Cloning pair e After completion of Separate rvuse complete After Separate is started RV does not become available until the difference between MV
175. ame of each volume is the same as that registered with the volume list iSMvollist a When a mount point volume name has been changed set the mount point drive letter or NTFS folder name to be used for services and operation to the volume again and then recreate the volume list When a mount point volume name is described in the operation script etc change the name to a new one On Windows Server 2003 or Windows Server 2008 execute the MOUNTVOL command on the server to which RV is connected to suppress the automount of volumes MOUNTVOL N Set NOTREADY for the UMOUNT_RVACC parameter in the replication operation option setting file to suppress RV automount before operation Mounting RV backup server Mount RV and set the mount point drive letter or NTFS folder name again iSMrc_mount drv H mvol Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0f7 00004c714491 The following message appears and RV is mounted Mount Start2001 02 21 11 16 14 disk11dev002WN Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0 7 00004c714491 H iSMrc_mount Info iSM13220 Setting drive letter H has succeeded Mount Normal End2001 02 21 11 16 14 disk11dev002WN Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0f 7 00004c714491 H Executing CHKDSK backup server For the pairs separated a static point of data on the file system has not been secured Execute CHKDSK F to resolve the inconsistency on the file system CHKDSK H F 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage
176. an change a copy method and state by changing the copy control state 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 42 8 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Replication Operations and State Transitions The following Table 2 2 lists the copy states included in copy control states Copy Control State Placeholder Foreground Copy Mirroring Copy State Copy for reflecting difference is performed Updates made in MV are reflected into RV sequentially Figure 2 6 shows an overview of foreground copy Overland Mirroring Replication Copy for reflecting difference is performed The I O of updates made in MV is completed when the data is written into the MV Immediately after that the data is copied to RV Can be set for a Remote Replication pair Figure 2 7 shows an overview of foreground copy semi Overland Mirroring Background Copy Copy for reflecting difference is performed The I O of updates made in MV is completed when the data is written into the MV The data is copied to RV asynchronously with updating into the MV The interval of the copy to RV background copy level can be set on a disk array basis Figure 2 8 shows an overview of background copy mode Suspend Suspend Copy for reflecting difference is not performed The I O of updates made in MV is completed when the data are written into the MV The data is accumulated as the difference information Reflec
177. anagement on Windows create partitions on a volume to be used as MV At this time display the property information on the disk to check whether the volume type and partition style are correct In addition it is recommended to apply a configuration where one partition is assigned to one physical disk 2 Creating file system application server Create a file system on a disk of MV where a partition has been created and assign a drive letter to the file system created 3 Checking RV volume backup server On Windows 2000 use Disk Management to check that the disk to be used as RV is unallocated If signature is not found perform Signature Disk If RV has partitions delete them to make the RV unallocated On Windows Server 2003 or Windows Server 2008 use Disk Management to create partitions on the disk to be used as RV in advance so that the disk has the same partition configuration as MV At this time do not assign any drive letter nor perform formatting When a partition disk in the GUID partition table GPT format is used put RV in the unassigned state as in the case of Windows 2000 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 47 15 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview 4 Creating volume list application server backup server On each server on MV and RV sides create a volume list using the iSMvollist command of the ReplicationControl Create the volume list as follows iSMvollist c
178. and RV is fully reflected to RV and Separate is completed Separate completion RV cannot be used while the difference between MV and RV is being reflected to RV e Follows the default setting rvuse default On the Windows system the system follows the setting of RVUSE in the replication option setting file On the UNIX system the system follows the setting of the RPL_SEP_RVUSE environment variable Displayed Information The iSMrc_separate command displays one of the following messages when separation starts is ongoing and finishes On the Windows system 10400412 002 11 2012 Start message Separate StartYYYY MM DD hh mm ss MV disk_numberld_nametype volume_name path RV disk_numberld_nametype volume_name path Execution message Separating End message Separating Normal EndYYYY MM DD hh mm ss MV disk_numberld_nametype volume_name path RV disk_numberld_ nametype volume_name path 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 5 47 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Description The execution and end messages appear only when wait is specified to wait for separation completion If you do not want the execution message to appear change the RPL_WAITMSG setting in the replication option setting file For information about the replication option setting file refer to the ControlCommand Command Reference YYYY MM DD hh mm ss Start End time Year Month Day Hour Minute Second disk_
179. and Replication and Mirroring licenses from SnapSAN Manager to use the SnapSAN Manager replication management functions Software Installation Replication Manager 1 Operating Environment Replication Management Function Server The replication management function is included in the SnapSAN Manager server For details on the operating environment refer to the installation guide attached to the SnapSAN Manager Replication Manager GUI 10400412 002 11 2012 The replication management function is included in the SnapSAN Manager server For details on the operating environment refer to the installation guide attached to the SnapSAN Manager 2012 Overland Storage Inc 47 3 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview 2 Installation SnapSAN Manager Server Installation When you install the SnapSAN Manager server the replication management function of the server is installed For details on the installation procedure refer to the installation guide attached to the SnapSAN Manager SnapSAN Manager Server Setting Create an environment definition file according to the installation guide attached to the SnapSAN Manager Replication Manager GUI Installation For details on the installation procedure refer to the installation guide attached to the SnapSAN Manager Update SnapSAN Manager Server Update To update the SnapSAN Manager software uninstall the existing software and then install t
180. apshot function is connected to the server The base volume BV and LV are not linked when the BV is connected to the server e Protected data is readable when the logical disk for which the data retention function is applied is connected to the server e The volume is in the In use state and accessible when the logical disk for which the power saving function is applied is connected to the server e The link path between disk arrays is normal when the Replication and Mirroring is configured for the disk array After updating a volume list display the information registered with the volume list to check that the items to use such as logical disks and special file names are all registered If the target logical disk or special file name is described in the script etc used for operation update the script with the information updated in the volume list Note that the replication operation command execution may abnormally end if the information registered with the volume list is flawed or data is inconsistent between the information registered with the volume list and the script etc used for operation 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 412 16 overland storage Chapter 13 Notes Management And Operations Of Data Replication Copy Control State Selection There are three copy control states available when executing Replicate or Restore When applying data replication to the backup system it is necessary to
181. ared and the identity of them has not been certified The state is Not Certified Not Certified is also displayed when MV is in the Prevent state and RV is not in the Prevent state Comparing MV and RV are being compared Identical Volume comparing found that data of MV and RV were identical Certifying The identity between MV and RV is being certified Certified The identity between MV and RV has been certified and there are no differences Different Volume comparing found that data of MV and RV were not identical Fault Comparing A fault occurred while MV and RV were being compared Fault Certifying A fault occurred while the identity between MV and RV was being certified Restrictions on Operation Restrictions on operations of data replication are described below 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 43 6 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Restrictions by Configuration Setting Operation Guard The configuration setting operation guard function prevents incorrect configuration changes made by a user s wrong operation You can set this function using the LD Administrator function of the SnapSAN Manager If a logical disk is locked by the configuration setting operation guard the operation restrictions listed below will be applied Operation Description Pair setting If either of logical disks MV and RV to be paired candidate is locked operation ca
182. arts protecting the logical disk If the logical disk is not protected or protection information cannot be obtained a hyphen will be displayed retention_date Date until which the data retention function will protect the logical disk If the logical disk is not protected or protection information cannot be obtained a hyphen will be displayed permanentData is retained permanently by the data protection function retention_mode Mode in which the data retention function protects the logical disk If the logical disk is not protected or protection information cannot be obtained a hyphen will be displayed normalnormal mode You can cancel protection or reset the retention period at any time securesecure mode You cannot cancel protection until the retention period has expired You can extend the retention period or change the protection state strictstrict mode You cannot cancel protection until the retention period has expired Neither can you reset the retention period and protection state reinitialize state Logical disk reinitialization state If reinitialization is not performed a hyphen will be displayed formatting nn Reinitialization in progress nn indicates a value that shows the progress of initialization format failReinitialization failed Update Prevention State Volume update prevented When the swap function for Remote Replication pair cannot be used or the information cannot be obtained a hyphen is
183. ata via network or restoring data on master volume MV directly from backup data on the tape execute data restoration in the procedure specific to the backup software 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 412 4 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Application Server Restore data on master volume MV via network Restore master volume MV data directly using backup data ontape Master Volume Figure 12 3 Data Restoration No Replication Data restoration with use of replication function in case of a failure This section describes the procedure for restoring data from a tape Assume that the tape contains the backup data previously retrieved Application Server RV invts Failure on Master Volume See ee Figure 12 4 Data Restoration with Replication 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 412 5 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Work flow for an example of the master volume data recovery lt Application server gt Terminating applications Terminating applications Unmounting MV Backup server gt Deactivatine the volume croup or deporting the disk group Restoring MV Step 2 Restoring data from tape Stepn 3 UnmountingRV UnmountingRV Deactivating the volume croup or deporting the disk group Stapi Restarting applications 1 Activating the volume group or importing the disk
184. ate replicate the pair again If an arbitrary disk group is imported in the state where the server includes a volume in the Not Ready state such as RV of a replicated pair a message indicating an SCSI error see the lt Example of message gt below is recorded in syslog which causes no problem in the system operation lt Example of message gt Mar 18 00 41 18 sv001 kernel SCSI disk error host 2 channel 0 id 1 lun 6 return code 8000002 Mar 18 00 41 18 sv001 kernel Info fld 0x0 Current sd08 80 sense key Data Protect Mar 18 00 41 18 sv001 kernel SCSI disk error host 2 channel 0 id 1 lun 6 return code 8000002 Mar 18 00 41 18 sv001 kernel Info fld 0x0 Current sd08 80 sense key Data Protect Using the Special File for PathManager To use the PathManager special file dev ddX X is a lower case alphabet in LVM the following products are required 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 413 5 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Management And Operations Of Data Replication ControlCommand Ver 5 1 or later e PathManager with the function version 3 0 6 or later Replication for a volume group where the PathManager special file was created as a physical volume is the same as the replication for a volume group created with the kernel special file dev sdX X is a lower case alphabet Changing Configuration Using Access Conirol The following phenomena may occur during replication if you hav
185. ate Preparing or Separating When the specified MV is paired with RV that is also paired with another volume the sync state of the pair is not Replicate Preparing Separate Preparing or Separating or the pair is not being swapped A dynamic disk is not used MV and RV are unmounted The target pair or the specified MV paired with RV which is also paired with another volume is not being compared identified by the Remote Replication quick sync function The target pair is not being swapped The target pair is not registered with the ATgroup The logical disk of MV or RV is not stopped by or the pool to which the logical disk belongs is not stopped by the power saving function Resume swapping for recovering from an failure that occurs during swapping The following does not apply when ReplicationControl is used together with SnapSAN Manager 10400412 002 11 2012 The target MV or RV is registered with the volume list Also a remote pair to be operated target pair must satisfy the following conditions e The volumes in the upper or lower pair for the target pair are registered with the volume list e When MV or RV of the target pair is also used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function the BV or LV linked to the BV is registered with the volume list A volume list is not being created When a combination of a volume group or a disk group with a special file name logical disk name is specified the same number of
186. ate VolumeList Create Update the VolumeList CSV Output of InfommationList CSV Output of Infomation List Create Update Volume List Properties CSV Output of Information List gt Displaying Property Information of Volume List Properties i te Exit Ext AIH 4 Starting Terminating Volume List Display View menu Toolbar Wew Qperation Help ViawHide Toolbar v Toolbar gt Status Bar v Status Bar View Hide Status Bar gt Update Display Infomation Update Display Information FS Update Display Information Operation menu Qperation Help ae Define Control Define Control Volume Volume Help menu Help 10400412 002 11 2012 List Display Screm Help Displass ink buha i Displaws ings a Figure 5 9 Volume List Display Menu 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 5 27 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Starting Terminating Volume List Display This section describes the procedures for starting and terminating the Volume List Display window Operation Procedure Starting Volume List Display window 1 Select Start of Windows All Programs Programs for Windows 2000 Server Storage Manager Agent Utility and then Volume List Display 2 The Volume List Display window appears eu olume List Display Big File Yiew Operation Help E ERE Disk Array Subsystem ALL Drive Letter Path Name Volume Definition FT CIN ESTE T
187. ating or Synchronized When the activity of the pair of the specified RV and the paired lower RV is Replicate the Background Copy mode is specified for the replicated lower pair MV is not NotAccessible or RV is not protected ReadOnly or NotAccessible by the data retention function A dynamic disk is not used RV is unmounted The update prevention state of RV is not prevented by the volume update prevention function The logical disk of MV or RV is not stopped by or the pool to which the logical disk belongs is not stopped by the power saving function The replication reserved volume for the target MV or RV is not a bottleneck The specified RV is not being used by the data migration function The following does not apply when ReplicationControl is used together with SnapSAN Manager 10400412 002 11 2012 The target MV or RV is registered with the volume list Also a remote pair to be operated target pair must satisfy the following conditions e The volumes in the upper or lower pair for the target pair are registered with the volume list 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 43 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview e When MV or RV of the target pair is also used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function the BV or LV linked to the BV is registered with the volume list e A volume list is not being created e When a combination of a volume group or a disk group with a special file nam
188. ay Target Name ldn ld_name disk_array_name target_name Description ldn Logical disk number ld_name Logical disk name disk_array_name Disk array name target_name Target name Conditions to Create and Display Volume List To create and display a volume list the following conditions must be satisfied While a volume list is created or updated you cannot display a volume list or cannot execute replication and snapshot operation commands Create or update a volume list with the logical disk or the volume recognized by the OS on the server A pair including a replication volume RV of the data replication function must be separated For a link volume LV of the snapshot function a link to a snapshot volume SV must be established 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 5 23 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview GUI Operations Windows On the Windows system you can create and display volume lists by using the GUI By using GUI you can create and or update a volume list display the volume list narrow down the information to be displayed on a disk array basis and so on A function with which you can define control volumes when performing data replication or snapshot through the application server is also provided Screen Configuration To create or display a volume list via the GUI use the Volume List Display window that consists of the items shown below i B Volume List Disp
189. ay the list of disk arrays and disk array names iSMrc_ldlist d To display the list of logical disks in a disk array and the logical disk information iSMrc_ldlist de Disk array name If you describe multiple logical disks in the same disk array the information on the first disk will be enabled and the information on the second and subsequent disks will be ignored File location and file name etc iSMrpl ctlvol conf Format Describe the logical disk numbers and disk array names of all the control volumes used in the relevant server Write a set of a logical disk number and a disk array name corresponding to each control volume on a single line Put a line feed between sets The logical disk number on each line should be in hexadecimal Delimit a logical disk number and a disk array name with a space or tab character On each line the text after a sharp is regarded as a comment and ignored A description example is shown below ControlVolumes LDN Disk Array Name 000a Tokyo Customer DataBase Rules e Start description at the first column on the line e Use a line feed to delimit records e One record can contain up to 1 024 characters 1 byte e One record describes one control volume e The text from a sharp to the end of the record is regarded as a comment To reflect the setting information described in the control volume definition file update the volume list To create or update a volume list refer to 2 6
190. ayer Perform Resume Copy again after Separate is completed Separating by other pair Separate is performed in another layer Perform Resume Copy again after Separate is completed Freeze Defreeze the Data Replication function to perform Resume Copy again MV Monitoring Stopped Change the disk array of MV to the Monitored state to perform Resume Copy again RV Monitoring Stopped Change the disk array of RV to the Monitored state to perform Resume Copy again MV Force Unpaired Perform Forced Unpair for RV RV Force Unpaired Perform Forced Unpair for MV RV Forced Separate Perform Resume Copy for a volume in the Synchronous state MV Outside SnapSAN Manager Management Perform Resume Copy for a pair managed by SnapSAN Manager All Link Path Abnormal Refer to 3 2 2 2 Link fault in the Data Replication User s Manual Installation and Operation Guide to recover from the failure Have been registered to ATgroup Copy Mode Perform Resume Copy for a pair not registered with the ATgroup One of the following can be set as copy mode applied when copy is resumed Radio Button Synchronous Description Changes the copy control to the foreground copy Synchronous mode Semi synchronous Changes the copy control to the foreground copy Semi synchronous mode This can be specified for a pair set across different disk arrays Background Copy Changes the c
191. between 1 and 5 A larger value has a higher priority for copy processing The recommended value for disk arrays is level 3 Level Description 1 Even when the load on a disk array is low or no I O occurs copy will have the lowest priority level Note that when you set this level it may take time to complete copy under this level 2t0o4 The priority for copy is automatically adjusted depending on the load on disk arrays or the influence on I O If the load ona disk array is high or the amount of I O data per unit time is large the priority for copy will be lowered to the level 1 or equivalent Conversely if the load on a disk array is low or the amount of I O data per unit time is small the priority for copy will be raised to the level 5 or equivalent 5 Copy has the highest priority regardless of the load on a disk array or the influence on I O Note that when you set this level it may degrade the I O performance Copy control can be specified when Replicate or Restore is performed The copy control specified at Replicate or Restore can be changed as required When Restore with RV protection specified is performed only copy for reflecting difference is performed while updates in MV is not reflected in RV Therefore specifying or changing a copy control Overland Mirroring Overland Replication or Background Copy has no effect There are the following five instructions to change a copy control e Synchronous Copy instruc
192. ble When No is specified the media name of RV becomes the same as that of MV after Separate is performed so that the ACOS 4 system may not recognize the volumes Yes Writes a media name into a separated RV Enter a media name in the New Media Name edit box The Clear Soft Mirror Info remains checked and unselectable so that the information is always cleared Clear Soft Mirror Info Specifies an operation to be performed in response to a request for clearing the software mirror information of RV that is made after Separate is completed Checkbox Description Checked Clears the software mirror information for a separated RV Unchecked Does not clear the software mirror information for a separated RV New Media Name Enter a new media name in the New Media Name edit box You can use up to six uppercase alphabetical characters numeric characters and underscore to specify a new media name Definition example VOL_01 NOTE ACOS 4 Special Function indicates the operation the ACOS 4 system uses for volumes ina disk array It is displayed only when the pair selected on the Replication Information window includes a volume of A4 type When multiple pairs of A4 type volumes or of A4 and other type volumes are selected from the list of selected volumes New Media Name becomes disabled and Clear Soft Mirror Info becomes enabled When a pair of other type than A4 is selected from the list of selected volumes ACOS 4 Spec
193. bnormal Suspend Copy Mode Indicates that copy is forcibly suspended in a disk array due to a copy failure Indicates the copy control in the synchronous state during Replicate Restore Display Synchronous Description With this mode set copy to RV is completed within the processing time of the command for writing into MV Semi synchronous RV Mode With this mode set the command for writing into MV is stopped and then immediately copy to RV is started Indicates an RV access restriction mode For more information see 0 Access Restriction for RV Display R W Permit Description Indicates that the volume can be read and written from the host Read Only Indicates that the volume can be only read from the host Not Ready 10400412 002 11 2012 Indicates that the volume cannot be operated from the host 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 11 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Display Description Not Available Indicates that the volume cannot be operated from any host Amount of Difference Indicates the amount of difference after Separate including right after pair setting and the amount of difference remaining amount during Sync Execution For a device supporting a low speed line the difference management information of RV is not read after Separate including right after pair setting and the amount of the difference in MV is only displayed The amou
194. by the operating system to suppress automatic volume mounting MOUNTVOL N before operation To use ReplicationControl Ver3 2 or later specify NOTREADY for the UMOUNT_RVACC parameter in the replication operation option setting file to suppress automount of RV Before applying this setting note the following to check and review the operation procedures as required e When RV is unmounted on Windows 2000 the access restriction for RV is changed to Not Ready Accordingly when a volume in a multi partition configuration is unmounted all volumes partitions on the relevant disk cannot be read or written After that another partition on the same disk cannot be accessed to read write or be flushed by the iSMrc_flush command until the RV is mounted by the iSMrc_mount command e Unmounting using the iSMrc_umount command must be performed in the status in which only one mount point drive letter or NTFS folder name is set for the target volume If no mount point is set or multiple mount points are set unmounting cannot be performed For this reason this setting is unavailable for an operation procedure such as deleting all mount points using the D option of the MOUNTVOL command before unmounting When multiple mount points are set for a volume use the D option of the MOUNTVOL command to set only one mount point for the volume and then unmount the volume When using data replication and snapshot functions in serial configuration that is using
195. c disk Target Pair SS For a serial pair configuration using Remote Replication The lower pair is not in the Replicate Preparing state e The lower pair is not in the Separate Preparing state e The lower pair is not in the Restore Preparing state Figure 5 37 Conditions ot Change Access Restrictions for RV State of RV Data Command for Canceling Update Prevention To cancel update prevention use the iSMrc_updprevent command 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 5 73 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview You can forcibly cancel the update prevention state of a volume by using the iSMrc_updprevent command This command must be executed for both MV and RV of the Remote Replication pair This can be performed for IV after the volumes are unpaired Main Options To forcibly cancel update prevention with the iSMrc_updprevent command you can specify the following options 1 Specifying volumes vol Specify the target volume e Specifying volumes vol volume volflg vol_flg Specifies a volume and volume type For information about volume types refer to 0 Volume Types 2 Specifying the forced cancellation of update prevention mode cancel force Specify the forced cancellation of update prevention Displayed Information When the iSMrc_updprevent command succeeds in forced cancellation of update prevention the following message appears 1SM132
196. cally check box is selected the information acquisition interval is disabled and automatic information acquisition is stopped For a low speed line it is recommended to specify at least 20 seconds in Information Acquisition Interval or selecting the Don t update periodically check box to suppress the amount of data on the line e To obtain the latest information press the F5 key Environment Setting Information Acquisition Interval 7 Not Update Periodically Determined by the environment settings of iSM Server Figure 4 65 Environment Setting Enabled When the information acquisition interval setting for embedded SnapSAN Managers is disabled by SnapSAN Manager server environment settings all embedded SnapSAN Managers do not obtain the information periodically For a low speed line it is strongly recommended to disable the information acquisition interval setting for embedded SnapSAN Managers by using SnapSAN Manager server environment settings to suppress the amount of data on the line e To obtain the latest information press the F5 key Refresh When Refresh is performed with the SnapSAN Manager server in the upper left part of the configuration display area selected the information on the disk array connected to the server is updated The information displayed on the screen is cleared When Refresh is performed with a disk array icon in the configuration display area selected the volume lists of the sel
197. cannot cancel protection until the retention period has expired You can extend the retention period or change the protection state strictstrict mode You cannot release protection until the period has elapsed Neither can you reset the retention period and protection state reinitialize state Logical disk reinitialization state If reinitialization is not performed a hyphen will be displayed formatting nn Reinitialization in progress nn indicates a value that shows the progress of initialization format failReinitialization failed Update Prevention State Volume update prevented When the swap function for Remote Replication pair cannot be used or the information cannot be obtained a hyphen is displayed PreventPrevent state When an Remote Replication pair is being swapped swapping an Remote Replication pair is suspended or the Remote Replication quick sync function is used the paired MV and RV are in the Prevent state 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 5 70 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Not PreventNot prevented Normal state Conditions to Display Specific Volume Information To display specific volume information the following conditions must be satisfied The following conditions are not applicable when performing an operation together with SnapSAN Manager The target volume or a volume to be paired with the target volume is registered with the volume list Also a remote volume
198. cate Preparing Temporarily indicates the Sync Preparation state before Sync Execution when a large Capacity volume or low speed line is used Sync Execution Indicates Replicate Execution Indicates that difference exists while copy is performed 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 10 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Display Synchronized Description Indicates that the difference between MV and RV that existed at the start of copy has been reflected In a pair in this state updated made in the MV is sequentially sent to the RV Restore Preparing Temporarily indicates the Restore Preparing state before Restoring when a large capacity volume or low speed line is used Restoring Indicates that the difference between MV and RV that existed at the start of Restore has not been reflected Restored Synchronized Copy Control Indicates that the difference between MV and RV that existed at the start of Restore has not been reflected Updates made in the MV are reflected into the RV Indicates the control status while copying Display Foreground Copy Description Indicates the copy state in the synchronous or semi synchronous mode Background Copy Indicates the background copy state by using difference management Freeze Indicates that the data replication function is frozen Suspend Indicates that copy operation is suspended A
199. cations and services that need to be stopped or exited before unmounting refer to 4 10 Management and Operations of Data Replication The installation operation and maintenance procedures in this manual are described on the premise that automount is disabled 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 46 9 overlang storage Chapter 7 Installation Win Overview This chapter describes the system installation procedures with an example of a tape backup system using the disk array Installation Procedure Installation works are outlined below For details on the procedures refer to the associated sections Works followed by mark are necessary for all servers in which ReplicationControl including standby servers in cluster configuration is installed Deemmirg th syem configuration Select neces sary hardware configuration a Select neces sary softy are configuration n brstalirg softwar Installfupdate SM Installfupdate ReplicationConhol Detmirnirg tle di k aray configuration Select neces sary logical disk LD configuration Assign an identification name to the hardware tobe managed Set Access Control ancording to the commections tate Unlock the product license Configure a pair 4 _ Setting a comhol vohute Onlywhen acontrol vohute is wed 7 Preparing the start of operations 2 21 Hardware Configuration 2 22 Software Configuation 23 1 Replicato
200. cels update prevention for a prevention fora volume volume iSMrc_swap swap for Remote Swaps a remote Remote Replication Replication pair pair or resumes a swap Notes on Operation Note the following when performing local or remote operations for serially configured pairs e When serially configured pairs are replicated simultaneously only the Background Copy mode can be used for replicating a pair on the second or subsequent layer e Copying to mutually and simultaneously in opposite directions cannot be performed between upper and lower pairs of serially configured pairs for example it is impossible to restore the upper pair when the lower pair is replicated e Ifseparation is being performed for the upper or lower pair of serially configured pairs the other of the pairs cannot be replicated or restored e You can remotely operate only a pair or a volume that is registered with the volume list on the application server and that can be directly accessed by the server e Also you can operate disk arrays on up to the next layer You cannot remotely operate pairs in disk arrays on the second or subsequent layer e You cannot perform remote operations if a failure occurred on a link between disk arrays or the data replication function of either disk array is frozen e The volume type you can use when specifying a pair or a volume on a remote disk array is only logical disk name e When a best effort line is used for a link between d
201. cified MV is Separated The sync state of the lower RV paired with the specified RV is Separated The disk array where the specified MV and RV are stored is not frozen The disk array where the specified MV and RV are stored is monitored The MV and RV are unmounted from the host The specified MV is not registered in the ATgroup When the specified MV is also used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function snapshot has not been established for all snapshot volumes SVs paired with the base volume BV When the specified MV is also used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function link is not set for the specified MV and a link volume LV When the specified RV is also used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function Restore is not performed from the snapshot volume SV When the specified RV is also used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function Restore update cannot be performed When the specified RV is also used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function link setting between the specified RV and a link volume LV is not ongoing When the specified MV is also used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function Restore is not performed from the snapshot volume SV The specified MV is not a protected volume The protection state of the specified RV is not NotAccessible When the protection state of the specified RV is ReadOnly Restore update cannot be performed The pool including the specified MV
202. connection failure between them a transition to the following states may occur depending on the timing and type of the failure e Separate state due to a failure failure separation e Suspend state due to a failure abnormal suspend If a transition occurs to one of the states above you can use Replication Screen to check the status of the copy fault Bo Repli StorageS4300 0001 File View Operation Help eM iSM Server Se x StorageS4300 0001 29 StorageS4300 002 Detecting a Link Fault classification Number 0s Type Logical Disk Nane PD Type RU 0000h oo0lh 0002h 0002h 0002h 0003h 0003h 0004h 0004h 0005h 0006h 0007h 0008h 0009h 000ah o00bh 000ch o00ch o00dh o00fh SSeS S S333 eS S389 S888 Figure 12 11 Copy Fault Occurrence 443000001 MSP1 fA43000001 MSPZ 443000001 MSP3 443000001 MSP3 fA43000001 MSP3 430000001 MSP4 430000001 MSP4 430000001 NSPS 430000001 NSPS 430000001 NSP6 A43000001 MSP 443000001 MSPS A43000001 NSP9 A43000001 MSPA 443000001 MSPB 443000001 MSPC 443000001 MSPD 443000001 MSPD 443000001 MSPE 443000001 MSPG Working Gees Replication Information pisk Array LINK Information ATgroup Information Pair Number A A link fault occurs due to a cable fault between disk arrays or a fault of Replication Director If it occurs during Replication it may cause a copy fault 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4
203. csecseesesesaeeaesecaeeaes 9 SEISCIING FIICSYSTOM erni e A 9 2 Selecting Windows SYSIEM sriain aaaea Aaaa aa TANE a SAN aithantiiiniess 9 2 DISK SINOU S ocsam E A A A EA E S NET 9 2 Chapter 10 Backup and Restore Linux VEON aene ea E N E A S A A 10 1 BOCK D mcannnanmannonaa aoa a a A A caren 10 1 Link between an Application Server and a Backup Server s essessesessssssesesessssesesenessssesesenessssesene 10 5 Backup Operation FONT sorria rina aE A E EA naan aandiation 10 5 Static Point ot DOTS s acaiecsescs sees xveeds devctevs Sods vasheceuck xs G0bes e n o E a a E 10 7 Cleaning the Pile Systeri BUIST sessirnar aan N E 10 7 Chapter 11 Installation Linux OYENV EW cessisse niiae iir nia sa i iie en t E E a E a E aTa 11 1 ISTAMETION ProcSdurS sysieenedaennnn anai E A A EEAS 11 1 eni CONIQUICHION watinienanitinteiniiniiauniiadudia Sanat dd uanainianeiuatunae 11 2 Haraware COMM QUOT OM sorores na ATE A EANO AN 11 2 SOMWOANE COMMMQUWIOMON acces cccasecsesdaritescasacaerestseead qadai ania AN AAAA 11 3 SOMWGNE INSTOIIGH ON sarsana aa eevee Na ANE aA ENA OA eared sts 11 3 Disk Amay COMMQUITION asrorini A A E EEE OE 11 4 Logical DEK ILOFBINGINO sostrar akakana a a aaa 11 4 Settings of Disk Array Name Logical Disk Name and Port NOME ssssssssssssssssissesrssssresesresseresseresse 11 5 AGCCeSS Control SEMING nasais a aaa AA RNN AAN AAA 11 6 Urniockng the Product LIGCSE sesira r aa O NETA 11 7 Pal CONNGUIATION Se MA eeann nn E ANNAN A
204. ctivity of the pair of the specified RV and the paired lower RV is not the Restore state Only Background Copy can be specified as copy mode if the activity of the pair of the specified MV and the paired upper MV is the Replicate state When the activity of the pair of the specified RV and the lower RV paired to it is Replicate the copy control of the pair is the Background Copy mode The disk array where the specified MV and RV are stored is not Freeze state The disk array where the specified MV and RV are stored is monitored The RV is unmounted from the host The specified MV is not registered in the ATgroup The upper or lower pair is not in the Separating state The lower pair is not in the Sync Preparation or Separate Preparing state When the specified MV or RV is also used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function Restore is not performed from the snapshot volume SV When the specified RV is also used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function the copy control of the pair where the RV belongs is the Background Copy mode When the specified RV is also used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function link setting between the specified RV and a link volume LV is not ongoing The protection state of the specified MV is not NotAccessible The specified RV is not a protected volume The pool including the MV or RV is not in the rotation stop state by the power saving function The specified MV or RV is not sto
205. d e The information on the special files of individual groups the information on the primary path appears when the volume is executed with vg or dg specified e The information on one of the special files assigned to the relevant logical disks appears when the volume is executed with ld specified e The format of special file names specified with each command must be dev sdX which is made by removing the partition number from the special file name dev sdX X is an alphabetic lower case character The special file names returned displayed by each command are also in the format without the partition number e You cannot perform replication for an active volume on an ACOS 4 system For replication use a program product for ACOS 4 ReplicationControl Mirror redundant volumes supplied by LVM or VxVM are not supported e Inthe cluster environment install ReplicationControl in all servers of the operating system and standby system The servers cannot share the environment settings Set up environment such as registering the control volume creating the volume list and setting the software operation for all servers e Before registering a logical disk to use with the volume list create a special file in the dev sd format for the logical disk Create all special files for logical disks to use with the dev MAKEDEV or mknod command before creating or updating the volume list e To specify a special file name in a command option
206. d RV are paired e The specified MV and RV are in the Separated state e The disk array where the specified MV and RV are stored is monitored e The disk array where the specified MV and RV are stored is not frozen e Ifthe specified MV is registered with the ATgroup the MV and the specified RV are set as a Volume Cloning pair e The specified MV or RV is not locked e The pool including the MV or RV is not in the rotation stop state by the power saving function e The identity of the specified MV or RV is not Comparing Identical or Certifying e For a partition user the system administrator partition user is authorized to control partitions to which the specified MV and RV belong NOTE RV unmounted by the ReplicationControl function from an application server or backup server of Windows may be set in the Not Ready state In this case even if the synchronous state of the pair is Separated the RV mode will remain in the Not Ready state Be sure to use RV mode change to change the state of the RV from Not Ready to R W Permit prior to unpairing of the pair except when the logical disk of the RV will continue to be used in the application server or backup server after the unpairing Replicate By performing Replicate for paired volumes you can start copy from MV to RV Operation Procedure Do one of the following to display the Replicate window e Select a volume on the Replication Information window click Operation on the me
207. d specified during link setup by maintenance personnel as shown in the table below Note that the link line speed cannot be specified from SnapSAN Manager The speed that is link mode is displayed in Link Mode in the properties on the Disk Array LINK Information window of Replication Manager or by using the iSMrc_arrayinfo command of ReplicationControl Link Mode Link Line Speed Treated As Display The line speed is Normal 30 Mbps or more and the bandwidth is guaranteed The line speed is Low speed Low 10 Mbps or more line and less than 30 Mbps and the bandwidth is guaranteed The line speed is Best effort Low 10 Mbps or more line Low and no bandwidth speed line is guaranteed The line speed is Not Low less than 10 Mbps supported because of insufficient speed 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 43 2 SnapSAN S 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview For a low speed line the system configuration and operation must be configured so that the data traffic will be small per unit of time For original and target volumes for Remote Replication use disk arrays which support low speed lines Specify Background Copy If a volume accessed in operation is directly replicated using a low speed line Background Copy may stop due to a link failure when application data is written to MV during separation and a link failure occurs concurrently Also the operation sus
208. dary backup media to RV before Restore When a backup server is restarted the procedure is complex because Separate needs to be executed Operation performance is affected by load of copying data to RV 410 6 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Static Point of Data To back up consistent data before separating MV and RV by executing Separate it is important to secure the static point of data by an application server To secure the static point of data normally stop the operation temporarily After stopping the operation to fix data in files and databases unmount the MV file system to write the data remaining in the file system buffer into the logical disk of the disk array ensuring the consistency of the data in MV To back up consistent data in RV execute Separate in the state where MV data is consistent Application Servers Data is not consistent and the file system needs to be repaired Data inthe file system buffer is not reflected Figure 10 10 Data Static Point Not Secure Tape Device Clearing the File System Buffer Copy of Replicate and Restore is executed independently of OS operations of each server in a disk array At this time even if data that is consistent by Replicate or Restore can be copied in a case where old data remains in the file system buffer on the OS side data inconsistency occurs between the file system buffer and the logical disk and consistent da
209. de in the Replicate or Restore state rvacc Access restrictions for RV prev_state Previous state of pair operation before the state changed Conditions to Display State To display states the following conditions must be satisfied e The target MV and RV are paired e A dynamic disk is not used The following does not apply when ReplicationControl is used together with SnapSAN Manager 10400412 002 11 2012 e The target MV or RV is registered with the volume list Also a remote pair to be operated target pair must satisfy the following conditions e The volumes in the upper or lower pair for the target pair are registered with the volume list e When MV or RV of the target pair is also used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function the BV or LV linked to the BV is registered with the volume list 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 65 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview e A volume list is not being created e When a combination of a volume group or a disk group with a special file name logical disk name is specified the same number of logical volumes that make up the volume group or disk group is specified as MV RV on the special file name logical disk name side e When a volume group is specified the group target volume group must be active e When a disk group is specified the group target disk group must be active e An SnapSAN Manager special file is not being created for
210. dentifiers for separation The data replication function does not control disk identifiers for paired volumes of partition disks OS type of WG in the GUID partition table GPT format Therefore when MV and RV are assigned to the same server or when multiple RVs paired with the same MV are assigned to the same server a signature is written redundantly with the result that the disk is disabled Selecting Copy Control State You can select one of three copy control states when performing replication or restoration When applying data replication to the backup system collect the backup data by performing separation and eliminate the difference between MV and RV quickly when re synchronizing them For that purpose select Sync mode When Restore protect is performed the data updated in MV is not reflected into RV Therefore copy control by using Foreground Copy Sync mode or Semi sync mode or Background Copy has no effect The copy control states Copy Control State Copy State Foreground Sync mode Updates MV and RV synchronously After the MV Copy and RV update is completed informs the host of I O completion For DDR copy is done only to the cache Therefore this copy mode little degrades the performance For Remote Replication performance is degraded by this copy mode in proportion to the distance between the disk arrays 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 8 42 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication
211. disk number is specified only the information about association with the specified logical disk number will be displayed ve option Sorts information by using logical disk name and displays how the specified disk array is associated with volumes If a logical disk name is specified only the information about association with the specified logical disk name will be displayed ai option Displays the information about association with and configuration of the logical disk Displays only information associated with specified PD Type if the PD Type attribute of the physical disk configuring the logical disk is specified ctl option Lists the special file name and logical disk number of a control volume and the corresponding disk array name p option Displays the property information about the volume list that includes the version and the date when the volume list is created ax option Lists the disk array information the information about association with and configuration of all logical disks and the property information of the volume list tgt option Displays the targetname of the volume in the volume list The tgt option is supported only for Linux all Displays iSCSI information of all volumes in the volume list Message 11932 is output if volumes are not iSCSI volume ldname Displays iSCSI information of the specified volume Message 11933 is output if the specified volume is not iSCSI volum
212. displayed PreventPrevent state When an Remote Replication pair is being swapped swapping an Remote Replication pair is suspended or the Remote Replication quick sync 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 68 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview function is used the paired MV and RV are in the Prevent state Normal state On the UNIX system 1 When the attr option is specified Special fileLD Name VAATypeAttributeLV Link Status special file nameld_name vaatypeattributelink status To change the output format as shown below set ON to the environment variable RPL_VERTICAL_INDICATE Special file special file name LD NANE ld_name VAAvaa Typetype Attribut eattribute LV Link Statuslink_status 2 When the protect option is specified Special filespecial_file_name LD NANEld_name VAAvaa Typetype Protection Information Protection Stateprotection_state Begin Datebegin_date Retention Dateretention_date Retention Moderetention_mode Reinitializereinitialize_state 3 When the updprevent option is specified Special filespecial_file_name LD NANEld_name VAAvaa Typetype Update Prevention State prevention_state 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 69 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Description 10400412 002 11 2012 special file name Special file name Displayed as a 32 byte item on HP UX and Linux as well as 64 byte item on Solaris
213. e arrayname Displays iSCSI information of all volumes for the specified disk array Message 11933 is output if all volumes are not iSCSI volume Displayed Information When the r option is specified When a volume list is created or updated successfully the following message appears iSM11700 Please wait a minute iSM11100 Command has completed successfully When the d option is specified Disk array information is listed as shown below Disk Array List Disk Array Name disk_array_name Number of LDN number Description disk_array_name Disk array name 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 19 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview number Number of logical disk information items special file for each disk array registered in the volume list When the a option is specified The information about association with a logical disk is listed as shown below LDN LD Name VAA OS Type HBT LUN Disk No Disk Array Volume Name Path ldn ld_name vaa type hbt lun disk_num disk_array_name volume_name path Description ldn Logical disk number ld_name Logical disk name vaa VAA Volume Absolute Address type OS type hbt Host adapter number bus number target ID lun LUN disk_num Physical disk number disk_array_name Disk array name volume_name Mount point volume name path Drive letter or path name mounted in the NTFS volume folder accessed by a user W
214. e force option are maintained without being affected by those specified when replication separation or restoration is performed To cancel access restrictions for RV specified using the force option specify the cancel option to execute the iSMrc_rvmode command again Using this option resumes any access restrictions for RV specified when replication separation or restoration is performed 4 State of RV data rvdata The state of RV data can be changed with one of the options below You do not need to change the state of RV data in general because this setting is automatically controlled by the hardware provider in a joint operation with VSS Volume Shadow copy Service on Windows Server 2003 or Windows Server 2008 e Enabling the state of RV data rvdata valid e Enables the state of RV data e Disabling the state of RV data rvdata invalid e Disables the state of RV data Displayed Information When the iSMrc_rvmode command succeeds in changing access restrictions for RV or the state of RV data the following message appears iSM13247 Command has completed successfully code pppp xxxx xxXX XXXx 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 5 72 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Description pppp Process number xxxx Detailed information code value for maintenance Conditions to Display Specific Volume Information To change access restrictions for RV or the state of
215. e information registered with the volume list is flawed or data is inconsistent between the information registered with the volume list and the batch file etc used for operation Notes Windows System Volumes and Partitions If a logical disk contains multiple partitions or logical volumes and replication is performed for a volume such as one that consists of multiple partitions or logical volumes or a dynamic disk volume data consistency may not be guaranteed depending on the operation Table 4 1 shows functional scopes for disk types Disk type Volume type Availability Basic disk Primary partition MBR format v Primary partition GPT format v Logical volume on expanded v partition 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 8 40 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Troubleshooting Disk type Volume type Availability Dynamic Simple volume disk Span volume Stripe volume Mirror volume RAID 5 volume VY Recommended configuration Operation prohibited Y With notes NOTE Operate MV and RV with the same partition configuration The following conditions must be met to use partition disks in the GUID partition table GPT format e The OS type of the logical disk is WG e In the replication operation option setting file partition disks in the GUID partition table GPT format are set to be available e MV and RV cannot be assigned to the same se
216. e logical disk name is specified the same number of logical volumes that make up the volume group or disk group is specified as MV RV on the special file name logical disk name side In this case replication is performed in the specified order e When a volume group is specified the group target volume group must be active e When a disk group is specified the group target disk group must be active e An SnapSAN Manager special file is not being created for Linux version only 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 44 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Pair setting MV or RV is registered with the volume list volume list is not being created or updated RV is unmounted The disk array is not frozen Separated Not in Separate Preparing Not in Semi synchronous copy if the pair is set in the same disk amay MV is not NotAccessible or RV is not protected not ReadOnly or NotAccessible Not a dynamic disk MV or RV is not stopped The pool to which MV or RV belongs is not stopped RV is not in the update prevention state When the asynchronous remote data replication function Replication and Mirroring Asynchronous is used only Background Copy is specified as copy mode for a pair set across different disk arrays The pair of MV and another RV is not in the Restoring state For a serial pair configuration using Remote For a serial p
217. e logical disk of MV is stopped When the user wants to forcibly unpair the RV side if the pool to which the logical disk of the target RV belongs is in the rotation stop state operation cannot be executed Replicate Replicate cannot be performed for a pair in which the logical disk of MV or RV is not used or the pool including the logical disk is stopped Restore Restore cannot be executed for a pair containing MV or RV whose logical disk is in the not in use state or the pool to which the logical disk belongs is in the rotation stop state Separate Separate cannot be executed for a pair containing MV or RV whose logical disk is in the not in use state or the pool to which the logical disk belongs is in the rotation stop state 2012 Overland Storage Inc 43 8 Overview SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Operation Description MV cannot be forcibly separated if the logical disk of the MV is not used or the pool with the logical disk of the MV is stopped Forced separate cannot be executed on the RV side if the logical disk of the target RV is in the not in use state or the pool to which the logical disk belongs is in the rotation stop state Forced separate The copy control of a pair in which the logical disk of the MV or RV is not used or the pool including the logical disk is stopped cannot be changed Change of copy control of pair Operation of Partitioning Function Th
218. e Logical disks you work on do not need to be connected to the server You can operate all the logical disks in the disk array to be monitored by the SnapSAN Manager e Performing operations through the SnapSAN Manager allows you to connect to a disk array and issue I O to the disk array through LAN Management Server SnapSAN Manager Replication Management SnapSAN Manager Embedded Figure 5 3 Operation Linked with SnapSAN Manager Notes on Operation Note the following when using ReplicationControl with the SnapSAN Manager e While ReplicationControl is used with the SnapSAN Manager replication is performed asynchronously with business tasks For replication associated with business tasks data consistency must be retained by using a application r or backup server for file system operations Because of this make sure to install ReplicationControl on each server to use ReplicationControl with SnapSAN Manager in association with operations of the servers 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 6 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview e To perform replications or paring the disk array state monitoring information held by the SnapSAN Manager needs to be the latest Set a short update time interval of the state monitoring information held by the SnapSAN Manager or use the cr option of the SnapSAN Managerrc_Idlist command to update the disk array and logical disk information b
219. e MOUNTVOL command before unmounting When multiple mount points are set for a volume use the D option of the MOUNTVOL command to set only one mount point for the volume and then unmount the volume When using data replication and snapshot functions in serial configuration that is using RV as BV of the snapshot function note the conditions shown below For details on the snapshot function refer to the Snapshot User s Manual Installation and Operation Guide for Windows The following products are required for the disk array Volume Cloning or Replication and Mirroring and Snapshots e When RV is set as BV background copy mode is only available as the copy mode of replication for the RV e When RV is set as BV Restore protect is only available for restoration from RV to MV e When you create a snapshot generation from BV set as RV the pair of the RV must be separated in the state of Separated When performing Separate immediate you can use RV even in the state of Separate Execution spec exec However wait for RV to be separated the state of Separated before creating a snapshot The version of ReplicationControl to be used must support a disk array connected to the server and also another disk array in an Remote Replication relation to that disk array When configuring Remote Replication between disk arrays of different models there may be difference in functions supported by the disk arrays Available functions for R
220. e MV with the NTFS folder path name specified You can also use the MOUNTVOL command through the command prompt to set a drive letter and mount MV in an NTFS folder Example of setting a drive letter To set the drive letter H for the volume under the mount point volume name Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0f7 00004c714491 specify as shown below MOUNTVOL H Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0 7 00004c714491 Repairing the file system The file system may contain inconsistent data Execute CHKDSK F to repair the file system Example of executing CHKDSK Omit the at the end of a mount point volume name when specifying it with CHKDSK CHKDSK Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0f7 00004c714491 F 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 8 32 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Troubleshooting For notes on executing CHKDSK refer to the CHKDSK help 3 File system invalidated on server connected to RV Performing replication without unmounting RV may invalidate the file system If the RV file system has become disabled restore the system by following the restoration procedures Research method When an error occurs with ReplicationControl command or in a program that accesses other disk When the error message shown below appears after the ReplicationControl command is executed or an error such as destroyed file or disk occurs in a program that accesses other disk the file system of RV is
221. e The activity of the target pair is Separate and the synchronous state is not Separate Preparing or Separating e The Overland Replication cannot be specified for a pair set in the same disk array The Overland Replication can be specified only for a pair set across different disk arrays e The disk array where the specified MV and RV are stored is not frozen e The sync state of another RV paired with the specified MV is Separated e When the specified MV is also used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function no restoration error has occurred e When the specified MV is also used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function snapshot has not been established for all snapshot volumes SVs paired with BV e When the specified RV is also used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function Restore is not performed from the snapshot volume SV or no restoration error has occurred e When the specified RV is also used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function Restore update cannot be performed e When the specified MV or RV is also used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function linking is not ongoing for BV e The sync state of the upper MV paired with the specified MV is Separated 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 53 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview The sync state of the lower RV paired with the specified RV is Separated When MV or RV is protected ReadOnly or NotAccessible by t
222. e Unpaired Perform Forced Separate for a paired volume Separated Perform Forced Separate for a volume in the Synchronous state MV Separated Complete Perform Forced Separate for a volume in the Synchronous state Forced Separation Perform Forced Separate for a volume in the Synchronous state MV Forced Separate Perform Forced Separate for a volume in the Synchronous state MV Fault Refer to 3 2 2 HW Fault Unique to Replication in the Data Replication User s Manual Installation and Operation Guide to recover from the failure MV Outside SnapSAN After performing Forced Separate for RV perform Forced Manager Management Separate for MV paired with the RV MV Monitoring Stopped After performing Forced Separate for RV perform Forced Separate for MV paired with the RV MV Freeze After performing Forced Separate for RV perform Forced Separate for MV paired with the RV MV Force Unpaired Perform Forced Unpair for RV RV Separate Complete Perform Forced Separate for a volume in the Synchronous state RV Forced Separate Perform Forced Separate for a volume in the Synchronous state RV Outside SnapSAN After performing Forced Separate for MV perform Forced Manager Management Separate for RV paired with the MV RV Monitoring Stopped After execution of MV Forced Separate perform Forced Separate for the volume in RV with the pair setting RV Freeze After execution o
223. e disk signature operation by the iSMrc_signature command cannot be executed 7 Setting pair Use the Replication Manager GUI to set a pair You can also set a pair by using the iSMrc_pair command Before setting a pair check the vollist_data txt that includes the volume list information created in step 4 and the volume displayed on the Replication Manager GUI and determine a target disk for replication When setting a pair note the following e The MV and RV disk capacities must be equal e The MV and RV disks must be basic disks e The volume format must be WN or WG To use a partition disk in the GUID partition table GPT format set WG e JItis recommended to create MV that consists of only one partition When replication is performed for RV for the first time the RV must be in the following state e On Windows 2000 RV is unallocated 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 47 16 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview e On Windows Server 2003 or Windows Server 2008 the disk to be used as RV has the same partition configuration as MV The drive letter is unassigned and unformatted When a partition disk in the GUID partition table GPT format is used RV is unallocated as in the case of Windows 2000 8 Copying disk application server Perform replication for the pair set in step 7 In this example replication is performed for the logical disk whose name is dev001
224. e file control information is not reflected into volumes an error message may appear when RV is mounted disabling the RV e Oracle or Microsoft SQL Server has a system of maintaining data consistency static point without stopping the database system On a Windows system the drive may be automatically mounted while a service or application that accesses the disk is running even when unmounting is performed Before unmounting a drive by using the iSMrc_umount command be sure to terminate all the applications and services that are accessing the drive Target services and applications example e Explorer e Recycle bin e JIS IIS Admin Service World Wide Web Publishing Service e FTP FTP Publishing Service e FSRM File Server Resource Manager e Link Tracking Service Distributed Link Tracking Server and Distributed Link Tracking Client e Monitoring virus drive software e Backup software e You can identify applications accessing the drive by using the following utility refer to the following website for how to obtain the utility e Utility Process Explorer GUI type Handle command line type e Web site http www sysinternals com e If access to a drive is not completed unmounting iSMrc_umount command may terminate abnormally It is recommended to create a batch file to activate Handle when unmounting iSMrc_umount command terminates abnormally You can discard the cache data in the RV file system by unmou
225. e following options with the iSMrc_ldlist command a option Lists information about the logical disks stored in all disk arrays d option Lists information about disk arrays recognized by the system de option Lists information about the logical disks stored in the specified disk array If a logical disk name is specified only information about the specified logical disk name will be displayed cr option 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 5 75 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview This option can be used only when SnapSAN Manager controlling I O issue to disk arrays via SnapSAN Manager is used together Specify this option to allow SnapSAN Manager to obtain the disk array and logical disk information again which will not be displayed protect option Specify the protect all or protect only option to display additional information about whether logical disks are protected by the data retention function When protect only is specified only protected volumes are displayed Specify this option together with the a option or de option node option When the node option is specified the node number to which the logical disk belongs is additionally displayed Specify this option together with the a option or de option Displayed Information 1 When the a option or the de option is specified Logical disk information is listed as shown below Receiving Disk
226. e in the Synchronous state MV Outside SnapSAN Manager Management Perform Suspend Copy for a pair managed by SnapSAN Manager All Link Path Abnormal Refer to 3 2 2 2 Link fault in the Data Replication User s Manual Installation and Operation Guide to recover from the failure Have been registered to ATgroup Perform Suspend Copy for a pair not registered with the ATgroup Summary Details For more information on this item refer to 0 Information Displayed on Execution Dialog Resume Copy Changes the state of Suspend Copy or Background Copy to the specified copy state Do one of the following to display the Resume Copy window e Select a volume on the Replication Information window click Operation on the menu bar of Replication Manager and then select Volume Operation and Resume Copy e Right click on the Replication Information window to select Volume Operation and Resume Copy 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 45 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Resume Copy Not tnexecutable Info activity Copy Mode selected Replicate md E Synchronous Not s F selectable Selected C Details WD Copy will be resumed or you can select a new copy mode from the following to switch from Suspend Copy status Copy Option iii Copy Mode Synchronous C C L Choose pair s you want to perform resume copy or change copy mode from th
227. e is displayed gt 02600 vg will you execute Yes No Figure 4 11 Unpair Confirmation 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 24 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Conditions to Perform Pairing Unpairing To perform pair setting or unpairing the following conditions must be satisfied Conditions for Pair setting Volumes to be paired must satisfy the following conditions 10400412 002 11 2012 The volume capacities of MV and RV are the same The specified RV is not set as RV for another pair If the specified MV is set as MV for another pair the maximum number of simultaneous pairs is not exceeded The volume formats are the same The pair hierarchy does not form any loop When MV and RV exist in the same disk array and a pair is to be set for the RV a volume to be paired with the RV is in a different disk array The disk array where the specified MV and RV are stored is monitored The disk array where the specified MV and RV are stored is not frozen When the asynchronous remote data replication function Remote Replication Asynchronous is used only one Remote Replication pair can be set for the specified MV For Remote Replication pair setting the capacity of a volume should not exceed 2 TB If the specified MV is registered in the ATgroup the MV and the specified RV are set as a Volume Cloning pair A volume having snapshot attributes other than BV is not set a
228. e list and click Resume You can select one or more pairs to resume copy or change copy mode for them at once Resume Close Help Figure 4 25 Resume Copy Screen Select a pair for which you want to perform Resume Copy from the list and then click the Resume button Multiple pairs can be selected and Resume Copy can be performed for the pairs in a batch Unexecutable pairs cannot be selected Selected Volume List Lists the information about the pair MV RV selected on the Replication Information window Volumes whose Execution Result is Unexecutable cannot be selected because they do not satisfy the conditions to resume copy For Unexecutable volumes take one of the actions listed below according to the Unexecutable Info Unexecutable Info Action Unpaired Volume Perform Resume Copy for a paired volume Have Unpaired Perform Resume Copy for a paired volume Foreground Copy Perform Resume Copy for a volume in the Suspend state Sync Preparation Perform Resume Copy again in the Replicate state other than Sync Preparation Restore Preparing Perform Resume Copy again in the Restore state other than Restore Preparing Separate Perform Resume Copy for a volume in the Suspend state 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 46 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Unexecutable Info Being Separate Preparing by other pair Separate is prepared in another l
229. e messages reported to the standard output standard error output event log or command trace and the detailed internal information If a failure occurs and you want to request the provider to investigate the failure you should collect the operation trace Abnormal end of iSMrc_umount command If a program running on server is referring to the target volume the command will end up an error with the following message shown 1SM13609 Access of specified disk was refused For obtaining a static point in the file system you must research the program in question and include the way of stopping the program into the operation procedures Tt is recommended to use Sysinternals s free software for researching applications that access the drive If iSMrc_umount still terminates abnormally after all applications and services accessing to the target disk are stopped take the following actions e When iSMrc_umount command terminates abnormally on application server Terminate applications application server Stop applications and services that refer to the target volume using a program running on the server After checking that the applications and services are stopped execute the iSMrc_umount command again If the command still terminates abnormally after this process go to the next step Waiting for 60 seconds application server If unmounting of MV has failed wait for 60 seconds and then separate MV and RV to escape from the failure
230. e not performed the operation recreating a disk access name after changing the LD configuration by setting the Access Control in VERITAS Volume Manager 4 1 or later e The operation may be performed for an LD other than that in the disk group when the disk group DG is specified e The operation may abnormally terminate due to a mount check error that occurs during restoration 1 Recreate the VxVM disk access name in addition to the conventional operation procedures after changing the LD configuration LUN number reallocation or change that can modify the LD special file name Operations to the volume in the Not Ready state and rebooting the OS conventional step 1 Ifa volume in the Not Ready state exists on the server change the status so that the volume can be read or written to Reboot the OS to allow it to recognize the changed configuration Recreate the VxVM disk access name Recreate the VxVM disk access name to make it consistent with the special file name Perform the following operations by using the root account 5 Delete the following file which retains the disk access name rm etc vx disk info 6 Restart the VxVM configuration daemon and recreate the disk access name vxconfigd k Do not execute any VxVM command while restarting the configuration daemon Recreate the volume list iSMvollist r To use the Mapper Multipathing DM Multipath special file dev ddX X is a lower case alphabet in LVM the f
231. e only to the cache Therefore this copy mode little degrades the performance For Remote Replication performance is degraded by this copy mode in proportion to the distance between the disk arrays Semi sync mode Updates to MV and RV are done asynchronously up to acertain data size When the MV update is completed and data not reflected into RV is within the predetermined data size informs the host of I O completion without waiting for the RV update and immediately reflects the updates into the RV If the data not reflected to RV has exceeded the predetermined size the system acts in the same way as Foreground Copy Sync mode This can be set only for Remote Replication Background Updates to MV and RV are done asynchronously Copy After the MV update is completed informs the host of the I O completion without waiting for the RV update The data updated in RV is accumulated as differential information and reflected into RV asynchronously with the MV update The interval of copy to RV can be set for individual disk arrays background copy level Setting Access Resiriction for RV Data replication gives no access restrictions for MV allowing Read Write RW at any time For RV set the access restriction for RV in the Replicate or Restore state to Not Ready NR to prevent malfunction unless there are specific reasons When Read Only RO is set the system action differs depending on the operating system or the file sys
232. e partition becomes available Mounting RV Mount RV on the backup server In the following example ext3 is used as a file system in an environment where PathManager is installed mount t ext3 dev ddf3_ rvfs1 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 411 16 overland storage chorter12 Operation and Maintenance Linux Overview This chapter describes an example of operation using the data replication function the procedure for replication and the trouble shooting for failures that may occur during operations Backup Operation This section describes an example of the static point backup operation using the replication function Data of the master volume MV used in operation is replicated to the replication volume RV Then it is saved to the tape by using backup software Assume that the backup environment has the configuration shown in Figure 3 1 Now the volumes have been set as a pair and operation has started in the Separated state Application Server Backup Server ca n Master Volume Replication Volume Figure 12 1 Backup Operations 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 412 1 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Work flow of the backup example Application server gt lt Backup server gt Stel UnmountingRV 1 Unmounting RV Q Desctivating the volume group or deporting the disk group Siaa Temins
233. e partitioning function is used to divide disk array resources disks cache memories and ports into logical units such as tasks to create and manage virtual storages VSPAR Virtual Storage Partition that have independent resources In the partitioning function the virtual storage is called partition A user who operates and manages specific partitions is called partition user The partition user is authorized by a storage group user or a storage user user who operates and manages all the disk arrays to operate specific partitions Partition users have the same user levels as storage group users and storage users Depending on the level a partition user can perform one of the following types of operation e monitor Only reference e operator Administrative operations related to replication copy e administrator All operations The operation restrictions listed below are imposed depending on the authority given to a partition user Operation Restrictions by Partitioning Function Partition User Operation Description Pair setting User must be authorized to manage the partition where MV and RV to be paired belong to perform pair settings Unpairing User must be authorized to manage the partition where MV and RV to be unpaired belong to perform pair settings Forced unpair User must be authorized to manage the partition where MV and RV belong to perform Forced Unpair Replicate Replicate cannot be execut
234. e prevention state Prevent and operations that require data updates in the MV and RV cannot be performed Therefore unmount MV and RV from the server before performing this operation Commands are used for performing this operation For details about the conditions for using the commands etc refer to 0 Pair Swap Command Update in MV completed Update Prevented Update Prevented Update Prevented naai s as E E wap SNo 7 difference e a a Update Prevented Update Prevented Update Prevented Replicate synchronous Separate Figure 3 1 Swap in Remote Replication Pair and State Transition Large capacity Volume Larger Than 2 TB The capacity of volumes to be paired for data replication has an upper limit This capacity is called Maximum Capacity of Volume to be Paired which differs depending on the disk array Volumes with a capacity of less than 2 TB can be paired in all disk arrays that support the data replication function For a large capacity volume of which capacity is 2 TB or more in a disk array with Maximum Capacity of Volume to be Paired of 2 TB or more volumes not exceeding the maximum volume capacity can be paired for Volume Cloning or Remote Replication 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 43 1 SnapSAN S 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview e For Remote Replication each disk array has an upper limit of Maximum Capacity of Volume to be Paired The s
235. e system configuration e Olh Fixed Replication Port N Port Identifier Indicates the port ID of the destination 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 88 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Path State Normal Indicates the normal status Offline Indicates that the link setting is unconfirmed during startup of the disk array Freeze Indicates that the Data Replication function in the destination disk array is frozen Link Checking Indicates that the link status is being checked due to a communication failure in the link Fault Indicates that the link is invalid due to a communication failure in the link Not Clear Indicates the state other than the above Link Disk Array Name Indicates a name to identify the linked disk array Link Type Display Description FC Indicates that FC is used for the Remote Replication function of the connected disk array iSCSI Indicates that iSCSI is used for the Remote Replication function of the connected disk array Link Mode Display Description Normal Indicates a normal line The line speed is 30 Mbps or more and the bandwidth is guaranteed Low Indicates a low speed line The line speed is less than 30 Mbps or this is a best effort line Displaying Copy Fault List The copy fault list shows the pairs where a copy failure occurred When a copy failure occurs do the following for recovery e The copy fault list window cannot be used
236. e upper pair that is paired with MV of the target pair is not Separating 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 48 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview The sync of the lower pair that is paired with RV of the target pair is not Separate Preparing or Separating The disk array where the specified MV and RV are stored is not frozen For an Remote Replication pair forced separation can be performed for the MV or the RV on the local disk array even if the replication function of the remote disk array is frozen The function to start the use of RV immediately after the start of separation Separate immediate cannot be used for an Remote Replication pair A dynamic disk is not used Before starting separation flush and unmount the file system of MV to secure the pause point The logical disk of MV or RV is not stopped by or the pool to which the logical disk belongs is not stopped by the power saving function When MV is separated the logical disk of the MV is not stopped by or the pool to which the logical disk of the MV belongs is not stopped by the power saving function When RV is separated the logical disk of the RV is not stopped by or the pool to which the logical disk of the RV belongs is not stopped by the power saving function The replication reserved volume for the target MV or RV is not a bottleneck The following does not apply when ReplicationControl is used together with SnapSAN
237. ecessary to execute their necessary instructions and operations correctly in accordance with the defined operation procedures in an application server and a backup server Therefore it is necessary to create a script etc in accordance with the system configuration and features of applications and execute the script automatically with operation management software job scheduling software etc to link the application and backup servers for operation Tape Device Disk Array Figure 10 8 Link between Application and Backup Server Backup Operation Form You can use the following two operation forms for backup operation using the data replication function e Separate Operation In this form MV and RV are operated in the Separate state during operation 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 10 5 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Before starting backup synchronize MV with RV by Replicate and execute Separate to update RV data and acquire backup After acquiring backup leave MV and RV in the Separate state and hold backup data in RV e Replicate Operation In this form MV and RV are operated in the Replicate state during operation Before starting backup execute Separate to determine RV data and acquire backup After acquiring backup start Replicate to execute synchronization Therefore the RV backup data is not maintained Separate operation A
238. ecreate the volume list to reflect the new information Note that an error or inconsistency may occur at execution of replication operation command unless the volume list is updated 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 411 11 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Preparing Volume Preparing Volume To create and operate a thin provisioning volume refer to Restrictions by the Thin Provisioning Function of Operation Restrictions in the Data Replication User s Manual Function Guide and check notes on the thin provisioning function Example of Application to LVM Disk This section describes an example of using a volume group where you use RV on the different application server from the one including MV after replication from MV to RV non LVM disk LVM Configuration MV 2 GB idev sdd J Logical Disk Volume Group Disk Pool idevivg01 a Logical Volume i Separated Disk Space f Figure 11 7 LVM Configuration Linux Creating a file system To use MV as a file system for the first time create a file system per partition If you have already used MV following this step is not necessary Create a file system by entering a command as shown below In this example ext3 is used as a file system mkfs t ext3 dev vg01 lvol Setting a pair Set a pair by following the description of pair setting in the Data Replication User s Manual Function Guide You can also set a pair wi
239. ected disk array and the linked disk array are refreshed and redisplayed In any case clicking the Cancel button before Update is completed returns the screen to the state before update 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 85 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Do one of the following e Select View on the menu bar to select Refresh e Press the F5 key When you click the Refresh button the following message is displayed 9 02602 9 Information being displayed now will be all discarded Is it OK to execute cms Figure 4 66 Refresh Confirmation Displaying Disk Array Properties Properties of a disk array shows how the disk array is set Do one of the following e Select a disk array in the configuration display area select View on the menu bar and then Properties e Select a disk array in the configuration display area right click it and then select Properties 52900_3 Properties 2900_3 Differential Map Implemented Replication Status Ready Background Copy Level a Maximum Number of RVs per MV 2 64 SAA 02002000003013840818000000000000 ooo000000000000000000000 Maximum Number of Concentrators Maximum Number of concentrators Simultaneously Running on Semi Synchronous Copy Mode Maximum Number of Volumes in ll ATgroups Maximum Number of Volumes in One ATgroup Function to specify Destination Disk Array Name in Creating A
240. ed but cannot be set due to replication Figure 4 34 RV Warning 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 55 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Conditions to Perform RV Mode Change To perform RV Mode Change the following conditions must be satisfied 10400412 002 11 2012 The target RV is recognized by Replication Manager as the Replication target disk The target MV and RV are paired In the Separated state when R W Permit is specified The sync of the target pair is not Sync Preparation Separate Preparing or Restore Preparing The sync of the pair of the specified RV and the paired lower RV is not Sync Preparation Separate Preparing or Restore Preparing The disk array where the specified MV and RV are stored is not frozen The disk array where the specified RV is stored is monitored The specified RV is not registered in the ATgroup The pool including the specified MV or RV is not stopped by the power saving function The specified MV or RV is not stopped by the power saving function The system administrator partition user is authorized to control partitions to which the specified MV and RV belong In the Separated state when Clear Soft Mirror Info is specified for a volume of A4 type The replication reserved volume for the target MV or RV is not a bottleneck The specified RV is not being used by the data migration function 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 56 Sna
241. ed or deleted Operation Procedure Select Operation and then Define Control Volume on the Volume List Display window to display the Define Control Volume window 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 34 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview f Define Control Yolume O01h 0005h LOCAL_DATA1 Tokyo_Customer_ 002 0006h WN LOCAL_DATA2 Tokyo_Customer_ Figure 5 22 Define Control Volume The following describes the items displayed on the Define Control Volume window Selected Volume List Lists already registered control volumes 5 Displays a logical disk selected as a control volume Candidate Volume List Lists candidates of logical disks that can be registered as a control volume The type of logical disk displayed on the window is IV or MV amp Displays a logical disk that can be registered as a control volume 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 35 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview If an error is detected in the saved definition information one of the following icons will appear to indicate the error when the Define Control Volume window is opened Description Indicates that a logical disk defined as a control volume is in an inappropriate state for one of the following reasons The control volume is paired as RV A snapshot generation is added to specify the control volume as a base vo
242. ed Volume Figure 11 4 Logical Disk Configuration Linux Settings of Disk Array Name Logical Disk Name and Port Name You can assign identification names to hardware components managed by the SnapSAN Manager Identification names can be given to the following items e Disk array subsystem name e Logical disk names plus OS type e Port name There are restrictions on character types and character string length to be used to set a disk array subsystem name logical disk name and port name It is reeommended to set these names considering the operating conditions and server connection conditions In addition determine the OS type of logical disks according to the servers connected Each of these settings is set from the SnapSAN Manager If the LD configuration is changed after starting the servers separate all pairs on all servers connected to the LD whose configuration is changed and after changing the configuration be sure to execute the Volume List create display command GSMvollist r Disk array name Overland_Customer_DataBase 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 411 5 SnapSAN S3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Disk Array Configuration LD No OS type Logical disk name Remarks 0000h LX DB_DATA_MV MV for DB data file 0001h DB_REDO1_MV MV for DB REDO file 1 o002h DB_REDO2_MV MV for DB REDO file 2 oooh DB_CTL_MV MV for DB control file 0004h DB_ARCHIVE_MV MV for DB arc
243. ed for identifying a device that is connected to the SCSI bus One ID is assigned to one disk array Application Server Target ID Switch Bus Disk Array Figure 5 7 Relations between System Configuration and HBT By using the iSMvollist command you can associate the corresponding system information with the logical disk of a disk array that can be recognized by the application server to store the required volume information in the volume list You can specify only the volumes registered with the volume list when performing data replication or snapshot Therefore you need to execute the iSMvollist command to create the volume list beforehand 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 12 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview After adding or deleting a disk array to from the system or creating or cancelling a logical disk be sure to update the volume list to reflect the information into the list If the volume list is not updated inconsistency may occur during data replication snapshot or a disk operation such as flushing or unmounting of a Windows volume Main Options You can specify the following options with the iSMvollist command a Creates updates the volume list cr Scans devices connected to the system to create or update the volume list b Displays the volume list You can select one of the following options Option Description d option Lists disk array inf
244. ed if the authority for the partition to which the MV or RV belongs is not given Restore Restore cannot be executed if the authority for the partition to which the MV or RV belongs is not given Separate Separate cannot be executed if the authority for the partition to which the MV or RV belongs is not given Forced separate Forced separate cannot be executed if the authority for the partition to which the MV or RV belongs is not given 10400412 002 11 2012 Forced User must be authorized to manage the partition where MV Cancellation of and RV belong to forcibly cancel update prevention Update Prevention 2012 Overland Storage Inc 43 9 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Operation Description Change of copy The copy control cannot be changed if the authority for the control of pair partition to which the MV or RV belongs is not given RV mode change The RV mode cannot be changed if the authority for the partition to which the MV or RV belongs is not given Freeze defreeze Freeze defreeze cannot be performed Change of The background copy level cannot be changed background copy level Note the following when using the partitioning function depending on the environment When using the partitioning function for a pair connected by Remote Replication that has a remote disk array managed by a different SnapSAN Manager you must set user definition and authority for each Snap
245. ed pair e MV only Displays the states of all the pairs set with MV e RV only Displays the states of pairs in the same way as when MV and RV are specified Displayed Information The iSMrc_query command displays the following information 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 63 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview On the Windows system Displayed information MV Disk No disk_number LD Nameld_name Typetype Volume Namevolume_name Pathpath RV Disk No disk_ number LD Nameld_name Typetype Volume Namevolume_name Pathpath Activity State activity Sync State sync Copy Control Statecopy lt state gt Start TimeYYYY MM DD hh mm ss lt state gt End TimeYYYY MM DD hh mm ss Separate Diffseparate diffsize Copy Diffcopy diffsize RV Access rvacc Previous Active prev_state Description disk_number Physical disk number ld_name Logical disk name type OS type volume name Mount point volume name path Drive letter or path name mounted in the NTFS folder activity Activity sync State of pair operation copy Copy Control lt state gt Start Time Operation start time lt state gt is variable lt state gt End Time Operation end time lt state gt is variable separate diffsize Difference in data that was made in the Separate state Updates made in MV and RV are separately managed as the difference in data Updates in MV will be displayed if MV is specified and updates in RV will be di
246. edure Suspend Copy Changes the state of Foreground Copy or Background Copy to Suspend Copy 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 43 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Do one of the following to display the Suspend Copy window e Select a volume on the Replication Information window click Operation on the menu bar of Replication Manager and then select Volume Operation and Suspend Copy e Right click on the Replication Information window to select Volume Operation and Suspend Copy Suspend Copy Selected Result Unexecutable Info Activity Logical Disk Name x fh4s000001 MSPC Replicate 443000001 MSPD Not te SPB selected Not selectable C Details Q Change from Foreground Copy status or Background Copy status to Suspend Copy status Choose pair s you want to perform suspend copy from the list and click Suspend You can select one or more pairs to perform suspend copy for them at once Suspend Close Help Figure 4 24 Suspend Copy Screen Select a pair for which you want to perform Suspend from the list and then click the Suspend button Multiple pairs can be selected and Separate can be performed for the pairs in a batch Unexecutable pairs cannot be selected Selected Volume List Lists the information about the pair MV RV selected on the Replication Information window Volumes whose Execution Result is Unexecutable cannot be selected
247. efore performing replication or pairing For how to specify the environment settings such as update time interval of state monitoring information held by the SnapSAN Manager refer to the installation guide Serially Configured Pair and Remote Operation It also enables you to perform replications for serially configured pairs on a remote disk array Management Server SnapSAN Manager Replication Management SnapSAN Manager Embedded Figure 5 4 Serial Configuration Pair and Remote Operations The remote operations shown below can be performed for pairs and volumes on a remote disk array These functions support the simultaneous replication of serially configured pairs Remote Operation Commands Command Name Operation Description iSMrc_separate Separate Separates a remote pair iSMrc_replicate Replicate Replicates a remote pair iSMrc_restore Restore Restores a remote pair iSMrc_change Copy Control Change Changes the copy control of a remote pair iSMrc_wait Wait for State Waits for the copy state of a remote pair to change iSMrc_query Paired State Display Displays the copy state of a remote pair 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 7 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Command Name Operation Description iSMrc_sense Volume List Display Displays information about a remote volume iSMrc_updprevent Cancellation of update Can
248. emote Replication pair operations and remote operations are limited to the functions that are mutually supported by the disk arrays thus you cannot perform operations exceeding this function range In Windows Server 2008 User Account Control UAC is enabled as default To log on as a user other than a local system administrator already registered with the OS and perform ReplicationControl functions be authorized as a system administrator in advance e To execute a ReplicationControl command from the command prompt select Run as administrator when starting the command prompt e To update the replication operation option setting file start a text editor etc with the authority of system administrator 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 49 7 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Windows System Volumes and Partitions If you perform Rescan Disks or Refresh in Windows Disk Management on an Windows Server 2008 system that includes a volume in the Not Ready or Not Available state such as RV for which access restrictions are imposed the error message shown below may be recorded in the event log Even if a message is recorded the system operation will not be affected lt Message example gt SourceVirtual Disk Service Event ID1 Description An unexpected error has occurred Error code 183 02000018 A different value may be displayed for the error code When you back up data from RV to a tape
249. en MV and RV at Restore has Execution rst exec not been completed The difference is being reflected from RV to MV When Restore update is performed the updates made in MV are reflected into RV When Restore update is performed the updates made in MV are not reflected into RV As a rule read and write to RV are not allowed sync rst sync Reflection of the difference between MV and RV at Restore has been completed When Restore update is executed the updated data of the MV is reflected into the RV When Restore protect is performed the state automatically changes to Separated without reflecting updates in MV into RV As a rule read and write to RV are not allowed Copy Control If an activity between volumes set as a pair is Replicate or Restore you can change the method for copying data between MV and RV according to the status of the load on the disk array A state that changes on the instruction to change a copy method is called Copy Control State There are the following two types of copy between MV and RV under the Replicate or Restore state e Copy for reflecting difference Copy to reflect data in MV at the start of Replicate or RV at the start of Restore into RV MV for Restore e Copy for reflecting updates made in MV into RV Copy to reflect updates made in MV into RV after Replicate or Restore is performed However if Restore protect is performed updates made in MV are not reflected into RV You c
250. en the Refresh Information progress bar reaches the end Refresh of the Connection window is completed Information Acquiring Figure 4 55 Progress Bar Characters in Volume Characters displayed in a volume figure indicate a volume attribute Attribute Description MV Master volume RV Replication volume BV Base volume RV MV RV that is also MV paired with another RV It has both attributes of RV and MV MV BV BV paired as MV that has both attributes of MV and BV MV CV CV paired as MV that has both attributes of MV and CV RV BV BV paired as RV that has both attributes of RV and BV RV MV BV BV paired as RV MV that has attributes of MV RV and BV SV Snapshot a snapshot is canceled due to the shortage of SRA capacity appears at the lower right of the volume figure LV Link volume Icon Description Not managed may appear if paired volumes are connected by aaa Remote Replication and the disk array of the remote volume is not managed by SnapSAN Manager or not monitored Not managed 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 74 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Icon Description Unpaired may appear as shown above if 1 paired volumes are connected by Remote Replication and the host lt a ae Sasa es connected with the local volume i cannot recognize the remote Unpaired volume because of Forced Unpair performed for the remote volume etc 2
251. ends 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 5 60 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview On the Windows System Execution message Waiting End message activity state Normal EndYYYY MM DD hh mm ss MV disk_numberld_nametype volume_name path RV disk_numberld_nametype volume_name path Description If you do not want the execution message to appear change the RPL_WAITMSG setting in the replication option setting file For information about the replication option setting file refer to the ControlCommand Command Reference activity state Activity of the paired volumes for which the wait is completed Replicatesync rpl sync Restoresynce rst sync SeparateSeparated including the separated state that follows completion of RV Restore protect YYYY MM DD hh mm ss Start End time Year Month Day Hour Minute Second disk_number Physical disk number ld_name Logical disk name type 0S type volume _name Mount point volume name path Drive letter or path name mounted on the NTFS volume folder accessed by users Waiting Periods are dynamically updated until a wait is completed On the UNIX system Execution message Waiting End message activity state Normal EndYYYY MM DD hh mm ss MV disk_numberld_nametype RV disk_numberld_ nametype 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 5 61 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview
252. eparation Action Perform Separate again in the Replicate state other than Sync Preparation Restore Preparing Perform Separate again when Restore is completed Restoring Execute Separate again when Restored is completed Being Separate Preparing by other pair Separate is prepared in another layer Perform Separate again after the Separate is completed Separating by other pair Separate is being executed in another layer Perform Separate again after the Separate is completed Suspend Perform Separate again in the Synchronous state after copy is resumed Abnormal Suspend Refer to 3 2 2 HW Fault Unique to Replication in the Data Replication User s Manual Installation and Operation Guide to recover from the failure Freeze Defreeze the Data Replication function to perform Separate again MV Monitoring Stopped Change the disk array of MV to the Monitored state to perform Separate again RV Monitoring Stopped Change the disk array of RV to the Monitored state to perform Separate again MV Force Unpaired Perform Forced Unpair for RV RV Force Unpaired Perform Forced Unpair for MV RV Forced Separate Perform Separate for a volume in the Synchronous state MV Outside SnapSAN Manager Management Perform Separate for a pair managed by SnapSAN Manager All Link Path Abnormal Refer to 3 2 2 2 Link fault in the Data Replication User s Manual Ins
253. eplication is performed on a logical disk basis Figure 9 1 Disk Multiple Programs To prevent this type of trouble it is not recommended to perform data replication for a logical disk that contains multiple partitions or logical volumes Be extremely careful when using a logical disk that contains multiple partitions or logical volumes for operation Selecting File System You can create a file system for each of MV and RV to be replicated These volumes can be used as RAW devices for ORACLE etc The paired MV and RV to be replicated must have the same type of partitions and file systems If these rules are not observed data consistency is not guaranteed Selecting Windows System To application servers using MV and backup servers using RV a system configuration where Windows 2000 Server Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008 are combined can be applicable for example servers of Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server or servers of Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 Whether to combine them with new Windows environments to be provided hereafter will be determined following the Microsoft policy Disk Signatures A disk signature is a disk identifier that is written in the header block of a disk when it is referred for the first time by Disk Management Windows The Windows system does not allow you to use two or more disks with the same signature in the same server For paired volumes on an Windows system
254. eporting the disk group dg01 on an application server vxdg deport dg01 Example of deporting the RV disk group dg01 on a backup server vxdg deport dg01 vxdisk offline sdf To separate the master volume MV and the replication volume RV that are being replicated for backup etc 1 Stop the data update in the MV and write all the data remaining in the OS cache completely into the MV to obtain a data static point a Before separating MV and RV temporarily separate the VxVM disk group from applications by unmounting the file system and deporting the disk group After the separation is completed you can resume the data update in the MV To use the VxVM disk group in applications 2 Import and activate the disk group and mount the file system When you restart a backup server on which replication or restoration has put the RV into the Not Ready state VxVM may not recognize the RV disk When it occurs follow the procedure below to allow VxVM to recognize the RV To release the RV from the Not Ready state application server 1 Separate the pair in the Replicate or the Restore state to release the RV from the Not Ready state You can also perform separation from the SnapSAN Manager Replication Manager 2 Restart the backup server to which the RV is connected and make OS and VxVM recognize the RV disk and the partition information 3 Take the RV disk offline vxdisk offline sdf 4 To operate the separated pair in the Replicate st
255. erver 2008 execute the MOUNTVOL command on the server to which RV is connected to suppress the automount of volumes MOUNTVOL N Restarting Server Connected to RV If RV is in one of the following states when the server connected to RV is restarted or the server is down the RV may not be recognized by the operating system after the server is restarted e When RV is placed in the Not Ready cannot be read updated state by performing replication or restoration e When RV is placed in the Not Ready state since RV is unmounted by the iSMrc_umount command on Windows 2000 In this case you must set the operating system to recognize RV after restarting the server This section describes the procedure for restarting a server connected to RV and the restoration to make the operating system recognize RV If Disk Management Windows is started with disks in the Not Ready state a window wizard may be started to initialize those disks If initialization is unnecessary select Cancel to close the window Disks in the Not Ready state cannot be initialized When restarting server e Shutting down server backup server e Shut down the server connected to RV Performing separation application server Separate all pairs that have not been separated when pairs in the Replicate or Restore state exist for example a pair is in the Replicate state for operation Separation can also be performed from the Replication Manager of SnapSAN Mana
256. essage appears and RV is mounted allowing it to be used as a file system Mount Start2001 02 21 12 26 14 disk11devO02WN Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0 7 00004c714491 D iSMrc_mount Info iSM13220 Setting drive letter D has succeeded Mount Normal End2001 02 21 12 26 14 disk11devO02WN Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0 7 00004c714491 D Use RV again as a backup volume Restarting services backup server Resume the applications and services that were stopped If you stopped services restart them by following the procedure below Example Restarting a service NET START service name To restart the service ESMCommonService specify as follows NET START ESMCommonService Example of Using Replication Volumes This section describes how to build the environment same as that used for actual operations using a replication volume 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 8 21 SnapSAN S 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Operations Overview Application Server Backup Server La iim Disk Copy a gt fe i Replication Volume Separate Master Volume Replication Volume Figure 8 10 Configuration Restoration Used By using Separate immediate you can reduce the duration to stop the actual operations because the system does not need to wait for copy completion You can also reduce the duration to stop operations in the backup server because you can access RV to refer to
257. essage output when a drive letter or an NTFS folder name is deleted automatically Conditions to Display Specific Volume Information To perform unmounting the following conditions must be satisfied e The target volume is registered in the volume list e The target volume can be read and written in e A dynamic disk is not used e When the volume to be unmounted is being used by another application executing the iSMrc_unmount command may result in an error If this error occurs execute the CHKDSK command with F X specified to forcibly cancel reference or update by other applications e When the offline option is specified or the volume to be unmounted is LV on Windows 2000 the access restrictions for the disk logical disk is changed to the Not Ready state When unmounting a volume on the disk with multi partition configuration you should understand the procedure well and unmount the volume carefully because all volumes partitions on the target disk are in the state where reference and update are disabled e To specify the offline option or when the volume to be unmounted is LV only one mount point drive letter or NTFS folder name needs to be set to the target volume A volume to which no mount point is set or multiple mount points are set cannot be unmounted e The update of the target volume is not prevented by the volume update prevention function Disk Signature Operation Command To perform the disk signature operation
258. estore Execute Restore by copying data from RV to MV Mounting MV and restarting operation Mount MV by an application server andrestart operation Figure 10 4 Basic Flow Restore Restoring environment Unmounting MY and RY Restore environmentsuch as rebinding MV and respecify a pair Unmount MY and RY to clear the file system Backup Server DiskArray Tape Device Tape Device Mounting MY and restarting operation a re Disk Array Disk Array Tape Device Figure 10 5 Restore Flow 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 410 3 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Accessing MV After Start of Restoration After Restore is started MV data restored from RV can be used immediately even if Restore is being executed When access is made to an area where copy from RV to MV is not completed in MV for which Restore is being executed it is possible to access restored data by giving high priority to the area to be copied in the disk array Therefore it is possible to shorten time taken to restart operation by executing roll forward of database and other restoration procedures immediately after start of Restore without waiting for completion of the Restore Application Servers Cluster Operated After start of Restore execute restoration procedures immediately Backup Server Disk Array J Priority is given to copy the Tape D evice acces
259. eted On Windows 2000 the access restriction for RV is changed to Not Ready Set NOTREADY for the UMOUNT_RVACC parameter in the replication operation option setting file to suppress RV automount before operation iSMrc_umount drv H offline Then the following message appears and RV is unmounted Umount Start2001 02 21 12 27 02 disk11devO0O2WN Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0f7 00004c714491 H iSMrc_umount Info iSM138221 Resetting drive letter H has succeeded Umount Normal End2001 02 21 12 27 02 disk11dev002WN Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0f7 00004c714491 H 2012 Overland Storage Inc 48 3 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Operations Overview 4 Performing replication application server Perform replication to copy data from MV to RV In this example the replication operation file is used and replication is performed with the following settings Copy range Difference default value Update reflection to RV Sync mode default value RV access restriction nr Not Ready default value Waiting for copy completion Specified Assume that the replication operation file contains the following disks txt Type MVType RV ld dev0011d dev002 iSMrc_replicate file disks txt wait Then the following message appears and copy from MV to RV begins Replicate Start2001 02 21 12 27 10 MV 10dev001WN Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce G RV dev002 WN 5 Terminati
260. f MV Forced Separate perform Forced Separate for the volume in RV with the pair setting 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 59 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Unexecutable Info Action RV Force Unpaired Perform Forced Unpair for MV Have been registered to Perform Forced Separate for a volume not registered in the ATgroup ATgroup Summary Details For more information on this item refer to 0 Information Displayed on Execution Dialog Rename Media Specifies an operation to be performed in response to a request for renaming the media of RV that is made after Separate is completed Radio Button Description No Does not write a media name into a separated RV The Clear Soft Mirror Info checkbox becomes selectable When No is specified the media name of RV becomes the same as that of MV after Separate is performed so that the ACOS 4 system may not recognize the volumes Yes Writes a media name into a separated RV Enter a media name in the New Media Name edit box The Clear Soft Mirror Info remains checked and unselectable so that the information is always cleared Clear Soft Mirror Info Specifies an operation to be performed in response to a request for clearing the software mirror information of RV that is made after Separate is completed Checkbox Description Checked Clears the software mirror information for a separated RV Unchecked Does not clear the software mirror i
261. for a volume Displays the transition time when Forced Separate is performed or a failure occurred Displays the estimated remaining time until copy completion while Sync Separate or Restore is being performed Displays the time of the RV side when the RV is in the Separate or Forced Separate state Displays the time of the RV side when the disk array including MV is not recognized by Replication Manager Displays the time of the MV side when the disk array including RV is not recognized by Replication Manager Identity Displays the identity of MV and RV NOTE The estimated remaining time may not be correct because it changes depending on the monitoring timing devices the status of lines etc For between snapshot related volumes 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 72 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide The following information is displayed between BV and SV Status Displays the snapshot status Creation Time Displays the time the last snapshot was created Generation Number Displays the generation number and the generation attribute of a snapshot While snapshot restoring the following information is also displayed Restore start Displays the start time of Restore Remaining copy time Displays the estimated remaining time to completion of copy StorageS2800 1 StorageS2800 1 02ddh N LDB_28_1_3 02e2h WN LDS_28_1_4 IY 1 25 GBC15 07HB S e Status
262. form the Create Update Volume List operation on the Volume List Display window window operation Update a volume list with the system administrator authority When updating a volume list note the following so that the information to be registered with the volume list including the logical disk and volume information already registered is complete Update a volume list in the following states e The path between the disk array and the server is normally connected e The logical disk in the disk array is recognized as a server OS disk device e The volume partitions in the disk is recognized by the server OS Especially in a server connected to RV the RV may not be recognized by the server OS when the server is restarted while the RV is in the Not Ready cannot be read or written state In such a case it is required to have the OS recognize the RV again after the server restarts For how to restart a server connected to RV and restoration to have the OS recognize RV again 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt q 8 39 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Troubleshooting When you add delete or change a control volume definition in a disk array that cannot recognize control volume attributes perform the following before updating the volume list e Register a logical disk to be used as a control volume in advance by performing the Define Control Volume operation on the Volume List Display wind
263. g Forced Unpair with MV or RV specified remove the cause of the failure and then perform Forced Unpair for the other volume RV or MV in other normal system 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 79 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview If Forced Unpair is performed for either MV or RV subsequent replication operations will not function properly because the states of MV and RV are inconsistent Displayed Information When the iSMrc_pair command succeeds in pair setting or unpairing the following message appears 1SM13247 Command has completed successfully code pppp XXXX XXXX XXXX Description pppp Process number xxxx Detailed information code value for maintenance Conditions to Display Specific Volume Information To perform pair setting or unpairing the following conditions must be satisfied 10400412 002 11 2012 The disk array where the MV and RV are stored is not frozen The capacities and OS types of MV and RV that will be paired are the same The logical disk for which pair setting will be performed does not exceed the maximum capacity of a volume that can be paired RV to be set as a pair is not set as RV of another pair The pair to be unpaired is in the Separated state The logical disk to be paired is not registered with the reservation group The volume to be paired is not a link volume LV The volume to be paired is not a snapshot volume SV or a snapsh
264. g settings RV operation mode RV protection RV access restriction nr Not Ready default value Waiting for copy completion Not specified default value It is also assumed that the replication operation file contains the following disks txt Type MV Type RV Id dev001 Id dev002 When restoration with RV protection specified is completed MV and RV are automatically separated iSMrc_restore file disks txt mode protect Perform restoration a ie B Figure 8 9 Perform Restoration Mounting MV application server Use MV again on applications When a partition disk in the GUID partition table GPT format is used perform the following on the application server before going to the subsequent steps Restarting application server Restart the application server to write a disk signature into MV Recognizing disks on MV Start Disk Management Windows to assign a drive letter to the volume 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 48 19 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Operations Overview Recreating volume list After assigning a drive letter recreate the volume list Mount MV to associate it with a file system iSMrc_mount drv D Then the following message appears and MV is mounted allowing it to be used as a file system Mount Start2001 02 21 12 23 17 disk10dev0O01WN Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce D Mount Normal End2001 02 21 12 23 17 disk10dev001WN
265. ger If all pairs have been separated this step is unnecessary In this example the replication operation file is used and separation is performed with the following settings e Access restrictions for RV after separation rw Read Write e Specify the wait for Separate completion It is also assumed that the replication operation file contains the following disks txt Type MVType RV ld dev0011d dev002 iSMrc_separate file disks txt wait Restarting server backup server Confirm that separation is completed and then restart the backup server Scanning disk backup server 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 48 35 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Troubleshooting Execute the command below to scan disks and make the server recognize the disks in the Not Ready state and the volumes that cannot be mounted On Windows 2000 cancel the Not Ready state of a disk that was placed in the state due to unmounting by the iSMrc_umount command etc before making the server recognize the disks iSMrc_scan The following message appears and disks are scanned It may take several tens of seconds to complete the scanning Scan Start2001 02 21 11 09 13 Scan Normal End2001 02 21 11 10 48 Then use the MOUNTVOL command to check that all the target disks can be recognized from the operating system MOUNTVOL L Also display the information about the volume list to check that the mount point volume n
266. h a special file name logical disk name is specified the same number of logical volumes that make up the volume group or disk group is specified as MV RV on the special file name logical disk name side In this case Copy is performed in specified sequential order e When a volume group is specified the group target volume group must be active e When a disk group is specified the group target disk group must be active e An SnapSAN Manager special file is not being created for Linux version only 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 62 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview e Pair setting e MV or RV is registered with the volume list e A volume list is not being created or updated e The disk array is not frozen Not a dynamic disk Figure 5 34 Execute Conditions for Wait Command Replication State Display Command To display a replication state use the iSMrc_query command Main Options You can specify the following options with the iSMrc_query command 1 Specifying paired volumes Specify MV and RV e Specifying MV mv volume mvflg mv_flg Specifies a volume and volume type for MV e Specifying RV rv volume rvflg rv_flg Specifies a volume and volume type for RV For information about volume types refer to 0 Volume Types The target volumes MV and or RV can be specified in any of the combinations below e MV and RV Displays the state of the specifi
267. han the server that contains MV The master volume MV data data files currently used for operation is replicated to the replication volume RV and then the replicated data is used on the application server 2 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 412 9 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Application Server 1 Application Server 2 Master Volume Replication Volume Figure 12 9 Logical Volume Pair Setting and Replication Work flow for an example of the use of the replication volume lt Application server 1 gt lt Application server 2 gt Step 1 Unmounting RV 1 Unmountng RV 2 Deactivating the volume group or deporting the disk group Siep3 Terminati licati 1 Termimating applications 2 Unmounting MV 3 Deactivating the volume group or deporting the disk group Step 3 Restarting applications 1 Activating the volume group or importing the disk group 2 Mounting MV 3 Restarting applications Mounting RV Activating the volume group or importing the disk group Mounting RV Figure 12 10 Replication Volume Work Flow How to perform replication for the RV that was made available as a file system 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 12 10 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview 1 Unmount RV application server 2 Before unmounting RV terminate all the application software etc which may access the volume
268. hat may access the drive Also refer to the description about unmounting in Chapter 4 Notes iSMrc_umount drv G Then the following message appears and MV is unmounted Umount Start2001 02 21 11 08 20 disk10dev0O01WN Volume 8225 75dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce G Umount Normal End2001 02 21 11 08 20 disk10dev0O01WN Volume 8225 75dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce G Performing separation application server Perform separation to separate MV and RV enabling the RV to be used In this example separation is performed under the following settings Access restrictions for RV separated rw Read Write default value Waiting for separation completion iSMrc_separate mv dev001 mvflg ld wait Then the following message appears and separation begins Separate Start2001 02 21 11 08 21 MV 10dev001WN Volume 8225 75dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce G RV dev002WN Separating Separate Normal End2001 02 21 11 08 21 MV 10dev001WN Volume 8225 75dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce G RV devO0O2WN A writing error will occur if the access restriction for RV is set to Read Only ro and the drive with the volume mounted is written in In this case change the access restriction for RV to Read Write rw on the Replication Manager GUI 2012 Overland Storage Inc 47 18 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview 1 Using MV application server Mount MV to associate MV and fi
269. hat occur while writing data to the inexpensive RV disk during copying result in MV writing overhead making it impossible to fully utilize the SSD For such a configuration consider either putting disks in the separated state when there are many writes so the RV is not written to or using the background copy mode for which there is little MV writing overhead It is possible to check the physical disks that make up volumes by filtering the PD type on the replication state screen and Pair Settings screen or referring to the PD Type reports of the iSMvollist and iSMrc_ldlist commands 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 43 12 overland storage Chapter 4 Replication Manager Overview This chapter describes various operation of SnapSAN Manager Replication Manager with Graphical User Interface GUI This section describes an overview of data replication operations you can perform by using SnapSAN Manager Replication Manager Operations and Authority Levels Use the following functions to perform operations related to Data Replication through the SnapSAN Manager e State Monitoring e Replication Manager e Configuration Setting User Types Since operations performed from Replication Manager include important operations on volumes the operation authority is set according to the following authority levels However when the server is disconnected by State Monitoring after the Replication Manager window is displayed
270. he Not Ready state by performing unmounting with the iSMrc_umount command cancel the Not Ready state before scanning the devices When this command is executed the system acts in the same way as the time when Rescan Disks by the Disk Management function of Windows is performed Using Disk Management function of Windows instead of this command enables the system to recognize the devices Main Options The iSMrc_scan command requires no options Displayed Information When the iSMrc_scan command is executed the following message appears It may take tens of seconds to complete the operation after executing the iSMrc_scan command Start message Scan StartYYYY MM DD hh mm ss End message Scan Normal EndYYYY MM DD hh mm ss Description YYYY MM DD hh mm ss Start End time Year Month Day Hour Minute Second 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 92 overland storage Chapter 6 Backup Operation Win Backup and Restoring Backup This section describes the basic flow of backup using the data replication function Before starting replication 1 Unmount RV by using the backup server and clear data remaining in the file system buffer Perform replication to copy data from MV to RV for synchronization After securing the static point of application data on the application server separate MV and RV 4 Mount RV on the backup server to back up RV data Unmounting RV Before starting re
271. he data retention function Restore update cannot be performed When MV is protected ReadOnly or NotAccessible or RV is NotAccessible by the data retention function Restore protect cannot be performed A dynamic disk is not used Both MV and RV are unmounted When the update prevention state of MV or RV is not prevented by the volume update prevention function Restore update cannot be performed When the update prevention state of MV is prevented by the volume update prevention function Restore protect cannot be performed The logical disk of MV or RV is not stopped by or the pool to which the logical disk belongs is not stopped by the power saving function The replication reserved volume for the target MV or RV is not a bottleneck The specified MV and RV are not being used by the data migration function The following does not apply when ReplicationControl is used together with SnapSAN Manager The target MV or RV is registered with the volume list Also a remote pair to be operated target pair must satisfy the following conditions e The volumes in the upper or lower pair for the target pair are registered with the volume list e When MV or RV of the target pair is also used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function the BV or LV linked to the BV is registered with the volume list A volume list is not being created When a combination of a volume group or a disk group with a special file name logical d
272. he new software For details on the installation and uninstallation procedures refer to the installation guide attached to the SnapSAN Manager Replication Manager GUI Update To update the SnapSAN Manager software uninstall the existing software and then install the new software For details on the installation and uninstallation procedures refer to the installation guide attached to the SnapSAN Manager ReplicationConirol 10400412 002 11 2012 1 Operating Environment Operating system and linkage software For details on OS supporting this software and the linkage software that can be used together with this software refer to the installation guide attached to this software Required disk free space For details on the disk free space required to install this software refer to the installation guide attached to this software Required memory capacity For details on the disk free space required to install this software refer to the installation guide attached to this software Installation For details on the installation procedure refer to the installation guide attached to this software Operating Environment Setting With ReplicationControl you can use the replication operation option setting file iSMrpl ini to set various types of operations that you can perform by executing commands For details on the replication operation option setting file refer to the ControlCommand Command Reference 2012 Over
273. he pool to which MV or RV belongs is not stopped For a serial pair configuration using Remote Replication For a serial pair configuration using Remote The lower pair is not in the Separating Replication state e The upper pair is not in the Separating The lower pair is not in the Separate Target Pair In the same disk array serial Volume Cloning pair configuration is not allowed Volume Cloning and Remote Replication must be combined for serial pair configuration Figure 5 31 Conditions to Perform Separate Restore Command Use the iSMrc_restore command for Restore By using the iSMrc_restore command you can start copy from RV to the paired MV On the Windows system unmount MV and then flush the buffer of the file system before starting restoration After starting restoration mount the MV again On the UNIX system unmount the file system of MV before performing restoration because the system will end abnormally without starting restoration if the file system of MV is mounted Main Options For restoration using the iSMrc_restore command you can specify the following options 1 Specifying paired volumes Specify MV and RV e Specifying MV mv volume mvflg mv_flg Specifies a volume and volume type for MV e Specifying RV rv volume rvflg rv_flg Specifies a volume and volume type for RV On the Windows system you cannot perform operations for a volume that consists of multiple partitions by default because all the parti
274. he replication operation option setting file to suppress RV automount before operation Before unmounting terminate all applications etc that may access the drive iSMrc_umount drv H offline Then the following message appears and RV is unmounted Umount Start2001 02 21 12 27 02 disk11dev002WN Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0f7 00004c714491 H iSMrc_umount Info iSM138221 Resetting drive letter H has succeeded Umount Normal End2001 02 21 12 27 02 disk11dev002WN Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0f7 00004c714491 H Performing replication application server Perform replication to copy data from MV to RV In this example the replication operation file is used and replication is performed with the following settings Copy range Difference default value Update reflection to RV Sync mode default value RV access restriction nr Not Ready default value Waiting for copy completion Specified Assume that the replication operation file contains the following disks txt 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 8 10 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Operations Overview Type MVType RV ld dev0011d dev002 iSMrc_replicate file disks txt wait Then the following message appears and copy from MV to RV begins Replicate Start2001 02 21 12 27 10 MV 10dev001WN Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce G RV dev0O02WN Terminating applications applicatio
275. he state changes to Separated 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 51 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview e Follows the default setting mode default The Windows system follows the MODE setting in the RESTORE section in the replication operation option setting file and the UNIX system follows the setting of the RPL_SEP_MODE environment variable Displayed Information The iSMrc_restore command displays one of the following messages when restoration starts is ongoing and finishes On the Windows System Start message iSM13224 MV is restored Volume name volume_name Mount Point path Umount StartYYYY MM DD hh mm ss Umount Normal EndYYYY MM DD hh mm ss Restore StartYYYY MM DD hh mm ss MV disk_numberld_nametype volume_name path RV disk_numberld_ nametype volume_name path Execution message Restoring End message Restore Normal EndYYYY MM DD hh mm ss MV disk_numberld_nametype volume_name path RV disk_numberld_ nametype volume_name path Description The execution and end messages appear only when wait is specified to wait for restoration completion If you do not want the execution message to appear change the RPL_WAITMSG setting in the replication option setting file For information about the replication option setting file refer to the ControlCommand Command Reference YYYY MM DD hh mm ss Start End time Year Month Day Hour Minute Second disk_number Physical disk number
276. hen the I option is specified The information about association with a logical disk is listed as shown below LDNLD NAMEVAATYPE Special File Disk ArrayPath ldnld_namevaatype special file name disk_array name path Description ldn Logical disk number ld_name Logical disk name vaa VAA Volume Absolute Address type OS type special_file_name Special file name disk_array_name Disk array name path Whether to use a special file In general this field is blank and nothing appears in this field However B will appear if an error is detected in access to the special file during data replication or snapshot 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 5 20 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview State of Path whether to use a special file Establishing multiple connections to the same logical disk enables a path special file to have a redundant configuration In this case if an error is detected in access to the path special file used for issuing an I O a command of data replication or snapshot automatically switches the access to another path special file registered with the volume list to try to continue I O to the disk array When an error is detected in access to a path special file B is displayed in the Path information of the special file used at the time which indicates an error occurs in the special file When a blocked path accesses a volume successfully after recovery from a
277. hine 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4B 2 overland storage Appendix C Licenses Apache License For terms and conditions for use reproduction and distribution see http www apache org licenses LICENSE 2 0 Flex License For a copy of the license see http arcib dowling edu cgi bin info2html flex info gz Copyright 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4C 1 overland storage Index A Accessing MV after Restoration Start 6 4 Accessing MV after Start of Restore 10 4 Automatic Separation 12 9 B Background Copy Level Change 4 70 Background Copy Mode 2 11 Backup Flow 6 2 10 2 Backup from Replication Volume 1 2 Backup Operation Summary 10 1 Backup Operations 12 1 Basic Flow Restore 10 3 C Changing Control Volume 5 38 Combining Volume Types 2 2 Command List 5 1 Communication Failure 8 30 12 14 Conditions ot Change Access Restrictions for RV State of RV Data 5 73 Conditions to Change to Background Copy 4 52 Communication Failure Message Conditions to Perform Replicate 4 30 Conditions to Perform Replication 5 45 Conditions to Perform Restore 5 55 Conditions to Perform RV Mode Change 4 57 Conditions to Perform Separate 4 36 Conditions to Stop or Resume Copy 4 49 Conditions to Swap Remote Replication Pairs 5 83 Configuration Pair and Remote Operations 5 7 Configuration Restoration Used 8 22 Confirmation Message 5 29 Confirmation Screen for Virtual Capacity
278. hive file 0005h DB_DATA_RV RV for DB data file oo06h et DB_REDO1_RV RV for DB REDO file 1 o007h DB_REDO2_RV RV for DB REDO file 2 ooo8h DB_CTL_RV RV for DB control file 0009h DB_ARCHIVE_RV RV for DB archive file Because logical disks are used by Linux systems set the OS type as LX default value for Linux system Logical disk names reflecting the database configuration Director No Port No Port name Server connected OOh OOh DB_SECONDARY Application server O1h 00h DB_PRIMARY operation OOh Oth BACKUP Backup server Access Control Setting Excluding shared disks with cluster one logical disk cannot be connected to more than one shared server If the same logical disk is connected to more than one server the disk may not be identified by a server or data corruption may occur Therefore it is necessary to set access restriction to disable one logical disk to be accessed from multiple servers by connecting MV only to an application server and connecting RV only to a backup server using the Access Control function To prevent errors in control volume operation the control volume must be connected only to a specific server by using Access Control etc so that it is not operated or updated from another server Before introducing servers you must determine the server connection modes and design Access Control settings Access Control can be set for individual Ports or WWNs 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage
279. iSMrc_flush command displays one of the following messages when flushing starts and finishes Start message Flush Start YYYY MM DD hh mm ss disk_number ld_nametype volume_name path End message Flush Normal End YYYY MM DD hh mm ss disk_number ld_nametype volume_name path Description YYYY MM DD hh mm ss Start End time Year Month Day Hour Minute Second disk_number Physical disk number ld_name Logical disk name type OS type 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 86 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview volume_name Mount point volume name path Drive letter or path name mounted on the NTFS volume folder accessed by users Conditions to Display Specific Volume Information To perform flushing the following conditions must be satisfied e The target volume is registered in the volume list e The target volume can be read and written in e A dynamic disk is not used e The specified file system is mounted e This command flushes only the Windows file systems so that the data of applications handling their own cache cannot be flushed To flush application data to the disk flush the application data first and then use this command to flush the file system e The update of the target volume is not prevented by the volume update prevention function Volume Mount Command To mount a volume use the iSMrc_mount command With the iSMrc_mount command you can associate volumes of e
280. iSMrc_replicate mv dev001 mvflg ld rv dev002 rvflg Id Then the following start message appears and copying from MV to RV begins Replicate Start2001 02 21 11 06 13 MV 10dev001WN Volume ce49f299 614e 11d5 b1df 009027520bce G RV devO0O2WN 9 Flushing MV file system application server Flush the MV file system to write unwritten data in the file system buffer in the disk Assume that the MV volume is assigned to G iSMrc_flush drv G Then the following message appears and the file system is flushed Flush Start2001 02 21 11 08 14 disk10devO01WN Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce G Flush Normal End2001 02 21 11 08 14 disk10devO01WN Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce G 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 47 17 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview 10 Unmounting MV application server 10400412 002 11 2012 11 Before separating MV and RV you must create a perfect static point of the MV data This operation is for completely writing the unreflected data and the metadata including the file system control data into the disk This is also for suppressing I O to the logical volume to ensure the consistency between MV and RV data To ensure the consistency between MV and RV data unmount MV to cancel the association between the volume and the file system after stopping applications Before unmounting you must close all applications t
281. ial Function becomes disabled 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 34 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide When you click the Separate button the following message is displayed 02603 J Proceed the execution Has the updating of MV been completed Figure 4 17 Separate Proceed Execute Conditions to Perform Separate To perform Separate the conditions described below must be satisfied RV cannot be reused until Separate is completed However it can be used for Separate completion 10400412 002 11 2012 The target MV is recognized by Replication Manager as the Replication target disk The target MV and RV are paired The target pair is not in the Separate Sync Preparation Restore Preparing or Restoring state The disk array where the specified MV and RV are stored is not frozen The disk array where the specified MV and RV are stored is monitored The MV is unmounted from the host The specified MV is not registered in the ATgroup The upper or lower pair is not in the Separating state The lower pair is not in the Separate Preparing state The system administrator partition user is authorized to control partitions to which the specified MV and RV belong The replication reserved volume for the target MV or RV is not a bottleneck 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 35 SnapSAN S 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide e Set as pair e Pair Setting e
282. ified wait second If a value is specified in second the value will be set as the monitoring time interval of the disk array The available range is from 1 through 30 seconds integer If a value is not specified RPL_WATCHDEYV setting in the replication option setting file will be used for Windows while the setting of environment variable RPL_WATCHDEV will be used for UNIX No Wait nowait Only instructs start of replication to terminate the command To check the end of the replication use the iSMrc_query or iSMrc_wait command Displayed Information The iSMrc_replicate command displays one of the following messages when replication starts is ongoing and finishes 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 5 41 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview On the Windows system Start message Replicate Start YYYY MM DD hh mm ss MV disk_number ld_name type volume_name path RV disk_ number ld_name type volume_name path Execution message Replicating End message Replicate Normal End YYYY MM DD hh mm ss MV disk_number ld_name type volume_name path RV disk_ number ld_name type volume_name path Description The execution and end messages appear only when wait is specified to wait for copy completion If you do not want the execution message to appear change the RPL_WAITMSG setting in the replication option setting file For information about the replication option setti
283. indicate items to select such as menu items or command buttons Ctrl Alt r This type of format details the keys you press simultaneously In this example hold down the Ctrl and Alt keys and press the r key NOTE A Note indicates neutral or positive information that emphasizes or supplements important points of the main text A note supplies information that may apply only in special cases for example memory limitations or details that apply to specific program versions IMPORTANT An Important note is a type of note that provides information essential to the completion of a task or that can impact the product and its function CAUTION A A Caution contains information that the user needs to know to avoid damaging or permanently deleting data or causing physical damage to the hardware or system WARNING A A Warning contains information concerning personal safety Failure to follow directions in the warning could result in bodily harm or death Menu Flow Indicator gt Words in bold font with a greater than sign between them indicate the flow of actions to accomplish a task For example Setup gt Passwords gt User indicates that you should press the Setup button then the Passwords button and finally the User button to accomplish a task Information contained in this guide has been reviewed for accuracy but not for product warranty because of the various environments operating systems
284. ink volumes are displayed as shown below Connected o Not connected pate KA e Fora link volume and a base volume Connected Not connected Amount of Difference Transfer Rate Displays the amount of difference and transfer rate during copy operation The unit of the amount of difference is variable e g KB MB GB and the unit of transfer rate is fixed MB S Example of Display Replicate Amount of Difference Transfer Rate 271 00 MB 132 5MB S After Replicate is completed When Replication is completed amount of difference 0 Amount of Difference and Transfer Rate MB S disappears Figure 4 58 Difference Transfer Rate 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 78 SnapSAN S 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Progress of Copy Displays the progress of Replicate Restore etc by showing the change of the capacity 10400412 002 11 2012 Sync Execution StorageS2800 1 StorageS2800 1 0014h N LDM_28_1_0 0015h WN LOR_28_1_1 1 76 GB 71 7MB S DynamicDataRep icat ion Not Ready Tums into the same color Replicate is completed StorageS2800 1 0014h N LDM_28 1 0 DynamicDataRep icat ion Figure 4 59 Replicate Example of Display 2 Separate during Sync Execution Sync Execution StorageS2800 1 StorageS2800 1 0014h N LDM_28 1 0 0015h WN LDR_28_1_1 1 34 GB 94 1MB S DynamicDataRep ication S sem
285. ion Manager and then select Forced Operation and Forced Separate Right click on the Replication Information window to select Forced Operation and Forced Separate 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 57 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide 10400412 002 11 2012 Forced Separate Result Tnexecurable Info Activicy Logical D Replicate oooeonos Replicate 200000004 eparate 00000004 Swmary C Details A You can separate a pair forcefully Because the command for forced separation runs individually if either of them is not under the control of this iSM only one volure is forcefully separated In this case the reason why the corwand vas not executed 1s shown Access restriction of forced separated RV 1s R U Permit When forced separation 1s performed access restriction of RY becomes R U Permit Choose pair s you want to sepacate foccefully from the list end click Separate You can select one or wore pairs to separate forcefully for them at once Separate Close Help Figure 4 36 Forced Separate Forced Separate Unewecstable Info Logical Disk Nane Selected Repli ACOSG VOL ACOS voL O 3F8 Not selected ACOS4_VOL_OOO0A Not selectable Summary C Details ACOS 4 Special Function i Rename Nedia No C Yes clear soft Mirror Tato iy Nev Media Nare A When Yes is selected the redia nawe is written in AV You can
286. ion Manager function is available for replication operations such as replication separation and restoration However the operations are performed asynchronously with application operation which may cause a failure To perform the replication operations in general use ReplicationControl that operates on the application server Replication operation can be performed only for a logical drive on the primary partition or an expanded partition When setting and operating partitions note that separation replication and restoration are performed on a disk basis instead of a partition basis To prevent operation errors and failures the partition settings must be the same between the MV and the RV servers To ensure data consistency note the following e Before performing separation unmount MV e Before performing replication unmount RV e Before performing restoration unmount MV and RV e In general do not specify Read Only as the access restriction for RV when performing replication or separation e The MV and RV file systems must be in the same format 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 49 4 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Windows System Volumes and Partitions To separate volumes operating on an Windows system reflect the data that an application or the operating system retains on the buffer into the volumes by using the combination of the iSMrc_flush and the iSMrc_umount commands e Ifth
287. ion before creating a volume list if you use a control volume in the disk array with which the control volume attribute cannot be identified e Define the logical disk to use as a control volume in the control volume definition file To successfully register volume information in the volume list create a volume list in the following states e Pairs are separated when the RV is connected to the server e The link volume LV and snapshot volume SV are linked when the LV in the snapshot function is connected to the server The base volume BV and LV are also linked when the BV is connected to the server e Protected data is readable when the logical disk for which the data retention function is applied is connected to the server e The volume is in the In use state and accessible when the logical disk for which the power saving function is applied is connected to the server e The link path between disk arrays is normal when the Replication and Mirroring is configured for the disk array After successfully creating a volume list display the information registered in the volume list to check that the items to be used such as logical disks and special file names are all registered Once the volume list is successfully created that information is maintained for operation It is not necessary to update the volume list during operation However if the disk array server OS volume or other configuration is changed it is required to r
288. ion using a GPT disk Stopping a service backup server Terminate or stop applications and services that may prevent RV from being unmounted If they have not been stopped or terminated the unmounting operation will fail For examples of services and applications that need to be stopped or terminated in this step Example Halting a service NET STOP service name To stop a service ESMCommonService specify as follows NET STOP ESMCommonService Flushing RV file system backup server Flush the RV file system and write the unwritten data in file system buffer onto disk 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 8 18 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Operations Overview iSMrc_flush drv D Unmounting RV backup server Unmount RV to cancel the association between the volume and the file system When RV is unmounted the mount point drive letter or NTFS folder name set for the volume is automatically deleted On Windows 2000 the access restriction for RV is changed to Not Ready Set NOTREADY for the UMOUNT_RVACC parameter in the replication operation option setting file to suppress RV automount before operation Before unmounting terminate all applications that may access the drive iSMrc_umount drv D offline Performing restoration application server Perform restoration on MV In this example the replication operation file is used and restoration is performed with the followin
289. ions exceeding this function range In Windows Server 2008 User Account Control UAC is enabled as default To log on asa user other than a local system administrator already registered with the OS and perform ReplicationControl functions be authorized as a system administrator in advance e To execute a ReplicationControl command from the command prompt select Run as administrator when starting the command prompt e To update the replication operation option setting file start a text editor etc with the authority of system administrator If you perform Rescan Disks or Refresh in Windows Disk Management on an Windows Server 2008 system that includes a volume in the Not Ready or Not Available state such as RV for which access restrictions are imposed the error message shown below may be recorded in the event log Even if a message is recorded the system operation will not be affected lt Message example gt SourceVirtual Disk Service Event ID1 Description An unexpected error has occurred Error code 183 02000018 A different value may be displayed for the error code When you back up data from RV to a tape you cannot use the differential backup function that operates archive bits by using the backup software When you perform differential backup with a date specified by using the backup software the following files may not be backed up e Database files etc which have been open since the previous backup and the
290. ir is Replicate and that of the pair of the specified MV and the paired upper MV is also Replicate Background Copy is specified as the copy mode for the target pair When the specified RV is used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function Background Copy is specified as the copy mode for the target pair The sync of the pair of the specified MV and the paired upper MV is not Separating The sync of the pair of the specified RV and the paired lower RV is not Separate Preparing Replicate Preparing or Separating A dynamic disk is not used The logical disk of MV or RV is not stopped by or the pool to which the logical disk belongs is not stopped by the power saving function The replication reserved volume for the target MV or RV is not a bottleneck The following does not apply when ReplicationControl is used together with SnapSAN Manager 10400412 002 11 2012 The target MV or RV is registered with the volume list Also a remote pair to be operated target pair must satisfy the following conditions 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 58 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview e The volumes in the upper or lower pair for the target pair are registered with the volume list e When MV or RV of the target pair is also used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function the BV or LV linked to the BV is registered with the volume list e A volume list is not being created e When a combinatio
291. irroring User Guide Director Number Port Number Path Number LINK Number Oh 0 Disk Array 1 Replication Director Disk Array 3 Figure 4 6 Replication Link Information 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 16 SnapSAN S 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Menu Item List The lists of menu bar items of Replication Manager are shown below EU iSMsv101 Repli ConnorDG_A mice view Operation Help CSV Output of Information List CSV Output of Information List Saving Pair Setting Information Save the Pair Setting Information OU E iis Fpli ConnorD8_A Shows or hides the status bar HSS Operation Help Shows or hides IVs y Status Ber w IV Display Copy Fault List Environment Setting Environment Setting Displaying Connection Screen when Properties Connection Screen is displayed Refresh FS Rites __t Displaying Disk Array Properties when a disk array is selected in the configuration display area and Properties is displayed Displaying Link Properties when a director port is selected on the Disk Array LINK Information Screen and Properties is Displaying Copy Fault List ConnorDe_A eae Help Pait Setting Pair Setting Unpair Unpair p air Setting Unpair Replicete 7 separate Restore Suspend Copy Resume Cony Change to Background Co
292. isk array to a file On the menu bar do the following 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 82 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Select File and then Save the Pair Setting Information Save the pair setting information Save in O DATA J ef Be 4 My Recent Documents G a 3 My Computer My Network File name pairlist Se Places Save as type Text File txt X Cancel Figure 4 63 Save the Pair Setting A file that stores pair setting information can be used for Replication Setting of New Setting which is one of configuration setting functions For a system administrator partition user the information about a volume whose management authority is not given to the administrator is not reported Pair List This section describes the pair list that is output to a file by the replication management function The ATgroup information can also be output to a CSV file Rules of Pair List Format e The file is a text file in the ASCII character format The default file name is pairlist txt e Text from a semicolon or sharp to the end of the line is regarded as a comment e Case sensitive e Data is described in the following format MV DiskArrayName MV OSType MV ExVolName RV DiskArrayName RV OSType RV ExVolName ATgroupName DiskArrayName LinkDiskArrayName OSType ExVolName Item Number Syntax Desc
293. isk arrays do not remotely operate a disk array on a remote site Use the server on the same site as the disk array 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 8 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Vol Cl pair accessible to MV and linked Remote Replication pair Remote Replication pair accessible to RV and linked Vol Cl pair on a disk array on the next Vol Cl pair accessible to MV linked Remote Replication pair and linked Vol Cl pair on a disk array on the Vol Cl pair accessible to MV and Remote Replication pair accessible linked Remote Replication pair to RV and linked Vol Cl pair ona disk array on the next layer Vol Cl pair accessible to MV linked Remote Replication pair and linked Vol Cl pair on a disk array on the next layer Disk Array Disk Array Figure 5 5 Relationships between Pairs Operated Remotely Apair configured with the disk array on the second or subsequent layer cannot be operated Disk Arra y Disk Array Disk Array Figure 5 6 Relationships between Pairs Cannot be Operated Remotely 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 9 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Volume Types Target System Type Description Identifier Windows UNIX Logical disk name Specifies a logical disk name set onthe disk Id v v array side Mountpointvolume Specifies a mou
294. isk name is specified the same number of logical volumes that make up the volume group or disk group is specified as MV RV on the special file name logical disk name side In this case restoration is performed in the specified order When a volume group is specified the group target volume group must be active When a disk group is specified the group target disk group must be active An SnapSAN Manager special file is not being created for Linux version only 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 54 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Conditions to Perform Restore Pair setting MV or RV is registered with the volume list A volume fist is not being created or updated e Both MV and RV are unmounted e The disk array is not frozen Not in Separate Preparing Not in Semi synchronous if the pair is set in the same disk array MV or RV is not protected not ReadOnly or NotAccessible for Restore update MV is not protected not ReadOnly or NotAccessible or RV is not NotAccessible for Restore protect e Not a dynamic disk MV or RV is not stopped The pool to which MV or RV belongs is not stopped The update of MV or RV is not prevented for Restore update The update of MV is not prevented for Restore protect The pair of MV and another RV is in the Separate state In the same disk array serial Volume Cloning
295. isplayed Create Update Yolume List x 9 00011 my The volume list is used in data replication control or snapshot Separate all paired R s which are connected Set link for all Lys which are connected Unlink all the linked Bys Specify the drive letter and path name of NTFS folder that are used by data replication control or snapshot Do you want to create update the volume list Cancel Figure 5 12 Confirmation Message 3 Click the OK button to create or update the volume list 4 Click the Cancel button to return to the Volume List Display window instead of creating or updating the volume list 5 The following message appears when the volume list is created updated successfully 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 5 29 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Create Update Yolume List j 00006 Execution of the Create Update Volume List was successful Figure 5 13 Execute 6 Click the OK button to return to the Volume List Display window The Volume List Display window is automatically updated after creation update of the volume list is terminated CSV Output of Information List Information displayed on the Volume List Display window can be reported and saved in a CSV file Operation Procedure 1 Select File and then CSV Output of Information List on the Volume List Display window to display the CSV Output of Information List window
296. iving disk_array_namemanagement Description Receiving Message indicating that data is being received When ReplicationControl is used with SnapSAN Manager this message is displayed until data is completely received While data is being received periods increase disk_array_nameDisk array name managementldentifies whether the system recognizes the disk array directDisk array directly recognized by the system indirectDisk array which is not recognized by the system 3 When the protect only option or the protect all option is specified Logical disk information as shown below is displayed Receiving Disk Array Name Management LDN OS TypeLD Name Attribute Capacity PD Type Data Protection disk_array_name management ldn type ld_name attribute capacity pd_type protection_state Description The items not described below are the same as those in 1 Refer to 1 for the description of these items protect_state Whether the logical disk is protected by the data retention function protection Protected logical disk Unprotected logical disk 4 When the node option is specified Logical disk information as shown below is displayed Receiving 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 5 77 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Array Name Management LDNOS TypeLD NameAttributeCapacityPD TypeNode Number disk_array_name management Idntypeld_nameattributecapacity pd_ty
297. k that it is successfully recognized vgscan vgchange a y dev vg01 vgdisplay v dev vg01 Mounting RV Mount RV on the backup server In the following example ext3 is used as a file system mount t ext3 dev vg01 lvol rvfs1 Example of Application to VxVM Disk This section describes an example of using a disk group where you use RV on the different application server from the one including MV after replication from MV to RV non VxVM disk You cannot use the MV and RV file systems on the same server after replication For details on VxVM refer to the VxVM online manual and other sources 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 11 13 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Preparing Volume Logical Disk idev sdd J Volume Manager Disk VM Disk Disk Group VM Disk Group Volume cofiacel ie Figure 11 8 VxVM Configuration Linux Creating a file system To use MV as a file system for the first time create a file system per partition If you have already used MV following this step is not necessary Create a file system by entering a command as shown below In this example VxFS is used as a file system mkfs t vxfs dev vx dsk dg01 vol1 Setting a pair Set a pair by following the description of pair setting in the Data Replication User s Manual Function Guide You can also set a pair with the iSMrc_pair command Obtain the volume list by entering the iSMvolli
298. kground Copy can be specified as copy mode if the activity of the pair of the specified MV and the paired upper MV is Replicate The activity of the pair of the specified RV and the paired lower RV is not Replicate or the copy control is not the foreground copy The sync of the pair of the specified MV and the paired upper MV is not Separating The sync of the pair of the specified RV and the paired lower RV is not Sync Preparation Separate Preparing or Separating If the specified RV is also used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function the copy control of the appropriate pair must be in the Background Copy mode The system administrator partition user is authorized to control partitions to which the specified MV and RV belong The replication reserved volume for the target MV or RV is not a bottleneck 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 48 SnapSAN S 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Set as pair Pair Setting Replicate or Restore Not in Sync Preparation or Restore Preparing Not in Semi synchronous if the pair is set in the same disk array Not frozen Disk array monitored The specified MV is not registered in the ATgroup Background Copy is specified when the activity of the upper pair is Replicate For a partition user the authority of the partition to which the target MV or RV belongs is given When the asynchronous remote data replication function Replication and
299. kground Copy from the list and then click the Change button Multiple pairs can be selected and Change to Background Copy can be performed for the pairs in a batch Unexecutable pairs cannot be selected Selected Volume List Lists the information about the pair MV RV selected on the Replication Information window Volumes whose Execution Result is Unexecutable cannot be selected because they do not satisfy the conditions to change to Background Copy For Unexecutable volumes take one of the actions listed below according to the Unexecutable Info Unexecutable Info Action Unpaired Volume Perform Change to Background Copy for a paired volume Have Unpaired Perform Change to Background Copy for a paired volume Sync Preparation Perform Change to Background Copy again in the Replicate state other than Sync Preparation Restore Preparing Perform Change to Background Copy again in the Restore state other than Restore Preparing Separate Perform Change to Background Copy for a volume in the Replicate state other than Sync Preparation or the Restore state other than Restore Preparing Being Separate Separate is prepared in another layer Perform Change to Preparing by other pair Background Copy again after Separate is completed Separating by other pair Separate is performed in another layer Perform Change to Background Copy again after Separate is completed Already Background Copy Perform Change to Backg
300. l disk and volume information already registered is complete Update a volume list in the following states e The path between the disk array and the server is normally connected e The logical disk in the disk array is recognized as a server OS disk device e The volume in the disk is recognized by the server OS Especially in the server connected to the RV the RV may not be recognized by the server OS when the server restarts while the RV is in the Not Ready unavailable for read or write state In such a case it is required to have the OS recognize the RV again after the server restarts For how to restart the server connected to the RV and restore operations to have the OS recognize RV again refer to 4 5 Restarting Server Connected to RV If the SnapSAN Manager server is running on the same server it is required to exit SnapSAN Manager before updating a volume list When you add delete or change the control volume definition in the disk array with which the control volume attribute cannot be identified execute the following operation before updating a volume list e Define the logical disk to use as the control volume in the control volume definition file in advance To successfully register volume information in the volume list update a volume list in the following states e Pairs are separated when the RV is connected to the server e The link volume LV and snapshot volume SV are linked when the LV in the sn
301. land Storage Inc 47 4 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview 4 Update To update ReplicationControl uninstall the existing software and then install the new software For details on the installation and uninstallation procedures refer to the installation guide attached to this software Disk Array Configuration For the disk array to be connected determine the configuration for using the data replication Creating Logical Disk LD To create replication volumes create logical disks in a disk array in consideration of the following Pool and logical disk Reserve an LD in the basic pool or a dynamic pool Though you can create MV and RV in the same pool it is recommended to create them in different pools to secure failure tolerance Create the LDs MV and RV to be paired with the same capacity Reserve a control volume CV in the basic pool or a dynamic pool Then create a volume and a control volume to be used for applications A control volume is used when a server issues control I O to a disk array A system configuration in which the data replication function is applied to the volumes used by the application server and the dedicated backup server backs up data 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 47 5 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Application Server Backup Server MV Master Volume w I Pool RV Replication Volume Acce
302. lay u gt Ble Yew Operation teb Figure 5 8 Volume List Display Window Title Bar Displays Volume List Display Menu Bar For details about items displayed on the menu bar refer to the Menu Item List 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 5 24 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Toolbar Buttons Toolbar Button Description Works the same as selecting Create Update Volume List from the menu bg Create Update Volume List Clicking this button has the same effect as selecting Define ca Control Volume from the menu Define Control Volume Clicking this button has the same effect as selecting CSV Output of Information List from the menu CSV Output of Information List Pair disk Destination volume List For a volume selected on the Volume List Display window obtains the information about volumes paired by the data replication function or about a volume linked by the snapshot function from the disk array to display the information Status bar The following information appears on the status bar VOLUME Displays the number of volume information items to be displayed on the Volume List Display window If all disk arrays are targeted for volume information display the number of all volume information items in the volume list will be displayed When disk arrays whose volume information is displayed are narrowed down the number of vol
303. lbar on the Volume List Display window 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 5 32 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview View Hal volume List Display x fe View Operation Help T E JI Disk Array Subsystem ALL T TEA S E Figure 5 18 Viewing Toolbar Hide Figure 5 19 Hiding Toolbar View Hide Status Bar To view or hide the status bar select View and then Status Bar on the Volume List Display window View Figure 5 20 Viewing Status Toolbar Hide Figure 5 21 Hiding Status Toolbar Update Display Information To update the Volume List file information select View and then Update Display Information on the Volume List Display window By performing this operation you can obtain the Volume List file contents to automatically update the Volume List Display window With a type and pair disk destination volume list obtained from the disk array the Volume List Display window is updated to display the obtained list 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt q 5 33 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Defining Control Volume A control volume is used for issuing a control I O to a disk array from a server To define a control volume you need a volume IV beforehand that can issue an I O to a disk array from a server securely and that is not used by data replication or snapshot You cannot select
304. ld_name Logical disk name vaa VAA Volume Absolute Address type 0S type attribute Logical disk attribute Displayed only when the attr option is specified link_status Link state of the link volume Displayed only when the attr option is specified When the target volume is not a link volume hyphen appears linkLinked unlinkUnlinked protection state The state of the logical disk protection by the data retention function If the logical disk is not protected or protection information cannot be obtained a hyphen will be displayed RORead only valid NANot accessible valid RO expired Read only expired NA expired Not accessible expired begin date Date when data retention function starts protecting the logical disk If the logical disk is not protected or protection information cannot be obtained a hyphen will be displayed retention_date Date until which the data retention function will protect the logical disk If the logical disk is not protected or protection information cannot be obtained a hyphen will be displayed permanentData is retained permanently by the data protection function retention_mode Mode in which the data retention function protects the logical disk If the logical disk is not protected or protection information cannot be obtained a hyphen will be displayed normalnormal mode You can cancel protection or reset the retention period at any time securesecure mode You
305. ld_name Logical disk name type 0S type volume _name Mount point volume name path Drive letter or path name mounted on the NTFS volume folder accessed by users Restoring The character is dynamically updated until Restore is completed 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 52 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview On the UNIX System Start message Restore StartYYYY MM DD hh mm ss MV special file nameld_nametype RV special file nameld_nametype Execution message Restoring End message Restore Normal EndYYYY MM DD hh mm ss MV special file nameld_nametype RV special file nameld_nametype Description The execution and end messages appear only when wait is specified to wait for replication completion If you do not want the execution message to appear change the setting of the RPL_WAITMSG environment variable For information about environment variables refer to the ControlCcommand Command Reference YYYY MM DD hh mm ss Start End time Year Month Day Hour Minute Second special file name Special file name Displayed as a 32 byte item on HP UX and Linux as well as 64 byte item on Solaris ld_name Logical disk name type 0S type Restoring The character is dynamically updated until Restore is completed Conditions to Perform Restore To perform Restore the following conditions must be satisfied 10400412 002 11 2012 e The target MV and RV are paired
306. le system iSMrc_mount drv G Then the following message appears and MV is mounted The mounted MV is available as a file system Mount Start2001 02 21 11 08 22 disk10devO01WN Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce G Mount Normal End2001 02 21 11 08 22 disk10devO01WN Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce G 2 Recognizing disk on RV side backup server Start Disk Management Windows on the backup server and assign a drive name to the disk In this example assume that the RV drive letter is assigned to H When a partition disk in the GUID partition table GPT format is used restart the backup server following this procedure to allow OS to recognize RV and then assign a drive letter 3 Creating volume list backup server Since a new drive letter has been assigned to RV then create the volume list again by using the iSMvollist command of ReplicationControl on the backup server Enter the following command to create a volume list iSMvollist cr Upon successful creation of volume list the following message appears iSMvollist Info iSM11701 Volume list is created successfully Output the volume list data into the vollist_data txt iSMvollist a gt vollist_data txt If a logical disk name has been changed in iSM the volume list must be updated To use a control volume before creating a volume list select and register the control volume using the Define Control Volume function from the
307. leted reconnect the RV replication volume Reconnection is completed in a short time because only what has been updated in the master volume is reflected in the RV replication volume Using Replication Volume for Disk Backup With this method you can use a replication volume for backup of the master volume Because magnetic tapes are not used as storage media complicated magnetic tape management is not required 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 41 2 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Data Replication Overview When restoration instruction is completed backup data will become available even if the actual data replication has not been completed If data to be accessed is not restored in the master volume the data in the replication volume will be accessed The volume being used remains transparent to the user This reduces the data restoration time substantially Connect Separate Separate A Conne Figure 1 3 Using Replication Volume for Backup The procedure for using a replication volume for backup is as follows 1 Connect the replication volume 1 RV1 to the master volume 2 Suspend the production task to separate the RV1 replication volume 1 and then connect the RV2 replication volume 2 After the connection is completed resume the task 3 Then use the replication volume 1 RV1 and replication volume 2 RV2 alternately to perform backup Creating Test Envi
308. letely copied needs to be accessed upon request for reference to the MV 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 42 6 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Replication Operations and State Transitions ty Update to MV Update to MV Update to MV gt Restore operation starts gt A Separate Restore Execution Sync Figure 2 5 Restore and State Transitions Activity and Synchronous State In data replication states such as Replicate Restore and Separate are called Activity State or simply activity Also states such as execution indicating state transition and state transition com pleted are called synchronous state Sync State Table 2 1 lists the activity and synchronous states which transit when each replication operation is performed For information about how to handle access to MV and RV under each activity state see 0 Access Restriction for RV Activity Sync Description Separate Separate Preparing State in which Separate is prepared This state temporarily sep preparing appears on MV when a large capacity volume or low speed line is used In principle read and write in RV are not allowed Separate Execution Temporary state until the difference between MV and RV become sep exec zero after Separate is performed As a rule read and write to RV are not allowed Separated separated Data copy between MV and RV is not performed This state occurs immediately
309. lly mounted while a service or application that accesses the disk is running even when unmounting is performed Before unmounting a drive by using the iSMrc_umount command be sure to terminate all the applications and services that are accessing the drive Target services and applications example e Explorer e Recycle bin e ESMCommonService ESMFS Server ESM Storage Service e JIS IIS Admin Service World Wide Web Publishing Service e FTP FTP Publishing Service e FSRM File Server Resource Manager e Link Tracking Service Distributed Link Tracking Server and Distributed Link Tracking Client 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 48 44 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Troubleshooting e Monitoring virus drive software e Backup software e You can identify applications accessing the drive by using the following utility refer to the following website for how to obtain the utility e Utility Process Explorer GUI type Handle command line type Web site http www sysinternals com e Ifaccess to a drive is not completed unmounting iSMrc_umount command may terminate abnormally It is recommended to create a batch file to activate Handle when unmounting iSMrc_umount command terminates abnormally You can discard the cache data in the RV file system by unmounting the drive forcibly with the force option However it may cause an error if an application or a service is accessing
310. logical disk name as the volume type When the SnapSAN Manager is used together i e control I O issued to disk arrays by SnapSAN Manager you can only use logical disk name as the volume type 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 5 10 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Replication Operation File To set multiple pairs in a batch by using replication or pair operation commands or to operate a specific pair by using multiple commands use a replication operation file Using the replication operation file allows you to describe target pairs in the file for managing and sharing the pairs thereby improving system operations and maintenance performance of the data replication The following shows an example of description in the replication operation file For Windows system Type MV Id dev000 drv E Id dev006 drv H Parallel configuration Id dev002 Id dev002 MV RV 1 1 Id dev005 e For UNIX system Type MV Type RV sfn dev rdsk c16t1d0 sfn dev rdsk c16t1d1 sfn dev rdsk c16t1d2 sfn dev rdsk c16t1d3 vg vgvol ld dev rdsk c16t1d4 dev rdsk c16t1d5 dg dg_name Id dev001 ld dev003 Parallel configuration sfn dev rdsk c16t2d0 sfn dev rdsk c16t2d0 Id dev002 sfn dev rdsk c23t2d0 sfn dev rdsk c16t2d1 sfn dev rdsk c16t2d2 MV RV 1 1 sfn dev rdsk c22t3d0 To specify a replication operation file use the file option together with a replication operation command and
311. lose Help Figure 4 69 Copy Fault List When you select paired volumes with a failure from the list and click one of the buttons the corresponding dialog box appears Status Status Description Fault Forcibly separated in the disk array due to a copy failure Abnormal Suspend Forcibly suspended in the disk array due to a copy failure Replicate Performs Replicate for the selected pair This operation can be performed for a volume in the Fault state Restore Performs Restore for the selected pair This operation can be performed for a volume in the Fault state Resume Copy Performs Resume Copy for the selected pair This operation can be performed for a volume in the Abnormal Suspend state Forced Separate Performs Forced Separate for the selected pair This operation can be performed for a volume in the Abnormal Suspend state 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 90 overland storage Chapter 5 Functions of ReplicationControl Overview This chapter describes how to operate functions of the ReplicationControl that runs on the application server ReplicationControl functions include the creation and display of volume lists replication operations pair operations and disk control and operations that are necessary for operating MVs and RVs in the system The description of UNIX in this chapter includes all the UNIX systems supported by the ReplicationControl such as Linux C
312. lume BV A link volume LV is created with the same logical disk number as the control volume to make the LV accessible from the server The access control or the control volume is canceled to make the control volume inaccessible from the server The disk array to which the defined control volume belongs is not recognized Redefine a volume IV not used by data replication or snapshot as a control volume Alternatively take any of the following actions depending on the control volume state If the control volume is paired unpair it If a snapshot generation has been added or LV has been created cancel the snapshot If the control volume is not recognized check the connection state of the control volume to make it recognized again If the disk array has been unrecognizable check the connection state of the disk array and make it recognizable again If the definition of the control volume is inconsistent with others delete the definition of the control volume Indicates that the defined control volume is disabled for the following reason In a disk array that can identify control volume attributes the control volume has been created with the SnapSAN Manager configuration setting functions and made accessible from the server Explanation Icon Action Explanation Action Explanation S Action 10400412 002 11 2012 Delete the existing control volume defi
313. lume operation you must connect a control volume only to a certain server by using Access Control etc so that the control volume is not operated or updated from another server Before introducing servers you must determine the server connection modes and design Access Control settings Access Control can be set for individual ports or WWNs To set Access Control purchase AccessControl 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 47 7 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Application Server Application Server Operated primarily Standby Backup Server Disk Array Figure 7 5 Setting Access Control Director No Port No Access Control settings LD No Server connected OOh OOh OO000h to 0004h Application server operation Oth OOh Application server standby OOh Oth 0005h to 0009h Backup server Oth O1h Director No Port No Access Control settings LD No Server connected OOh OOh 0000h to 0004h Application server operation Oth OOh Application server standby OOh Oth 0005h to 0009h O00ah Backup server Oth Oth Set a configuration so that the setting of the port MV to be connected to the application server does not overlap with the setting of the port RV to be connected to the backup server Unlocking the Product License To use the Volume Cloning or the Replication and Mirroring you must unlock the product license set to the disk array To unlock
314. lure 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 8 28 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Troubleshooting Bo Repli StorageS4300 0001 File View Operation Help fa ISM Server ERX StorageS4300 0001 29 StorageS4300 002 A43000001 MSPL A43000001 MSP2 A43000001 MSP3 A43000001 MSP3 443000001 MSP3 430000001 MSP4 430000001 MSP4 430000001 MSPS 430000001 MSP5 430000001 NSPE 443000001 NSP A43000001 HSPS A43000001 NSPS 443000001 MSPA 443000001 MSPB 443000001 MSPC 443000001 MSPD 443000001 MSPD 443000001 MSPE 443000001 MSPG a8 WN WN WN WN WN WN UN WUN WUN WN WUN WUN WUN WUN WUN WN WN WN Figure 8 12 Window Showing Copy Failure Occurrence Operation to perform after recovering from a copy failure Link failure Detecting a link failure A link failure occurs due to a cable failure between disk arrays or a failure of Replication Director If it occurs during replication it may cause a copy failure You can check the occurrence of link failures on the Replication Manager window 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 8 29 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Troubleshooting E Repli StorageS4300 0001 File view Operation Help aay ISM Server Replication Information Disk Array LINK Information aTgroup Information Bx storages4300 0001 A StorageS4300 002 Director Number StorageS4300 0002 StorageS4300 0002
315. lushed Flush Start2001 02 21 11 21 13 disk11devO02WN Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0 7 00004c714491 H Flush Normal End2001 02 21 11 21 13 disk11devO02WN Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0 7 00004c714491 H Unmounting RV backup server Unmount RV to cancel the association between the volume and the file system When RV is unmounted the mount point drive letter or NTFS folder name set for the volume is automatically deleted On Windows 2000 the access restriction for RV is changed to Not Ready Set NOTREADY for the UMOUNT_RVACC parameter in the replication operation option setting file to suppress RV automount before operation Before unmounting terminate all applications that may access the drive iSMrc_umount drv H offline Then the following message appears and RV is unmounted Umount Start2001 02 21 11 21 14 disk11dev002WN Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0 7 00004c714491 H iSMrc_umount Info iSM13221 Resetting drive letter H has succeeded Umount Normal End2001 02 21 11 21 14 disk11dev002WN Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0 7 00004c714491 H Performing replication application server Perform replication for a pair that needs to be replicated In this example the replication operation file is used and replication is performed with the following settings Copy range Difference default value Update reflection to RV Sync mode default value RV access restriction nr Not Ready defa
316. maller capacity is set as the maximum capacity of volumes that can be paired e The Maximum Capacity of Volume to be Paired is displayed in the field of disk array properties on the Replication Information window of Replication Manager It can also be displayed by using the iSMrc_arrayinfo command of ReplicationControl Before using a large capacity volume larger than 2 TB check whether the OS volume manager and file system support the volume For example on Windows you can use a large capacity volume larger than 2 TB by following the procedure below Initialize the volume as a basic disk with GPT partition format on Windows Because of this specify WG which indicates the GPT format for Windows for Type when binding logical disks Set the ReplicationControl operation configuration file on the application server to allow usage of the GPT disk Because signature control using the iSMrc_signature command is unavailable for a partition disk with GPT format MV and RV should be mounted on different servers For Linux you can use a large capacity volume larger than 2 TB by using a disk with GPT partition format However MV and RV must be mounted on different servers Low Speed Line The mode in which a low speed line or line with no bandwidth guaranteed best effort line is used to link disk arrays for Remote Replication is called low speed line operation Whether a line is treated as a low speed line is determined based on the line spee
317. mber ld_name Logical disk name vaa VAA Volume Absolute Address type OS type hbt Host adapter number bus number target ID lun LUN disk_num Physical disk number disk_array_name Disk array name volume_name Mount point volume name path Drive letter or path name mounted in the NTFS volume folder accessed by a user When the ai option is specified The information about association with and configuration of a logical disk is listed as shown below Volume List iSMvollist Version X X XXX LDNLD NameVAAOS Type HBTLUNDisk No Disk ArrayPD Type Volume Name Path ldnld_namevaatype hbtlundisk_numdisk_array_namepd_type volume_name path Description 10400412 002 11 2012 X X XXX Version of the executed iSMvollist command ldn Logical disk number ld_name Logical disk name vaa VAA Volume Absolute Address type OS type hbt Host adapter number bus number target ID lun LUN disk_num Physical disk number disk_array_name Disk array name pd_type PD type volume_name Mount point volume name path Drive letter or path name mounted in the NTFS volume folder accessed by a user When the ctl option is specified Information about control volumes is listed as shown below 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 15 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Control Volume List Disk No LDNDisk Array Name disk_numldndisk_array_name Description disk_num Physical disk number ldn Logical disk number
318. mber disk_array_name Disk array name path Whether to use a special file In general this field is blank and nothing appears in this field However B will appear if an error is detected in access to the special file during data replication or snapshot When the p option is specified Property information of the volume list as shown below is displayed Property of Volume List File Versionversion CreatedYYYY MM DD hh mm ss Owner Host Namehost_name Disk Arraydisk_array_number Volume Informationvolume_number Description version Version of the iSMvollist command used for creating the volume list YYYY MM DD hh mm ss Date when the volume list is created or updated host_name Host name of the server owning the volume list disk_array_number Total number of disk arrays in the volume list volume_number Total number of volume information items in the volume list When the ax option is specified Disk array information information on correspondence and configuration of logical disks and property information of the volume list are listed as shown below Volume List iSMvollist Version X X XXX Date YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Disk Array List Disk Array NameNumber of LDN disk_array_namenumber Volume List LDNLD NAMEVAATYPE Special FileDisk ArrayPath PD Type ldnld_namevaatype special file namedisk_array_namepath pd_type Property of Volume List File Versionversion Createdyyyy mm dd hh mm ss Owner H
319. me list and to reflect the saved control volume definition information into the volume list for registration When the volume list is successfully created or updated the display on the Volume List Display window is updated automatically See the displayed information about Volume Definition to check that the definition information is updated correctly Replication Operations Replication operation commands provide functions to operate volumes by using the data replication function of a disk array and also to obtain and display various information Replicate Command Use the iSMrc_replicate command for replication By executing the iSMrc_replicate command you can start copy to RV paired with MV Main Options For replication using the iSMrc_replicate command you can specify the following options Specifying paired volumes Specify MV and RV e Specifying MV mv volume mvflg mv_flg Specifies a volume and volume type for MV e Specifying RV rv volume rvflg rv_flg Specifies a volume and volume type for RV On the Windows system you cannot perform operations for a volume that consists of multiple partitions by default because all the partitions in the volume will be targeted for operations if a certain partition drive letter is specified for the volume To perform 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 5 40 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview operations for a volume that consists
320. med when the pair is defrozen Pair Configuration To perform a replication operation you must set a pair beforehand To set a pair set a source volume as MV and a destination volume as RV By installing Remote Replicatiion you can set another pair including MV that has been set as RV allowing a serial configuration Pairs can be set as follows e MV and RV that will be paired must have the same volume capacity and OS type e Up to three dRVs or up to four RVs including rRV can be set simultaneously for one MV 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 42 16 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Replication Operations and State Transitions e Volume Cloning can set only one level for pair setting in a disk array Two or more levels serial configuration cannot be set for pair setting in the same disk array e By installing Remote Replication you can set two or more levels serial configuration for pair setting in different disk arrays Also Volume Cloning and Remote Replication pairs can be mixed in a configuration Figure 2 11 Pair Configurations Swap Function for Remote Replication Pair This function swaps the roles of MV and RV in an Remote Replication pair Conventionally to exchange roles in a pair the pair is canceled to set another pair with the roles MV and RV switched However this requires a full copy at the first replication which increases the time required as well as t
321. message is displayed 2 02600 Will you execute w Figure 4 48 Execute Conditions to Perform Forced Cancellation of Update Prevention To perform Forced Cancellation of Update Prevention for a volume the following conditions must be satisfied e The target volume is recognized by Replication Manager as the Replication target disk e The disk array where the specified volume is stored is monitored e The disk array where the specified volume is stored is not frozen e The sync of the pair to which the target volume belongs is not Sync Preparation or Separate Preparing e The target volume is not locked e The specified volume is not in the non update prevention state e The system administrator partition user is authorized to control partitions to which the target volume belongs Freeze Defreeze You can freeze or defreeze the Data Replication function of a disk array Operation Procedure Do one of the following to display the Freeze Defreeze window e Select a disk array on the configuration display area click Operation on the menu bar of Replication Manager and then select System Operation and Freeze Defreeze e Right click a disk array in the configuration display area and then select Freeze Defreeze Freeze Defreeze Disk Array Name StorageS4300 1035 Freeze Defreeze Execute Freeze De A Freeze S Invalidate Replication Function Defreeze Validate Replication Function Help Figure
322. mnnm iri rra A E ES 5 86 Chapter 6 Backup Operation Win BOCKUDCINGIRE STONING testals casdaca shies visuattbveresadentacscatdesvaues EE R NEEE RIDERE AA PANOA OEE E PENAN RA ETE EAEE r E 6 1 BOCKUD camanan a dadatandeddadexcnd zaniseadedandavedinsedvaveniaiad AEA 6 1 Chapter 7 Installation Win OQVEIVIGW EO A AAA A AA VE S A A A 7 1 IASTGIIGTION FOCS IUE saer na a r O E A AONO 7 1 SYSTEM Congue r E EAA hades 7 2 Sowar naa a E E EAO 7 3 DEKAray COnMQUICION saraan a A NAA 7 5 Setting Control VOIUME uu cescsccscscseeseceescssesssscscsecscsecsesecsescssnscsscscsscscsecscsecsesessesessesesscsesacsesecsecscsesscses 7 10 Chapter 8 Operation and Maintenance Win OPEFATONS OVEIVIGW sssini iaa a a ASAA aE aS ANENE N NARE 8 1 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 41 2 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide ExaMple Of BACKUP OPSra noM sinnini a a a a as 8 7 TOYBIESNOOINO Sersireninrenrr ann E A E E tie ee N Nan 8 28 FUG TYG anasa a a EE A A EEN A AAEE 8 28 Hardware Failure Unique to Replication e sesessseesesesesesssesessesssesesesseresssesesesestereseseesesesesssseresesesesees 8 28 SNOPSAN Manager Server FOUE sissies eesti nie aara E enue edbnes 8 30 Abnormal End of REPIGATOMCOMIMOL os casinvesicsuicsseosteavenbesstoes E AEA E 8 30 NOIES cenusa a E T teas aera Sadat 8 40 Chapter 9 Notes Win Windows System Volumes and Partitions cceecescsscsscssecesecsecsesecsecsecssessesessecseseesecse
323. mpleted in MV for which restoration is ongoing it is possible to access restored data by giving high priority to the area to be copied in the disk array Therefore you can shorten time taken to restart applications by performing roll forwarding of database or other operations for recovery immediately after the start of restoration without waiting for completion of the restoration Application Servers Cluster A After start of restoration recovery operationis performed immediately Backup Server UR Disk Array Priority is given to copy ofthe Tape Device accessed area Figure 6 6 Accessing MV after Restoration Start Maintaining Backup Data During Restoration When starting restoration you can select one of the two modes shown below as the operation mode for RV data When restoring backup data of RV it is recommended to specify Restore protect to maintain the backup data If you restore data in the Restore protect mode the backup data of RV will be maintained even if restoration fails and you can restore the data again e Restore protect After restoration is started the backup data of RV is maintained without reflecting updates made in MV into RV After restoration is completed MV and RV are separated automatically e Restore update When data is updated in MV after the start of restoration the updated data is also reflected into RV so that the backup data of RV is updated When you wan
324. n of a volume group or a disk group with a special file name logical disk name is specified the same number of logical volumes that make up the volume group or disk group is specified as MV RV on the special file name logical disk name side e When a volume group is specified the group target volume group must be active e When a disk group is specified the group target disk group must be active e An SnapSAN Manager special file is not being created for Linux version only Conditions to Perform Copy Control Operations e Pair setting MV or RV is registered with the volume list e A volume list is not being created or updated The disk array is not frozen e Inthe Replicate or Restore state e Not in Replicate Preparing or Restore Preparing e Not in Semi synchronous copy if the pair is set in the same disk array The change is not Synchronous Copy to Semi synchronous Copy or vice versa When the target activity of the target and upper pairs is Replicate Background copy is specified e Not a dynamic disk e MV or RV is not stopped The pool to which MV or RV belongs is not stopped When the asynchronous remote data replication function Replication and Mirroring Asynchronous is used only Background Copy is specified as copy mode for a pair set across different disk For a serial pair configuration using Remote Replication The lower pair is not in the Separating state The lo
325. n server To maintain data consistency terminate or halt applications and specified services that are accessing the target volume If a folder is shared in the target volume cancel the sharing temporarily If an application or service has not been terminated or stopped or a shared folder is accessed unmounting will fail Example Stopping a service NET STOP service name To stop a service ESMCommonService specify as follows NET STOP ESMCommonService Example Canceling the sharing of a shared folder NET SHARE share_name delete To cancel sharing of a shared folder mv_folder1 specify as follows NET SHARE my_folder1 delete Flushing MV file system application server Flush the MV file system to write the unwritten data in the file system buffer into the disk iSMrc_flush drv G Then the following message appears and the file system is flushed Flush Start2001 02 21 12 23 14 disk10devO01WN Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce G Flush Normal End2001 02 21 12 23 14 disk10devO01WN Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce G 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 8 11 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Operations Overview Unmounting MV application server You must create a perfect static point of MV data This operation is for completely writing the unreflected data and the metadata including the file system control data into the disk This
326. nMauger 232 ReplicationConbol 241 Crating Logical Disk LD La a a aa i 242 Settmg Disk Aray Name Logical 1 Disk Name and Port Name i Pee ea Ee EE a ne 243 Setting Access Control i NN i 244 Unlocking the Product License SS eos SSS SSS soon 245 Settmg PairConfiguration pesan 26 Crating Volume List a ae eae 4 28 Preparation fbr Operation Figure 7 1 Installation Flow Win 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 47 1 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview System Configuration Hardware Configuration Select hardware components according to the operational conditions system requirements disk capacity Management Application Server Standby Server Operated primarily DirNo 1 PortNo 1 PortNo 1 Disk Array Figure 7 2 Hardware Configuration e To make the most of the data replication function it is recommended to separate application servers which run applications from backup servers Accordingly tape backup operation gives no additional load to application servers e To back up disks instead of tapes no backup servers are required e Though an application or a backup server may also be used as a management server it is recommended to use a dedicated management server For connection with disk array use of LAN is strongly recommended e The disk array accepts any tape dri
327. nafter referred to as Replication Manager incorporated in SnapSAN Manager The Replication Manager provides setting and operation functions such as state display pair setting and replication operations for Volume Cloning or Remote Replicatiion ReplicationControl Provides commandes for checking replication operations and replication states in the application server 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 41 5 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Data Replication Overview AccessControl Provides functions to set logical disks that can be accessed for each application server r Volume Cloning Provides functions to allow data replication to be performed within the same disk array Remote Replicatiion Provides functions to allow data replication to be performed in different disk arrays NOTE To use replication for SnapSAN create a system volume for saving the differential map For the SnapSAN starting in SnapSAN Manager Ver6 3 a warning dialog box is displayed after setting up pairs if a system volume is not bound In addition starting in ControlCommand Ver6 3 a warning message is output to the log after executing the pair setup command if a system volume is not bound 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 41 6 overland storage Chapter 2 Data Replication Function Types and State Transitions of Volumes This chapter describes types and state transitions of volumes that are
328. nature to a file export Writes the signature information to the specified file e Importing signature from a file import Reads and registers the signature information recorded in the specified file Displayed Information The signature information list of the iSMrc_signature command displays the following information Displayed information Disk Map Disk Saved LV Link Disk Array Name No LDN Signature Signature Signature Attribute Status disk_array_name dskn Idn map_sig disk_sig saved_sig attribute link_status Description disk_array_name Disk array name dskn Physical disk number ldn Logical disk number in hexadecimal map_sig Displays signature information that was read by using the read option and saved in the map file disk_sig Displays signature information read from the physical disk directly saved_sig Displays signature information retained by the disk array attribute Displays the logical disk attribute link_status Displays the link state when the target physical disk is a link volume LV used for the snapshot function Displays hyphen unless the target is a link volume linkLinked unlink Unlinked Conditions to Display Specific Volume Information To perform the disk signature operation the following conditions must be satisfied e A disk signature value displayed by the iSMrc_signature command and a disk signature value displayed by Windows or another disk management tool may seem different because
329. nformation 5 32 R Refresh Confirmation 4 86 Registering Control Volume 7 12 Relations between System Configuration and HBT 5 12 Relationships between Pairs Cannot be Operated Remotely 5 9 Relationships between Pairs Operated Remotely 5 9 Replicate 4 79 Replication Operations and State Transitions 1 1 2 4 Replication Volume 8 23 Replication Volume Work Flow 12 10 Restoration Flow 6 3 Restore ACOS 4 Special Functio 4 37 Restore Protect and Restore Update 6 5 10 5 Restore and State Transitions 2 7 2012 Overland Storage Inc 42 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Restore Conditions 4 43 Restore Execute 4 41 Restore Flow 10 3 Restore Master Volume Data from Backup Tape 8 15 Restore Screen 4 37 Restoring Backup Data to RV 12 7 RV Not Unmounted by Replicate 10 8 RV Not Unmounted by Replication 6 8 RV Same System 13 3 RV Warning 4 55 4 61 S Save Definition 5 39 Save the Pair Setting 4 83 Separate Operation and Replicate Operate 10 6 Separate Operation and Replicate Operation 6 6 Separate Proceed Execute 4 35 Separate Screen 4 31 Separate Screen Including ACOS 4 Special Function 4 32 Server Connection Linux 11 7 Seta Pair 11 16 Setting Access Control 7 8 Snapshot Restoration 4 73 Software Configuration 7 3 Software Configuration Linux 11 3 software update PR iii Specific Volume Information 5 71 State 2 13 State Transition Diagram of Copy C 2 13 Successful Com
330. nformation for a separated RV New Media Name Enter a media name in the New Media Name edit box You can use up to six uppercase alphabetical characters numeric characters and underscore _ to specify a new media name Definition example VOL_01 NOTE ACOS 4 Special Function indicates the operation the ACOS 4 system uses for volumes ina disk array It is displayed only when the pair selected on the Replication Information window includes a volume of A4 type When multiple pairs of A4 type volumes or of A4 and other type volumes are selected from the list of selected volumes New Media Name becomes disabled and Clear Soft Mirror Info becomes enabled When RV is not managed by an SnapSAN Manager in operation ACOS 4 Special Function cannot be specified because Forced Separate is performed only for MV 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 4 60 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide The window shown by Figure 3 39 is displayed when MV is not managed by an SnapSAN Manager in operation When RV is not managed by an SnapSAN Manager in operation the window shown by Figure 3 40 is displayed After performing the prompted operation perform Forced Separate for MV or RV not separated 02208 Cannot issue the command to MY Is it OK to issue only to RY Yes Issue only to RY No Skip Cancel Stop 02203 Cannot issue the command to RY Is it OK to issue only to MV Yes Issue only to
331. ng applications application server To maintain data consistency terminate or halt applications and specified services that are accessing the target volume If a folder is shared in the target volume cancel the sharing temporarily If an application or service has not been terminated or stopped or a shared folder is accessed unmounting shown in step 7 will fail Example Stopping a service NET STOP service name To stop a service ESMCommonService specify as follows NET STOP ESMCommonService Example Canceling the sharing of a shared folder NET SHARE share_name delete To cancel sharing of a shared folder mv_folder1 specify as follows NET SHARE mv_folder1 delete 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 48 4 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Operations Overview 6 Flushing MV file system application server Flush the MV file system to write the unwritten data in the file system buffer into the disk iSMrc_flush drv G Then the following message appears and the file system is flushed Flush Start2001 02 21 12 23 14 disk10devO01WN Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce G Flush Normal End2001 02 21 12 23 14 disk10devO01WN Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1le0 009027520bce G Unmounting MV application server You must create a perfect static point of MV data This operation is for completely writing the unreflected data and the metadata including the file
332. ng file refer to the ControlCommand Command Reference YYYY MM DD hh mm ss Start End time Year Month Day Hour Minute Second disk_number Physical disk number ld_name Logical disk name type 0S type volume _name Mount point volume name path Drive letter or path name mounted in the NTFS volume folder accessed by users Replicating The character is dynamically updated until Replicate is completed Description The execution message and the end message appear only when wait has been specified to wait for the Copy completion state If you do not want the execution message to appear change the setting of the RPL_WAITMSG environment variable For information about environment variables refer to the ControlCommand Command Reference YYYY MM DD hh mm ss Start End time Year Month Day Hour Minute Second special file name Special file name Displayed as a 32 byte item on HP UX and Linux as well as 64 byte item on Solaris ld_name Logical disk name type 0S type Replicating The character is dynamically updated until Replicate is completed 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt q 5 42 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Conditions to Perform Replicate To perform Replicate the following conditions must be satisfied The target MV and RV are paired The activity of the target pair is Separate The sync is not Separate Preparing however The Overland Replication ca
333. nition of control volume was completed Please create update the volume list Figure 7 11 Definition of Control Volume End Message Click the OK button to close the Define Control Volume window and return to the Volume List Display window Click the Cancel button on the Define Control Volume window to display a confirmation message asking if you want to cancel the definition The definition of control volume 00029 lt 4 The definition of control volume is not saved Do you want to exit the definition of control volume Figure 7 12 Definition of Control Volume Cancel Confirmation Click the Yes button to cancel saving of the definition information The Define Control Volume screen is closed and the Volume List Display screen appears again Click the No button to return to the Define Control Volume window Reflecting Data to Volume List Select File and then Create Update Volume List on the Volume List Display window to create or update the volume list and register the control volume with the volume list When creation update of the volume list file is completed the Volume List Display window is automatically refreshed and Control is displayed for Volume Definition for the logical disks registered as a control volume 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 47 13 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Creating Volume List You must create a volume list before using re
334. nition since the control volume definition becomes unnecessary for the disk array 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 36 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Register Change or Delete a Control Volume Acontrol volume is used to issue a control I O to a disk array from a server A logical disk can be selected for each disk array You cannot register RV or a base volume BV or link volume LV of the snapshot function as a control volume because they are in the Not Ready state during operation Also do not pair a logical disk created as a control volume as RV Registering or changing a control volume To register or change a control volume select a logical disk to use as a control volume from Candidate Volume List and then click the Add or Update button Define Control Yolume x 1 m Selected Volume List Add Delete m Candidate Volume List disk1 000 O00ah WN BACKUP_CV Tol tomer V disk OMh 0005h WN LOCAL_DATAI Tokyo_Customer_ IV g disk3 002h 0006h WN LOCAL_DATA2 Tokyo_Customer IV Figure 5 23 Registering Control Volume When you try to change a control volume already registered with Candidate Volume List the confirmation window shown below appears Click the Yes button to change the control volume in Selected Volume List to the selected logical disk Click the No button to return to the Define Control Volume window without u
335. nked by FC iSCSILinked by iSCSI link number Link number Number of the linked disk array link number beginning with 0 link_mode Link mode Indicates the mode of the link between disk arrays LowA low speed line is used NormalA normal line is used path_number Path number Connection number assigned on a linked disk array basis beginning with 0 path_state Path status Indicates the connection status for each path indicated by the path number ReadyLink normal FaultLink abnormal FreezeThe replication function of the link destination disk array is frozen OfflineLink status unknown disk array starting Link CheckThe link status is being checked because a failure occurred director_number Director number Number of the replication director or host director to which the path indicated by a path number is connected Conditions to Display Specific Volume Information To display information on the replication function of a disk array the following conditions must be satisfied The following does not apply when ReplicationControl is used together with SnapSAN Manager e One or more logical disks of the target disk array is registered with the volume list e A volume list is not being created e ASnapSAN Manager special file is not being created for Linux version only e The command cannot be executed if the operating mode from the system is set to secure mode in the operation target disk array 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Ove
336. nnot be performed Unpairing If either of logical disks MV and RV to be unpaired is locked operation cannot be performed Forced unpair When the user wants to unpair the MV side forcibly and the logical disk of the target MV is in the locked state operation cannot be executed MV cannot be forcibly unpaired if the logical disk of the MV is locked Restrictions by Data Retention Function The data retention function is used for preventing unauthorized data modification or data corruption by incorrect operations With this function you can set access restrictions ReadOnly NotAccessible on a logical disk basis The restrictions listed below are imposed when a logical disk is protected by the data retention function Operation Restrictions by Data Retention Function Operation Description Replicate Replicate cannot be performed for a pair in which the logical disk of the MV is NotAccessible or the logical disk of the RV is protected ReadOnly or NotAccessible Table 2 12 shows when replication is possible Restore update Restore cannot be performed for a pair in which the logical disk of the MV or RV is protected ReadOnly or NotAccessible Table 2 12 shows when replication is possible Restore protect Restore cannot be performed for a pair in which the logical disk of the MV is protected ReadOnly or NotAccessible or the logical disk of the RV is NotAccessible Table 2 12 shows when replication is possible
337. nnot be specified for a pair set in the same disk array The Overland Replication can be specified only for a pair set across different disk arrays When the asynchronous remote data replication function Remote Replication Asynchronous is used for a pair set across different disk arrays Background Copy is specified as the copy mode The disk array that stores the specified MV and RV is not in the Freeze state The activity of the pair of the specified MV and another paired RV is not Restore When the specified MV is also used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function Restore is not performed from the snapshot volume SV or no restoration error has occurred When the specified RV is also used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function Restore is not performed from the snapshot volume SV or no restoration error has occurred When the specified RV is used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function linking is not ongoing for BV When the specified RV is used as a base volume BV of the snapshot function the copy control of the appropriate pair must be in the Background Copy mode The sync of the pair of the specified MV and the paired upper MV is Separated Replicating or Synchronized When the activity of the pair of the specified MV and the paired upper MV is Replicate the Background Copy mode is specified for the target pair The sync of the pair of the specified RV and the paired lower RV is Separated Replic
338. nsistency note the following e Do not perform separation until master volume MV is completely updated and the cache data in the OS file system is reflected to the disk Otherwise data in limbo may be reflected to the replication volume RV as is Therefore be sure to unmount MV before performing separation and unmount RV before performing replication In addition make sure to unmount both of MV and RV before performing restoration Separation replication and restoration are performed on a disk basis instead of on a basis of logical volumes managed by LVM or VxVM e Note this when setting and operating LVM or VxVM To prevent operation errors and problems it is recommended to configure the same volume management settings for MVs and RVs on all the servers e To use LVM and VxVM use MV and RV separately in different servers You cannot mount MV and RV on the same server to use This is because the volume management information on MV and RV becomes the same so you cannot mount MV and RV simultaneously 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 413 7 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Management And Operations Of Data Replication e Ifan T O error is detected during access to the disk array and an alternative path is used the special file information is displayed as follows when a command is executed e The information on the specified special file appears when the volume is executed with sfn specifie
339. nt of difference may not change if I O load is high If a link failure occurs the amount of difference may not change Number of Pairs Indicates the number of related pairs This value is equal to the number of volumes which make up the pair link minus 1 An example of pair relations and Number of Pairs is shown below Number of Pairs Pair Relation 8B 2 0 0 Figure 4 4 Number of Related Pairs NOTE Some replication operations cannot be performed while in the Replicate Restore or Separate Execution state if the pair relation has multiple layers or if multiple RVs are connected to one MV refer to the conditions for performing each of the operation If the Number of Pairs is 2 or larger check the hierarchy on the Connection window Capacity GB Indicates the capacity of the logical disk Any logical disk larger than the maximum capacity of a volume to be paired is not displayed on the Replication Information window LD Set Name Indicates the name of the LD Set to which the volume belongs ATgroup Name Indicates the name of the ATgroup to which the volume belongs 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 12 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Update Prevention State Indicates the update prevention state of the volumes Update Prevention Indicates that updates of volume data are prevented Pair Update Prevention Indicates the update prevention state of paired volumes
340. nt point volume name mvol v v name assigned to the volume by the system NTFS foldername Specifies an NTFS folder name path name mdir v set to the volume Drive letter Specifies a drive letter set to the volume drv v Special file name Specifies a special file name assigned to the sfn v disk logical disk by the system Volume group name Specifies a name of the LVM s volume group vg v that includes the disk logical disk Disk group name Specifies a name of the VxVM s disk group dg y that includes the disk logical disk v Targeted Not Targeted Notes 10400412 002 11 2012 1 An identifier is a character string that indicates a volume type and is used in the following cases When specifying a volume type by using a replication operation command option mvflg rvflg or volflg When specifying a volume type by specifying a pair MV type or RV type for a replication operation file To use a volume group the LVM environment is necessary To use a disk group the VxVM environment is necessary When specifying a special file name dev sdX X is an alphabetic lower case character on the Linux system remove the partition number of the special file name The pair setting and unpairing operation iSMrc_pair command is performed on a single logical disk therefore it is not possible to specify an LVM volume group or a VxVM disk group When specifying paired volumes for remote operation you can only use
341. nt to perform Forced Cancellation of Update Prevention from the list and then click the Unprevent button Multiple pairs can be selected and Forced Cancellation of Update Prevention can be performed for the pairs in a batch Unexecutable pairs cannot be selected Selected Volume List Lists the information about the volumes selected on the Replication Information window Volumes whose Execution Result is Unexecutable cannot be selected because they do not satisfy the conditions to perform Forced Cancellation of Update Prevention For Unexecutable volumes take one of the actions listed below according to the Unexecutable Info Unexecutable Info Action Sync Preparation Forced Cancellation of Update Prevention in the Replicate state other than Sync Preparation Separate Preparing Perform Forced Cancellation of Update Prevention again in the Separate other than Separate Preparing Freeze Defreeze the Data Replication function to perform Forced Cancellation of Update Prevention again Monitoring Stopped Change the disk array of the selected volume to the Monitored state to perform Forced Cancellation of Update Prevention again Non update prevention Perform Forced Cancellation of Update Prevention for a state volume in the update prevention state 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 67 SnapSAN S 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide When you click the Unprevent button the following
342. nting the drive forcibly with the force option However it may cause an error if an application or a service is accessing the drive To execute CHKDSK F X with a mount point volume name specified after unmounting fails omit at the end of the mount point volume name to specify with CHKDSK In a remote desktop environment where Windows Server 2003 or later is running volumes can be used and ControlCommand can be executed from multiple remote desktop environments However to handle a volume by using ControlCommand the volume must be exclusively used Therefore note the following to prevent an unmount command GSMrc_umount from terminating abnormally or automount from causing unexpected data corruption after unmounting the volume e When executing a ControlCommand command do not use a volume being used by another remote desktop e When a volume is being used by a ControlCommand command executed by another terminal service do not reference the volume by using Windows Explorer or an application 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 49 5 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Windows System Volumes and Partitions On a Windows 2000 terminal service client the relationship between the actually specified drive letter and the volume or the volume status might not be acquired correctly or the operations performed for the volume might not be applied to the system Therefore in this case using snapshot o
343. nu bar of Replication Manager and then select Volume Operation and Replicate e Right click on the Replication Information window to select Volume Operation and Replicate Select a pair for which you want to perform Replicate from the list and then click Replicate Multiple pairs can be selected and Replicate can be performed for the pairs in a batch Unexecutable pairs cannot be selected Selected Volume List Lists the information about the pair MV RV selected on the Replication Information window Volumes whose Execution Result is Unexecutable cannot be selected because they do not satisfy the conditions to perform Replicate For Unexecutable volumes take one of the actions listed below according to the Unexecutable Info Unexecutable Info Action Unpaired Volume Perform Replicate for a paired volume 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 26 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Unexecutable Info Action Have Unpaired Perform Replicate for a paired volume Replicated Perform Replicate for a volume in the Separate state other than Separate Preparing Restored Perform Replicate for a volume in the Separate state other than Separate Preparing Separate Preparing Perform Replicate for a volume in the Separate state other than Separate Preparing Being replicated by other Replicate is performed in another layer Perform Replicate pair again after
344. number Physical disk number ld_name Logical disk name type 0S type volume _name Mount point volume name path Drive letter or path name mounted on the NTFS volume folder accessed by users Separating The character is dynamically updated until Separate is completed On the UNIX system Start message Separate StartYYYY MM DD hh mm ss MV special file nameld_nametype RV special file nameld_nametype Execution message Separating End message Separate Normal EndYYYY MM DD hh mm ss MV special file nameld_nametype RV special file nameld_nametype Description The execution and end messages appear only when wait is specified to wait for separation completion If you do not want the execution message to appear specify the RPL_WAITMSG environment variable For information about environment variables refer to the ControlCommand Command Reference YYYY MM DD hh mm ss Start End time Year Month Day Hour Minute Second special file name Special file name Displayed as a 32 byte item on HP UX and Linux as well as 64 byte item on Solaris ld_name Logical disk name type 0S type Separating The character is dynamically updated until Separate is completed Conditions to Perform Separate To perform Separate the following conditions must be satisfied e The target MV and RV are paired e The sync of the target pair is not Replicate Preparing Separate Preparing Restore Preparing or Restoring e The sync of th
345. o Action Restore Perform Forced Unpair for a volume in the Separate state MV Restore Perform Forced Unpair for a volume in the Separate state MV Outside SnapSAN After performing Forced Unpair for RV perform Forced Unpair Manager Management for MV paired with the RV MV Monitoring Stopped After performing Forced Unpair for RV perform Forced Unpair for MV paired with the RV MV Freeze After performing Forced Unpair for RV perform Forced Unpair for MV paired with the RV MV Force Unpaired Perform Forced Unpair for RV RV Separating Execute it again in the Separated state RV Replicate Perform Forced Unpair for a volume in the Separate state RV Restore Perform Forced Unpair for a volume in the Separate state RV Outside SnapSAN After performing Forced Unpair for MV perform Forced Unpair Manager Management for RV paired with the MV RV Monitoring Stopped After performing Forced Unpair for MV perform Forced Unpair for RV paired with the MV RV Freeze After performing Forced Unpair for MV perform Forced Unpair for RV paired with the MV RV Force Unpaired Perform Forced Unpair for MV Have been registered to Perform Forced Unpair for a volume not registered with the ATgroup ATgroup Comparing certifying Perform Forced Unpair again after Remote Replication quick sync is completed MV comparing certifying Perform Forced Unpair again after Remote Replication quick sync for MV is completed
346. o C i ae eind SnapSAN Replication Mirroring User Guide for SnapSAN S3000 S5000 Disk Arrays November 2012 104004 12 002 overiend storage SnapSAN Replication Mirroring User Guide 2012 Overland Storage Inc All rights reserved Overland Overland Data Overland Storage ARCvault DynamicRAID LibraryPro LoaderXpress Multi SitePAC NEO NEO Series PowerLoader Protection OS REO REO 4000 REO Series Snap Appliance Snap Care EU only SnapServer StorAssure Ultamus VR2 and XchangeNOW are registered trademarks of Overland Storage Inc GuardianOS RAINcloud SnapDisk SnapEDR Snap Enterprise Data Replicator SnapExpansion SnapSAN SnapScale SnapServer DX Series SnapServer Manager SnapWrite and SnapServer Manager are trademarks of Overland Storage Inc All other brand names or trademarks are the property of their respective owners The names of companies and individuals used in examples are fictitious and intended to illustrate the use of the software Any resemblance to actual companies or individuals whether past or present is coincidental PROPRIETARY NOTICE All information contained in or disclosed by this document is considered proprietary by Overland Storage By accepting this material the recipient agrees that this material and the information contained therein are held in confidence and in trust and will not be used re
347. o make RV available immediately after Separate execution RV access restrictions after Separate rw Read Write default value By setting the time to start using RV to the time immediately after Separate execution you can use RV immediately after the start of separation while separating the MV and RV iSMrc_separate file disks txt rvuse immediate Then the following message appears and separation is performed Separate Start2001 02 21 12 23 16 MV 10dev001WN Volume ce49f299 614e 11d5 b1df 009027520bce G RV dev002WN If separation is performed with access restrictions for RV set to Read Only ro and the drive is written in after the volume is mounted a writing error will occur disabling the drive Make sure that access restrictions for RV is set to Read Write Permit rw when performing separation Mounting MV application server Mount MV to associate the MV with the file system 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 48 26 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Operations Overview iSMrc_mount drv G Then the following message appears MV is mounted and become enabled as a file system Mount Start2001 02 21 12 23 17 disk10devO01WN Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce G Mount Normal End2001 02 21 12 23 17 disk10devO01WN Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce G Restarting applications application server Resume the applications stopped and also reu
348. o plan operation based on them The line bandwidth in the contract indicates the maximum speed Test it in your environment to check the transfer speed actually achieved Use a line of which performance is 10 Mbps or more SnapSAN Manager does not have a function for directly reporting the line speed but the transfer speed displayed on the pair connection screen and statistic information records of replication ports collected by the performance monitoring function which is an optional product can be used The performance may vary depending on seasons or time of day Influence of neighboring heavy users bandwidth reduction and occurrences of delay and variation in performance Line delay significant delay in response time For this reason copy operation may not be completed within the expected time depending on the season or time of day Take these variations into account when planning the system operation e There is no guarantee against line failures such as accidental line disconnection instantaneous interruption and poor line quality increase in packet loss When a line failure occurs disk array link operation acts as follows 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 43 3 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview e Ifa line error or line bandwidth reduction is detected the link state transits to the failure state checking or Fault state While background copy is performed the copy opera
349. ogical Disk Select a logical disk to set When you click the Pair button the following message is displayed 9 02600 v Will you execute w Figure 4 9 Pair Confirmation Unpair Perform one of the following to display the Unpair window e Select a volume on the Replication Information window click Operation on the menu bar of Replication Manager and then select Unpair or e Right click on the Replication Information window to select Unpair Selected Separate A43000001 MSP9 Not selected Separate a 1 MSPS Not selectable C Details Choose pair s you want to unpair from the list and click Unpair You can select one or more pairs to unpair them at once Unpair Close Help Figure 4 10 Unpair Select a pair to unpair from the list and then click Unpair Multiple pairs can be selected and unpaired in a batch Unexecutable pairs cannot be selected Selected Volume List Lists the information about the pair MV RV selected on the Replication Information window 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 23 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Volumes whose Execution Result is Unexecutable cannot be selected because they do not satisfy the conditions to perform pair setting unpairing For Unexecutable volumes take one of the actions listed below according to the Unexecutable Info Unexecutable Info Action Unpaired Volume Perform
350. ollowing products are required e ControlCommand Ver 7 3 or later e Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 5 or later e SUSE Linux Enterprise Enterprise Server 10 SP3 or later Replication for a volume group where the DM Multipath special file was created as a physical volume is the same as the replication for a volume group created with the kernel special file dev sdX X is a lower case alphabet Restarting Server Connected to RV When restarting a server to which RV is connected you may not be able to use the RV from the OS This occurs because replication or restoration puts the RV into the Not Ready state when the server is restarted so that the OS cannot recognize the RV partition information 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 413 6 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Management And Operations Of Data Replication If such an error has occurred follow the procedure below to allow the OS to recognize the RV partition information To release the RV from the Not Ready state application server 1 Separate the pair in the Replicate or the Restore state to release the RV from the Not Ready state You can also perform separation from the SnapSAN Manager Replication Manager 2 Restart the server to which RV is connected to allow the OS to recognize the RV partition information If RV is used as a VxVM disk group take the RV disk offline after restarting the server vxdisk offline sdf 3 To operate the
351. olume paired with another volume in the disk array will not be continued In this case the data replication function of the disk array stops replication operations of the whole disk array Freezing of replication operations for the disk array due to power down of the disk array is called freezing of disk array and the state is called frozen disk array When a disk array is frozen replication between paired volumes in the disk array are suspended with the result that the copy control of the pair becomes frozen When a pair is frozen a new replication operation cannot be performed For a frozen pair note the following Frozen in Separate If the following operation is performed for a pair that became frozen during Separate execution the state of the pair will change to Separate due to failure failure separation lt When an update is made in an MV area where copy to RV is not completed gt To use the RV after the pair is defrozen perform Replicate again to copy the data then perform Separate Frozen in Replicate If a pair is frozen in the Replicate state copy between MV and RV will be suspended Copy is automatically resumed when the pair is defrozen Frozen in Restore Ifa pair is frozen during Restore and an area where copy from RV to MV is not completed is referenced or updated I O will terminate abnormally If a pair is frozen after Restore is completed copy between MV and RV will be stopped Copy is automatically resu
352. ommand List Target System Command Name Windows Operation Description UNIX Volume List Associates logical disk disk array v v Creation Display side information with information iSMvollist dependent on the system server lane side and displays the associated information iSMrc_replicate Replicate Starts copy Replicate from MV to v v RV iSMrc_separate Separate Separate MV and RV in the sync v v Replicate or Restore iSMrc_restore Restore Starts copy Restore from RV to v v MV iSMrc_change Copy Control ChangeChanges copy control v v applied to copy from MV to RV iSMrc_wait Wait for state Waits for sync rpl sync sync v v rst sync or Separated state iSMrc_query Paired Volume State Displays the copy state of a pair v v Display iSMrc_sense Volume List Display Displays volume information v v iSMrc_rvmode RV Access Changes access restrictions for RV v v Restriction Change iSMrc_updprevent Cancellation of Cancels update prevention for a v v update prevention volume for a volume 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 1 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Target System Command Name Windows Operation Description UNIX iSMrc_lIdlist Logical disk Obtains and displays logical disk v v information display list information iSMrc_pair Pair Setting and Pairs and unpairs volumes y v Unpair iSMrc_swap Swap for Remote Swaps an
353. on Description Differential Only Copies only the difference between volumes All Copies the entire volume Copy Mode You can specify the copy control mode to be set in the Restore Execution and the Synchronous states as well as Restore setting The following copy modes can be specified 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 39 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Radio Button Description Synchronous Changes the copy control to the foreground copy Synchronous mode Semi synchronous Changes the copy control to the foreground copy Semi synchronous mode This can be specified for a pair set across different disk arrays Background Copy Changes the copy control to the Background Copy RV Status Specifies the access restrictions on the host that will be applied until Restore is completed Radio Button Description Not Ready The host cannot access the volume Read Only The host can only read from the volume Care should be taken to specify Read Only See O Access Restriction for RV Rename Media Specifies an operation to be performed in response to a request for renaming the media of MV that is made after Restore is completed Radio Button Description No Does not write a media name into a restored MV The Clear Soft Mirror Info checkbox becomes selectable When No is specified the media name of MV becomes the same as that of RV after Restore is performed so tha
354. on Mirroring User Guide Overview Use MV again on applications 6 Activate the volume group When using LVM activate the MV volume group vgchange a y dev vg01 When using VxVM import the MV disk group vxdg import dg01 vxvol g dg01 startall 7 Mount MV logical volume When using LVM mount the LVM logical volume In this example ext3 is used as a file system mount t ext3 dev vg01 lvol mvfs1 When using VxVM mount the VxVM logical volume In this example VxFS is used as a file system mount t vxfs dev vx dsk dg01 voll mvfs1 8 Restart the terminated operations such as applications 9 Mount RV backup server 10 Activate the volume group or import the disk group When using LVM activate the RV volume group vgchange a y dev vg01 When using VxVM set the RV disks online and then import the disk group vxdisk online sdf vxdg C import dg01 vxvol g dg01 startall 11 Mount RV logical volume When using LVM mount the LVM logical volume In this example ext3 is used as a file system mount t ext3 dev vg01 lvol rvfs1 When using VxVM mount the VxVM logical volume In this example VxFS is used as a file system mount t vxfs dev vx dsk dg01 voll1 rvfs1 12 Use backup software to back up the data files copied to RV to the tape Restoring Master Volume Data This section describes examples of restoring master volume MV data Data restoration without use of replication function e When restoring d
355. on operations you can select Summary or Details as the display mode for the volume related information 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 18 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Figure 3 6 and the description given below explain the Execution dialog information window using the Unpair execution dialog window as an example Replace operation in the description below with Replicate Restore etc as necessary Items added when Details is selected Unpair Reecuti Unexecutab Choose pair s sou vant to unpatr from the List and click Unpair You can select one of more pairs to unpair them at once Unpair Close Help Figure 4 7 Execution Dialog Information The Execution dialog information window shows the information about the items described below Logical Disk Name is displayed only on the RV Mode Change window Partition Name Pair Number and Pair Disk Name are displayed only when Details is selected On the Resume Copy window however the item is displayed even when Summary is selected Execution Result Displays the execution result of the operation Operation cannot be performed for a pair with Unexecutable indicated After the operation is performed the execution results for the operation are displayed To check the progress after the operation close the execution dialog to check the progress on the Connection Screen Unexecutable Info
356. on properly If the required products have not been purchased properly icons on the Replication Manager window tree view will change to indicate missing products or products not purchased For the status of product purchase check the property of the disk array on the state monitoring window Collecting Information on Failure Due To Unknown Cause When a failure has occurred for unknown reason and you want to request the provider to investigate the failure you must collect information required for the failure analysis For Failures on ReplicationControl Follow the steps below to execute the command and collect the operation trace and other failure information at a time A disk for storing failure information must have at least about 4 MB of unused space Because the total size of failure information files differs depending on the system status it may exceed 4 MB It is advisable to allocate an unused space of enough size 1 Log on as a user authorized as a system administrator 2 On Windows click the Start button and then select All Programs Programs on Windows 2000 ControlCommand Storage Manager Agent Utility and then Difficulty Information Gather 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 48 38 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Troubleshooting 3 Confirm that the iSMvolgather directory has been created under the directory where ReplicationControl is installed when the destina
357. oning pair configuration is not allowed Volume Cloning and Remote Replication must For a serial pair configuration using Remote Replication The upper pair is not in the Restore state Separate is not being performed for the upper pair Figure 4 14 Conditions to Perform Replicate Separate If Separate is performed for paired volumes MV will be separated from RV and RV will be made available RV cannot be reused until Separate is completed except when it is Separate immediate Operation Procedure Do one of the following to display the Separate window e Select a volume on the Replication Information window click Operation on the menu bar of Replication Manager and then select Volume Operation and Separate e Right click on the Replication Information window to select Volume Operation and Separate 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 30 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Scperate The xecutable Figure 4 15 Separate Screen 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 4 31 SnapSAN S 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Separate ted Not selected Replicate ACO0S4_VOL_0003 D Not ate selectable Replicate ACOS4 VOL O3F8 i Selected i Summary Details WD You can separate RV from MV by configuring the time RV becomes available and the status of RV after separation m RV Use Restriction iii RV Use Start Time Separate
358. onously with application operation which may cause a failure To perform the replication operations in general use ReplicationControl that operates on the application server Replication operation can be performed only for a logical drive on the primary partition or an expanded partition When setting and operating partitions note that separation replication and restoration are performed on a disk basis instead of a partition basis To prevent operation errors and failures the partition settings must be the same between the MV and the RV servers To ensure data consistency note the following e Before performing separation unmount MV e Before performing replication unmount RV e Before performing restoration unmount MV and RV e In general do not specify Read Only as the access restriction for RV when performing replication or separation e The MV and RV file systems must be in the same format To separate volumes operating on an Windows system reflect the data that an application or the operating system retains on the buffer into the volumes by using the combination of the iSMrc_flush and the iSMrc_umount commands e Ifthe file control information is not reflected into volumes an error message may appear when RV is mounted disabling the RV e Oracle or Microsoft SQL Server has a system of maintaining data consistency static point without stopping the database system On a Windows system the drive may be automatica
359. ontrol are related to the amount of the accumulated differences between MV and RV and writing performance Table 2 4 shows how copy controls are related to the difference between MV and RV and writing performance Difference Writing between Overhead for Copy Control MV and RV MV Foreground Small High Synchronous Foreground Semi synchronous Background Suspend Large Low 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 42 13 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Replication Operations and State Transitions If the difference between MV and RV is large under the state of Replicate the processing time required for Separate will be increased Therefore it is recommended to select a copy control which makes the difference between MV and RV smaller for a system where business operations cannot be interrupted for a long period of time Also for a system where the performance of writing into MV needs to be maintained or improved it is recommended to select a copy control that requires no writing overhead for MV Access Restriction for RV Under the state of Replicate or Restore MV is synchronized with RV to allow the data in the MV to be consistent with the data in the RV However RV may become inconsistent with others because the reflection of the difference between MV and RV is performed in a disk array independently of the operating system or file system Therefore the data replication function ha
360. opy control to the Background Copy When a low speed line is used the Background Copy is strongly recommended When you click the Resume button the following message is displayed 10400412 002 11 2012 gt 02600 Will you execute Figure 4 26 Execute Copy Mode 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 47 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Conditions to Stop Resume Copy To perform Suspend Resume Copy the following conditions must be satisfied 10400412 002 11 2012 The target MV is recognized by Replication Manager as the Replication target disk The target MV and RV are paired The activity of the target pair is Replicate or Restore and the synchronous state is not Sync Preparation or Restore Preparing The Overland Replication cannot be specified for a pair set in the same disk array The Overland Replication can be specified only for a pair set across different disk arrays Can be set only when copy is resumed When the asynchronous remote data replication function Remote Replication Asynchronous is used for a pair set across different disk arrays of which the activity is Replicate Background Copy is specified as the copy mode for the target pair The disk array where the specified MV and RV are stored is not frozen The disk array where the specified MV and RV are stored is monitored For Suspend Copy MV must be monitored The specified MV is not registered in the ATgroup Only Bac
361. or RV is not stopped by the power saving function The specified MV or RV is not stopped by the power saving function The update prevention state of the specified MV or RV is not Prevent The system administrator partition user is authorized to control partitions to which the specified MV and RV belong The replication reserved volume for the target MV or RV is not a bottleneck The specified MV and RV are not being used by the data migration function 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 42 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Set as pair Pair Setting Separated Not in Semi synchronous the pair is set in the same disk array Not frozen Disk array monitored MV and RV are unmounted from the host The specified MV is not registered in the ATgroup The pool including the specified MV or RV is not stopped The specified MV or RV is not stopped ee State of the specified MV or RV is not For a partion user the management authorization of the partition to which the target MV or RV belongs is given Replication BA RAA ae S A Inthe same disk array serial Volume Cloning pair configuration is not allowed Volume Cloning and Remote Snapshot has not been established for all SVs paired with the MV BV Not in the Restoring state Figure 4 23 Restore Conditions Suspend Resume Copy You can suspend and resume copy operation in the Replicate or Restore state Operation Proc
362. orage Inc lt 4 7 21 overland storage chapters Operation and Maintenance Win Operations Overview This chapter describes examples of operation that uses the data replication function Although the procedure for command input is described below the actual operation for building up a system is automated by the job scheduling software Data of the master volume MV used in operation is replicated to the replication volume RV Then it is saved to the tape by using backup software Assume that the backup environment has the configuration shown Also the volumes have been set as a pair and the operation has started in the state where the volumes are separated MV drive letter is G and the RV drive letter is H Application Server Backup Server 4 Tape Backup Software Backup Exec T NetBackup Disk Copy wB gt fe Se Replication Volume RV Figure 8 1 Online Backup 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 8 1 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Operations Overview Work flow of the backup example Application server gt Backup server gt i Stepn2 FlushingRV file system Staen3 Unmounting RV Stepn4 Performingreplication Stapi Terminating applications Step Flushing MV file system Step 8 Performing separation Stepn 9 Mounting MV Step 7 Unmounting MV i
363. ormation dl option Sorts information by using logical disk number and displays how the specified disk array is associated with volumes If a logical disk number is specified only the information about association with the specified logical disk number will be displayed de option Sorts information by using logical disk name and displays how the specified disk array is associated with volumes If a logical disk name is specified only the information about association with the specified logical disk name will be displayed dd option Sorts information by using path information and displays how the specified disk array is associated with volumes If a drive letter or a path name of an NTFS folder is specified only the information about association with the specified drive letter or the path name of the NTFS folder will be displayed dp option Sorts information by using physical disk number and displays how the specified disk array is associated with volumes If a physical disk number is specified only the information about association with the specified physical disk number will be displayed dh option Sorts information by using HBT and LUN and displays how the specified disk array is associated with volumes If HBT is specified only the information about association with the specified HBT will be displayed If LUN is specified only the information about association with the specified HBT and LUN will be displayed
364. ost Namehost_name Disk Arraydisk_array_number Volume Informationvolume_number 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 5 22 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Description X X XXX Version information of the executed iSMvollist command YYYY MM DD HH MM SS Date when the iSMvollist command is executed disk_array_name Disk array name number Number of logical disk information items special file for each disk array registered in the volume list ldn Logical disk number ld_name Logical disk name vaa VAA Volume Absolute Address type 0S type special file name Special file name Displayed as a 32 byte item on HP UX and Linux as well as 64 byte item on Solaris disk_array_name Disk array name path Whether to use a special file In general this field is blank and nothing appears in this field However B will appear if an error is detected in access to the special file during data replication or snapshot pd_type PD type version Version of the iSMvollist command used when the volume list is created yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Date when the column list was created or updated host_name Host name of the server owning the volume list disk_array_number Total number of disk arrays in the volume list volume _number Total number of volume information items in the volume list When the igt all option is specified iSCSI information of all volumes are displayed in the following volume list LDN LD Name Disk Arr
365. ot data volume SDV of the snapshot function The volume to be paired is not a system volume The logical disk to be paired as MV or RV is not locked by the operation guard setting The MV or RV to be unpaired is not locked by the operation guard setting Unlocked MV or RV can be forcibly unpaired individually A dynamic disk is not used To set the logical disk of RV as a base volume BV of snapshot to use data replication and snapshot in serial configuration Volume Cloning or Remote Replication and Snapshota are required The process of comparing or establishing identity by using the Remote Replication quick sync function is not ongoing to the pair to be unpaired However MV or RV for which comparing or establishing identity is not ongoing can be forcibly unpaired individually The pair to be unpaired is not being swapped by the Remote Replication pair swap function Forced Unpair can be performed for such pair The pair in which RV to be paired is set as MV is not being swapped by the Remote Replication pair swap function The pool to which the logical disk of MV or RV to be paired candidate belongs is not stopped by the power saving function The pool to which the logical disk of MV or RV to be unpaired belongs is not stopped by the power saving function 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 5 80 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview e The pool where the logical disk of the MV or RV to be forcibl
366. ot displayed Reservation attribute registered with a reservation group Snapshot data volume SDV of the snapshot function System volume e Attributes are displayed for control volumes created in a disk array that can identify control volume attributes When a control volume attribute cannot be obtained from a disk array not recognized by the system management is indirect the attribute is not displayed In addition for a logical disk defined as a control volume on the server the attribute is not displayed 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 78 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Pair Unpair Command To perform pair setting or unpairing use the iSMrc_pair command With the iSMrc_pair command you can perform pair setting or unpairing for the specified MV or RV Also if you cannot perform normal unpairing due to a failure that occurred on the disk array on the MV or RV side you can forcibly perform unpairing by using this command Main Options For performing pair setting or unpairing with the iSMrc_pair command you can specify the following options 1 Specifying pair setting pair or unpairing unpair Specify whether to perform pair setting or unpairing e Setting a pair pair Performs pair setting for the specified paired volumes e Unpairing unpair Unpairs the specified paired volumes 2 Specifying paired volumes Specify MV and RV e Specifying MV mv volume m
367. ot share the environment setting Set up environment such as registering the control volume creating the volume list and setting the software operation for all servers In cluster environment use the iSMrc_signature command for all the disks to be target for replication in the operating system in order to obtain and save export the disk signature information and import the information to the standby system The disk signature is already written into the replication target disks If disk signature information is lost due to a cluster fail over etc it can be restored In cluster environment RV that moved into the Not Ready state due to replication or restoration needs to be recognized as a faulty disk You cannot use RV as a shared disk of CLUSTERPRO in a system configuration including CLUSTERPRO Once you cancel a drive letter by executing the iSMrec_unmount command with the offline option or the MOUNTVOL command with the D or P option you can no longer use the CLUSTERPRO shared disk even after resetting the drive letter If it occurs restart the cluster To prevent a shared disk to be disabled do not cancel the drive letter of the shared disk 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 48 45 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Troubleshooting This event does not occur for CLUSTERPRO X Executing the iSMrc_umount command to unmount a shared disk of MSCS Microsoft Cluster Server or MSFC Microsoft
368. out lt directory gt option 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 A 1 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Specifies a directory to which the file is created and saved The pair information file is created in the directory specified in directory If a space is included in the directory name add a single quotation mark or double quotation mark before and after the directory name An error will occur if the specified directory does not exist Execution of Command An example of executing the pair information file output command is shown below gt iSMview d Disk Array List Product ID Disk Array Name Resource State Monitoring Disk Array Storage 001 ready running 4300 Disk Array Storage 002 ready running gt iSMpairinfo arrayname Storage001 out directory iSM10506 Command completed successfully The above is an example of when disk array name is Storage001 e Use the configuration display command iSMview d option to check the disk array name e Specify a disk array name and a directory name to execute this command e Multiple CSV files about the pair information of the disk array Storage001 are created in the specified directory Output Files This section explains CSV files created by the pair information file output command 1 Information about pairs PairInfo_diskarrayname csv Reports information about pairs of the replication function
369. ow To successfully register volume information with a volume list update the volume list in the following states e Pairs are separated when RV is connected to the server e When a link volume LV of the snapshot function is connected to the server the LV and the snapshot volume SV are linked When a base volume BV is connected to the server the BV and the LV are not linked e When a logical disk to which the data retention function is applied is connected to the server the protected data can be read e When a logical disk to which the power saving function is applied is connected to the server the volume is in the In use state and accessible e All volumes are mounted and every mount point to be used drive letter or NTFS folder name is set e The link path between disk arrays is normal when the Replication and Mirroring is configured for the disk array After updating a volume list display the information registered with the volume list to check that the items to be used such as logical disks partitions mount point volume names and mount points drive letters or NTFS folder names are all registered If the target logical disk partition mount point volume name or mount point drive letter or NTFS folder name is described in the batch file etc used for operation update the batch file with the information updated in the volume list Note that the replication operation command execution may abnormally end if th
370. pSAN S 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide e Set as pair e Pair Setting e Separate state when R W Permit is specified e Not in Sync Preparation Separate Preparing or Restore Preparing e Not frozen e Disk array in RV monitored e The specified RV is not registered in the ATgroup e The pool including the specified MV or RV is not stopped e The specified MV or RV is not stopped e For a partition user the management authorization of the partition to which the target MV or RV belongs is given e Separated state when Clear Soft Mirror Info is specified for a volume of A4 type e The RV is unmounted from the host For a Serial pair configuration using Remote Replication The lower pair is not in the Sync Preparation In the same disk array serial Volume Cloning pair configuration is not allowed Volume Cloning and Remote Replication must be combined when serially configuring pairs Figure 4 35 Conditions to Perform RV Mode Change Forced Separate When a failure occurs in connection between disk arrays and normal Separate cannot be performed on MV and RV you can use Forced Separate to give a Separate instruction to the MV and RV individually Performing Forced Separate forcibly separates MV and RV and makes RV available Operation Procedure Do one of the following to display the Forced Separate window Select a volume on the Replication Information window click Operation on the menu bar of Replicat
371. pair configuration is not alowed Snapshot is not established for all SVs paired with MVs BVs Figure 5 32 Conditions to Perform Restore Copy Control Change Command To change a copy control use the iSMrc_change command By using the iSMrc_change command you can change the copy control applied in the Replicate or Restore state If RV Restore protect is performed the data updated in MV will not be reflected into RV Therefore changing a copy control Synchronous Copy Mode Overland Replication or Background Copy has no effect Main Options For changing a copy control using the iSMrc_change command you can specify the following options 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 55 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview 1 Specifying paired volumes Specify MV and RV e Specifying MV mv volume mvflg mv_flg Specifies a volume and volume type for MV e Specifying RV rv volume rvflg rv_flg Specifies a volume and volume type for RV 2 Copy Control You can specify one of the following copy controls e Synchronous Copy sync Set the copy control state to Synchronous Copy mode e Semi synchronous Copy semi Set the copy control state to Overland Replication This can be specified for paired volumes in different disk arrays e Background Copy bg Set the copy control state to Background Copy mode e Suspend suspend Set the copy control state to Suspend e Res
372. parated Updates made in the MV after the start of Separate are not reflected in the RV Instead the update data is stored in a disk array as differences made by the update Before performing Separate you can choose when to start using RV from the following 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 42 2 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Replication Operations and State Transitions Separate for making RV available after separation is completed Separate completion Reflects all the differences between MV and RV in the RV to make the RV available after separation is completed Even if Separate is performed immediately after Replicate starts RV cannot be used while the difference between MV and RV is reflected into the RV RV becomes available upon completion of separation Separate for immediately making RV available SeparateGmmediate Makes an RV available even while the difference between MV and RV are reflected into the RV or MV and RV are separated By performing Separate immediate you can create an available RV immediately This function is available only when data replication is performed in the same disk array To use this function Volume Cloning Ver 2 or later is required Restore With this operation you can copy data from RV to MV Use this operation to restore data from a backup volume RV when a failure occurs in MV When Restore is performed data stored in RV by the time Restore i
373. pdate The RV update is accumulated as differential information and reflected to RV asynchronously with the MV update The interval of copy to RV can be set for individual disk arrays background copy level lt 4 13 1 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Management And Operations Of Data Replication RV Access Restriction Setting The MV data is completely replicated to RV in a disk array so that the contents of RV will be consistent with those of MV Data replication gives no access restrictions for MV allowing Read Write RW at any time For RV set the RV access restriction in Replicate or Restore state to Not Ready NR to prevent malfunctioning unless there are specific reasons When Read Only RO is set the results vary depending on the OS and or file systems used So do not set RO unless you are familiar with the OS and file system operations Access Restriction Description Commands Replicate Restore Separate Read Write RW RV is enabled for read write v Read Only RO RV is enabled only for reading v ve ve Not Ready NR RV is disabled for read write v v Not Available NA RV is not recognized by the operating system or the LU Logical Unit is invalid v Available v Available with administrative restrictions Unavailable RW Read Write RO Read Only NR Not Ready NA Not Available Note the following depending on the value set for the access restriction e When mo
374. pdating the control volume 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 5 37 SnapSAN S 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Define Control Yolume Figure 5 24 Changing Control Volume When you try to change a control volume already registered with Candidate Volume List the confirmation window shown below appears Click the Yes button to change the control volume in Selected Volume List to the selected logical disk Click the No button to return to the Define Control Volume window without updating the control volume The definition of control volume Figure 5 25 Confirmation Window Deleting a Control Volume To delete a control volume already registered with Selected Volume List select a logical disk to delete from the Selected Volume List and then click the Delete button 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 38 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Define Control Yolume i ii Update T O01h LOCAL_DATA1 Tokyo_Customer_ 002h 0006h WN LOCAL_DATA2 Tokyo_Customer_ Figure 5 26 Deleting Control Volume When you click the OK button on the Define Control Volume window the message for confirming whether to save the definition information appears The definition of control volume Figure 5 27 Save Definition Click the Yes button to save the definition information A message telling
375. pecial Function becomes disabled When you click the Restore button the following message is displayed 02210 Restoring will be executed Is it OK to change contents of MY Have both MY and RY been un mounted from the hast Figure 4 21 Restore Execute When MV is a virtual capacity logical disk the following message is displayed 02264 Restoration will start Is it Ok to overwrite to MY Have you un mounted both MY and RY from the host There is at least one MY that is a virtual capacity logical disk Is there enough free space in the actual capacity of the pool to which the MY belongs Yes No Figure 4 22 Confirmation Screen for Virtual Capacity MV Conditions to Perform Restore To perform Restore the following conditions must be satisfied 10400412 002 11 2012 The target MV is recognized by Replication Manager as the Replication target disk The target MV and RV are paired The activity of the target pair is Separate and the synchronous state is not Separate Preparing or Separating The Overland Replication cannot be specified for a pair set in the same disk array The Overland Replication can be specified only for a pair set across different disk arrays 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 41 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide 10400412 002 11 2012 The sync state of another RV paired with the specified MV is Separated The sync state of the upper MV paired with the spe
376. penode_number Description The items not described below are the same as those in 1 Refer to 1 for the description of these items node_number Node number to which the logical disk belongs When it is not a logical disk of a disk array supporting nodes or node numbers cannot be obtained is displayed Conditions to Display Specific Volume Information The following does not apply when ReplicationControl is used together with SnapSAN Manager e One or more logical disks of the target disk array is registered with the volume list e A volume list is not being created e An SnapSAN Manager special file is not being created for Linux version only e The logical disk to be displayed must meet any of the following conditions for the disk array where the operating mode from the system is set to secure mode and the link destination disk array e The logical disk must be registered in the volume list The volume that makes a pair with the target logical disk must be registered in the volume list e The volumes in the upper or lower pair for the target logical disk must be registered in the volume list e Ifthe target logical disk is the BV base volume SV snapshot volume or LV link volume of the snapshot function the BV or the LV associated with the BV or SV must be registered in the volume list e The target logical disk is not locked by operation guard setting Notes e The following logical disk attributes are n
377. pension time becomes longer because the transition time from the start of replication to the completion of separation is long It is recommended to use a pair environment with a low speed line that is achieved by using RV of Volume Cloning for the source disk array It takes time from the start of replication to the completion of separation In the meantime data in the Remote Replication RV is left undetermined So back up RV by using Volume Cloning or in a tape as needed Do not access MV while restoration is ongoing because access delay is long To reduce the load select the Don t update periodically check box on the Replication Information window When this radio button is checked to obtain the latest pair information during operation select Refresh from the menu on the Replication Management window or press the F5 key In the case of the Connection window click the Refresh button or press the F5 key After the latest information is obtained the transfer rate and remaining copy time are reported on the Connection window If the ControlCommand function is used for operating a disk array at a remote site with remote operation the amount of data passing through a line will be increased Perform operations from the server at the same site as for the disk array whenever possible Notes on Using Best effort Line To use a best effort line to link disk arrays for remote replication note the following features of this type of line t
378. peration With this form MV and RV are separated during operation Before starting backup synchronize MV with RV by performing replication and then separate the MV and the RV to update the RV data to the latest After backup is completed MV and RV remain separated and the data the RV accessed for backup is retained in the RV e Replicate operation With this form MV and RV are replicated during operation Before starting backup separate MV and RV to fix the RV data After backup is completed replication is started for synchronization so that the data the RV accessed for backup is not retained Separate operation Replicate operation Application Servers My andRV are Cluster separated during operation Application Sewers Cluster Standby 3 replicated during operation Backup Server Backup Server Disk Array Disk Array Tape Device Tape Device The previous backup data is held in RY for operation synchronized with MV for operation Figure 6 9 Separate Operation and Replicate Operation Backup Operation Forms lists advantages and notes on each of operation forms It is recommended to use Separate operation because it is easier to use than Replicate operation and data can be restored quickly when a failure occurs in MV The operation examples described in this manual are based on the Separate operation procedures Backup Operation Forms Form Advantage Note Separate Operation
379. perform data replication for a logical disk that contains multiple partitions or logical volumes Be extremely careful when using a logical disk that contains multiple partitions or logical volumes for operation Selecting File System You can create a file system for each of MV and RV to be replicated These volumes can be used as RAW devices for ORACLE etc The paired MV and RV to be replicated must have the same type of partitions and file systems If these rules are not observed data consistency is not guaranteed Selecting Windows System To application servers using MV and backup servers using RV a system configuration where Windows 2000 Server Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008 are combined can be applicable for example servers of Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server or servers of Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 Whether to combine them with new Windows environments to be provided hereafter will be determined following the Microsoft policy Disk Signatures A disk signature is a disk identifier that is written in the header block of a disk when it is referred for the first time by Disk Management Windows The Windows system does not allow you to use two or more disks with the same signature in the same server For paired volumes on an Windows system OS type of WN the data replication function restores the original identifier that had been used before copying so that MV and RV have different i
380. pletion Message 5 39 Suspend Copy Screen 4 44 Swap in Remote Replication Pair and State Transition 3 1 Sync Execution 4 79 System Configuration 1 5 T technical support PR iii Terminate Applications 8 17 Test Environment Setting 1 4 typographical conventions PR iv U Unpair 4 23 10400412 002 11 2012 Unpair Confirmation 4 24 Update RV and Re Sync MV with RV 10 2 Using Replication Volume for Backup 1 3 6 2 Vv Volume List 7 11 Volume List Display Menu 5 27 Volume List Display Window 5 24 5 28 VxVM Configuration 11 14 VxVM Disk Pair Setting and Replication 11 15 W Window Showing Copy Failure Occurrence 8 29 Work Flow Backup Operation 12 2 Work Flow Master Volume Data Recovery 8 16 Workflow for Backup 8 9 2012 Overland Storage Inc 43
381. plication unmount RV by using the backup server and clear data remaining in the file system buffer Synchronizing MV with RV by replication Perform replication to copy data from MV to RV for synchronization Securing the static point of application data and performing separation After securing the static point of application data on the application server separate MV and RV Mounting RV and backup Mount RV on the backup server to back up RV data Figure 6 1 Mount RV 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 46 1 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Backup and Restoring Unmounting RV Synchronizing MV with RV by replication A DiskArray Tape Device Tape Device Securing the static point of application data and performing separation Secure the static point of application data and perform separation Backup Server Disk Array Disk Array Tape Device Tape Device Figure 6 2 Backup Flow Updating RV and re synchronizing MV with RV If RV data is updated by secondary use of the data etc the data will become different from MV data The data is overwritten by MV data when MV is re synchronized with RV by subsequent replications Therefore you need to back up the data updated in RV to a tape or other media as needed before performing replication for re synchronization Updating RV Re synchronizing MY with RY by replication Disk Array Disk Array Tape Device Tape Device
382. plication operation commands To create a volume list execute the iSMvollist command with the cr option specified or perform the Create Update Volume List operation on the Volume List Display window window operation The user to create a volume list must be authorized as a system administrator The following command line shows an example of creating a volume list with the iSMvollist command iSMvollist cr Upon successful creation of volume list the following message appears iSM11701 Volume list is created successfully If creation of a volume list fails replication operation commands cannot be executed Troubleshoot the failure in accordance with the error message and create the volume list again Create a volume list in the following states e The path between the disk array and the server is normally connected e The logical disk in the disk array is recognized as a disk device of the server OS e The volume partitions in the disk is recognized by the server OS To use a control volume in a disk array that cannot identify control volume attributes perform the following before creating the volume list e Register a logical disk to be used as a control volume by performing the Define Control Volume operation on the Volume List Display window To successfully register volume information with a volume list create the volume list under the following conditions e Pairs are separated when the RV is connected to the server
383. pped by the power saving function The update prevention state of the specified RV is not Prevent The system administrator partition user is authorized to control partitions to which the specified MV and RV belong The replication reserved volume for the target MV or RV is not a bottleneck The specified RV is not being used by the data migration function 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 29 SnapSAN S 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Preparing Not in Semi synchronous the pair is set in the same disk array Not frozen Disk array monitored RV is unmounted from the host The specified MV is not registered im the ATgroup The pool including the specified MV or RV is not stopped The specified MV or RV is not stopped The update prevention state of the specified RV is not Prevent For a partition user the management authorization of the partition to which the target MV or RV belongs is given When the asynchronous remote data replication function Replication and Mirroring Asynchronous is used for a pair set across different disk arrays Background Copy is specified as the copy mode For a serial pair configuration using Remote Replication The lower pair is not in the Restore state When the lower pair is in the Replicate 5 z state Background Copy is used ial leas pp ae cc ae ees The lower pair is not in the Sync When the upper pair is in the Replicate In the same disk array serial Volume Cl
384. ppicalon cele MY and RV are operated a aie E A in the Separate state para Standk during operation a P g Backup Server DiskArray Tape Device The previous backup data is held in RY for operation Replicate operation Application Servers Cluster MV and RV are operated in the Replicate state during operation Backup Server Disk Array Tape Device synchronized with MY for operation Figure 10 9 Separate Operation and Replicate Operate Backup Operation Forms lists advantages and notes on each of operation forms It is recommended to use Separate operation for the operation form because Separate operation is easier than Replicate operation and data can be restored quickly at an MV error This manual describes Separate operation procedures as operation examples Form Separate operation Advantage When an MV error occurs data can be restored quickly from the previous backup data retained in RV RV can be used for operations other than backup during operation Note Time taken for synchronization varies depending on the amount of update of MV amount of copied differentials Replicate operation 10400412 002 11 2012 ime taken for synchronization is short 2012 Overland Storage Inc Since RV is always synchronized with MV after an MV error or occurrence of a data contradiction RV data cannot be used To restore MV data needs to be restored from a tape or other secon
385. produced in whole or in part nor its contents revealed to others except to meet the purpose for which it was delivered It is understood that no right is conveyed to reproduce or have reproduced any item herein disclosed without express permission from Overland Storage Overland Storage provides this manual as is without warranty of any kind either expressed or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose Overland Storage may make improvements or changes in the product s or programs described in this manual at any time These changes will be incorporated in new editions of this publication Overland Storage assumes no responsibility for the accuracy completeness sufficiency or usefulness of this manual nor for any problem that might arise from the use of the information in this manual 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt overland 2 Storage Preface This user guide explains how to setup and use replication between two SnapSAN arrays This guide assumes that you are familiar with computer hardware data storage and network administration terminology and tasks It also assumes you have basic knowledge of Internet SCSI SCST Serial attached SCSI SAS Serial ATA SATA Storage Area Network SAN and Redundant Array of Independent Disks RAID technology This guide assumes that you are familiar with computer hardware data storage and
386. py RY Mode Change Replicate Separate Restore Suspend Resume Copy Suspend Resume Copy Change to Background Copy RV Mode Change Forced Operation P System Operaten ATQrouUp r 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 17 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide The lists of additional menu bar items of Replication Manager are shown below ConnorDB_A rani Help Pair Setting Unpair Yolume Operation Forced Separate Forced Operation Ferced Separate a a Forced Unpair System Operation Forced Unpar Porced Cancellation af Ud Alqroup Ferced Cancelation of Update Prevention P HKS ConnorDB_A Operation Pair Setting Unpalr Yolume Operation Forced Ooeretion System Operation A group FreezelDefreeze Freeze Defieeze Background Copy Level Change Background Copy Level Change ConnorD _A For details about operations related to alta Help ATgroup refer to the Data Replication Pair Setting User s Manual Disaster Recovery Jnpalt System Installation and Operation foluine Operatcn Guide Forced Operation gt System Operation AT group Replication Help F1 Se Didog List regarding Replicanon Manager Displays Help on the dialog list Information Displayed on Execution Dialog On the Execution dialog information window displayed for replicati
387. r When the volume list is successfully created the following message appears iSMvollist Info iSM11701 Volume list is created successfully Output the volume list information to the vollist_data txt iSMvollist a gt vollist_data txt After changing a logical disk name in iSM you must update the volume list To use a control volume select and register the control volume by using the Define Control Volume function on the Volume List Display window before creating the volume list 5 Saving disk signature application server backup server Execute the following command on each of the MV and RV servers to save the signature of the replication target disk iSMrc_signature read all When using a partition disk in the GUID partition table GPT format you do not need to follow this step because you cannot execute the iSMrc_signature command for performing the disk signature operation 6 Backing up disk signature application server backup server Back up the disk signature saved in step 5 by executing the following command on each of the MV and RV servers iSMrc_signature export file name all For the file name specify an arbitrary file name Perform this backup to enable the disk signature to be restored to the status of when it was saved when an incorrect disk signature is written in due to an operation error When a partition disk in the GUID partition table GPT format is used you do not need to execute this step becaus
388. r disks is prohibited The difference backup system that operates archive bits is not available for making RV data backup copies in a tape unit In cluster environment install ReplicationControl in all servers of the operating system and standby system The servers cannot share the environment setting Set up environment such as registering the control volume creating the volume list and setting the software operation for all servers In cluster environment use the iSMrc_signature command for all the disks to be target for replication in the operating system in order to obtain and save export the disk signature information and import the information to the standby system The disk signature is already written into the replication target disks If disk signature information is lost due to a cluster fail over etc it can be restored In cluster environment RV that moved into the Not Ready state due to replication or restoration needs to be recognized as a faulty disk You cannot use RV as a shared disk of CLUSTERPRO in a system configuration including CLUSTERPRO Once you cancel a drive letter by executing the iSMrc_unmount command with the offline option or the MOUNTVOL command with the D or P option you can no longer use the CLUSTERPRO shared disk even after resetting the drive letter If it occurs restart the cluster To prevent a shared disk to be disabled do not cancel the drive letter of the shared disk This event does no
389. r during data replication and snapshot operations Main Options You can specify the following options with the iSMvollist command a Creates updates the volume list r Scans devices connected to the system to create or update the volume list You can set a volume list to be automatically created at the start of the application server However with the default setting you need to create a volume list manually To create a volume list automatically change the name of the rc file created at the installation of ControlCommand NOTE To check the version of the iSMvollist command use the ver option b Displays the volume list You can select one of the following options Displays the volume list You can select one of the following options Option Description d option Lists disk array information option Displays the information about association with all logical disks vs option Sorts information by using special file name and displays how the specified disk array is associated with volumes If a special file name is specified only the information about association with the specified special file will be displayed 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 5 18 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Option Description vi option Sorts information by using logical disk number and displays how the specified disk array is associated with volumes If a logical
390. r volume list creation and display and replication etc on the Hyper V virtual machine Options The functions and options of this command are as follows e No option specification Enables the issuance of SCSI pass through I O from all the Hyper V virtual machines set up on the host where this command is executed e loption Displays whether SCSI pass through I O can be issued from all the Hyper V virtual machines set up on the host where this command is executed e yer option Displays the version information of this command e option Displays the usage of this command 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 B 1 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide 10400412 002 11 2012 SCSI Pass Through I O Hyper V Virtual Machine Execution of Command An example of executing this command is shown below C gt iSMpassthrough enabler iSMpassthrough_ enabler 002 SCSI pass through setting was enabled successfully Host HostMachine Virtual VirtualMachinel iSMpassthrough enabler 002 SCSI pass through setting was enabled successfully Host HostMachine Virtual VirtualMachine2 iSMpassthrough enabler 001 Command has completed successfully C gt The above is an example of executing this command on the host machine HostMachine This command in the above example enables the Hyper V virtual machines VirtualMachinel and VirtualMachine2 which are set up on the host HostMachine to issue
391. raffic on the line depending on the Remote Replication line In addition MV data redundancy by RV is not ensured until this replication is completed With the swap function for Remote Replication pairs you can immediately swap the roles of MV and RV to prevent a full copy from being performed at the subsequent replication ensuring the MV data redundancy by RV The disk arrays are supported by SnapSAN The Remote Replication is required to use the swap function The swap operations for Remote Replication pairs contain the Remote Replication pair swap operation for exchanging roles of MV and RV and the forced cancellation of update prevention that is used for recovery from a failure 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 2 17 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Replication Operations and State Transitions Swap Operation for Remote Replication Pair This operation swaps the roles of MV and RV in an Remote Replication pair This operation is used for exchanging the roles of MV and RV when the roles of master server and backup server are exchanged at failure While a swap is performed in an Remote Replication pair the state of MV and RV temporarily becomes update prevention state Prevent and operations that require data updates in the MV and RV cannot be performed Therefore unmount MV and RV from the server before performing this operation Commands are used for performing this operation For detail
392. restored by other Restore is performed in another layer Perform Restore again pair after Separate is completed Being Separate Separate is prepared in another layer Perform Restore again Preparing by other pair after Separate is completed Separating by other pair Separate is performed in another layer Perform Restore again after Separate is completed Freeze Defreeze the Data Replication function to perform Restore again Being separated by other Separate is performed in another layer Perform Restore again pair after Separate is completed MV Monitoring Stopped Change the disk array of MV to the Monitored state to perform Restore again RV Monitoring Stopped Change the disk array of RV to the Monitored state to perform Restore again MV Force Unpaired Perform Forced Unpair for RV RV Force Unpaired Perform Forced Unpair for MV MV Outside SnapSAN Perform Restore operation for a pair managed by SnapSAN Manager Management Manager All Link Path Abnormal Refer to 3 2 2 2 Link fault in the Data Replication User s Manual Installation and Operation Guide to recover from the failure Have been registered to Perform Restore for a pair not registered with the ATgroup ATgroup 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 38 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Unexecutable Info Action Snapshotting Perform Restore for a pair for which snapshot is not
393. ription 1 Pair Name List Identifier of this file 2 MV DiskArrayName Name of the disk array where the Master Volume MV belongs The maximum number of characters is 32 3 MV OSType OS type of MV 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 83 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Item Number Syntax Description 4 MV ExVolIName Logical disk name of MVThe maximum number of characters is 24 5 RV DiskArrayName Name of the disk array where the Replication Volume RV belongs The maximum number of characters is 32 6 RV OSType OS type of RV RV ExVolIName Logical disk name of RVThe maximum number of characters is 24 ATgroupName ATgroup nameThe maximum number of characters is 32 DiskArrayName Name of the disk array to which the ATgroup belongs The maximum number of characters is 32 10 LinkDiskArrayName Name of the linked disk array The maximum number of characters is 32 This is required when the function to specify the linked disk array name for the disk array specified with the disk array name is ON In other cases this is ignored Can be omitted 11 OSType Usage type of the logical disk registered in the ATgroup 12 ExVolIName Name of the logical disk registered in the ATgroupThe maximum number of characters is 24 Example Pair Name List iSM Ver x x x YYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYY Pair MV DiskArrayName MV OSType MV ExVolName RV DiskArrayName RV OSType RV ExVolName
394. rland Storage Inc 42 1 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Types and State Transitions of Volumes Disk Array A Disk Array B Pair Setting Figure 2 1 Combining Volume Types Volume A1 A2 B1 IV Volume A3 MV PV of pair A3 A4 Volume A4 RV dRV of the pair A3 A4 and MV of the pair A4 B2 Volume B2 RV RV of pair A4 B2 There are other related volumes BV SV and LV used for snapshot A Base Volume BV can be set as MV or RV for pair setting and used together with data replication and snapshot For details on volumes used for the snapshot refer to the Snapshot User s Manual Function Guide Replication Operations Replication operations include Replicate that copies data from MV to RV Separate that separates MV and RV and Restore that copies data from RV to MV Replicate With this operation you can copy data from MV to RV Use this operation to copy the latest data to a replication volume that will be used in a test environment or for search task When Replicate is performed data in MV is copied to RV In addition any update made in MV after Replicate is performed is reflected in RV Separate With this operation you can separate MV and RV Use this operation to suspend data copy between MV and RV to use the RV in a test environment or for search When Separate is started all the differences between MV and RV by then is reflected in the RV data copy is suspended and then the RV is se
395. rland Storage Inc 45 85 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Disk Management Operations The disk management operation function which works only on the Windows system enables you to control and operate disks so as to operate data replication etc on the Windows system Disk management operation commands provide functions necessary for Windows disk operation in tandem with replication operation commands etc rather than a function that can be replaced with Disk Management of Windows This enables you to easily perform operations equivalent to UNIX system on the Windows system File System Flush Command To flush a file system use the iSMrc_flush command With the iSMrc_flush command you can flush a file system without unmounting the association of the drive letter and the volume and write the data in the file system buffer which has not been reflected into the disk By executing this command you can reflect data into the disk without stopping active applications This command performs flushing on a volume basis to flush only Windows file systems so that other volumes and applications handling their own cache control are not affected To flush application data you also need to use the flush process specific to the application Main Options To execute the iSMrc_flush command specify a target volume by using the drive letter mount point volume name or NTFS folder name Displayed Information The
396. rol volume definition LUN Displays logical unit numbers in the Volume List file LDN Displays logical disk numbers in the Volume List file LD Name Displays logical disk names in the Volume List file Disk Array Displays disk array names in the Volume List file Type Displays the volume types volume attributes regarding data replication and snapshot that are obtained from a disk array PD Type Displays PD type information in the Volume List file Display Description FC Indicates that the physical disk has the FC attribute ATA Indicates that the physical disk type has the ATA attribute 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 26 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Display SAS Description Indicates that the physical disk type has the SAS attribute SSD Indicates that the physical disk type has the SSD attribute SAS SED Indicates that the physical disk type has the SAS SED attribute NLSAS Target Name Indicates that the physical disk type has the NLSAS attribute Displays target information in the logical disk Among the information items shown above items vi to xiv and xvi to xvii are obtained from a volume list and iv to xv are obtained from a disk array Menu Item List This section describes the items on the menu bar of the Volume List Display window File menu Eile yew Qperation Help Create Upd
397. ronment You can easily create the same environment as the production task environment by using the Data Replication function to create replication volumes The data to be used in the production task is available for evaluating an application program allowing far more efficient application program evaluation Operation stops only when a replication volume is separated from the master volume during the test environment creation This allows operation downtime to be reduced substantially 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 41 3 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Data Replication Overview ara al Figure 1 4 Test Environment Setting The procedure for using a replication volume as a test environment is as follows 1 Connect the master volume MV and replication volume RV 2 Suspend the production task to separate the RV replication volume and then resume the task 3 Use the separated RV replication volume to perform evaluation of the application program Performing Search in Parallel By creating replication volumes of the master database you can separate the database to allocate volumes respectively for update and search operations This allows you to update the database without affecting database search operations Fa oS Master Reflection of Vvhat Master Data of Previous Database Has Been Updated Database Day Figure 1 5 Performing Search in Parallel The proced
398. round Copy for a volume in Foreground Copy 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 50 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Unexecutable Info Action Freeze Defreeze the Data Replication function to perform Change to Background Copy again MV Monitoring Stopped Change the disk array of MV to the Monitored state to perform Change to Background Copy again RV Monitoring Stopped Change the disk array of RV to the Monitored state to perform Change to Background Copy again MV Force Unpaired Perform Forced Unpair for RV RV Force Unpaired Perform Forced Unpair for MV RV Forced Separate Perform Change to Background Copy for a volume in the Synchronous state MV Outside SnapSAN Perform Change to Background Copy for a pair managed by Manager Management SnapSAN Manager All Link Path Abnormal Refer to 3 2 2 2 Link fault in the Data Replication User s Manual Installation and Operation Guide to recover from the failure Have been registered to Perform Change to Background Copy for a pair not registered ATgroup with the ATgroup Summary Details For more information on this item refer to 0 Information Displayed on Execution Dialog When you click the Change button the following message is displayed gt 02600 s will you execute Figure 4 29 Execute Background Copy Conditions to Change to Background Copy To perform Change to Background Cop
399. rting Remote Replication and Remote Replicatiion Disaster Recovery Disk arrays without Remote Replication and Remote Replicatiion Disaster Recovery license Unmanaged disk arrays Replication Information Screen When Replication Information tab in the information list display area is clicked the information about the volume included in the selected disk array appears refer to Figure 3 3 Example of Replication Information Screen MV and RV are displayed in one line respectively a total of two lines for a pair and IV is displayed in one line To perform sort click the item name by which you want to sort To change the order of the items drag and drop an item When pair setting and unpairing are performed volume information is updated according to the order of the last sort 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 6 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Replication Information Disk Array LINK Information ATgroup Information tye Number 08 Type Logical Disk Nane PD Type Pair Number RY _ tog RV 0000h WN 43000001 MSP1 Fc opoh 7 RV ooolh WN 443000001 MSPZ Fc o00ch x Mv oo0zh WN amp 443000001 MSP3 FC 00l4h x nmv oo0zh WN fh43000001 MSPS3 Fc 0000h S mv oo00zh WN 443000001 MSP3 FC 0007h Er mv 0003h WN 430000001 MSP4 Fc ooosSh tary 0003h WN 430000001 MSP4 FC 001Zh 5 mv 0004h WN 430000001 MSPS Fc oo06h korv 0004h WN 430000001 MSP5 FC 0013h Bo rv 0005h WN 430000001 M
400. rver e When a pair consists of MV and multiple RVs assign the RVs individually to different servers Multiple RVs paired with the same MV cannot be assigned to the same server It is not recommended to use a logical disk that consists of multiple partitions or logical volumes for data replication In ReplicationControl where the volume to be operated is recognized by the server OS the disk configuration information about the volume is obtained default If the information shows that the volume contains multiple partitions or logical disks date replication will not be allowed for the disk default You can allow data replication to be performed for a logical disk that contains multiple partitions or logical volumes by changing the setting of the replication operation option setting file However be extremely careful when implementing such operation Disk containing multiple partitions or logical volumes When a drive letter is specified to perform replication for a logical disk that contains multiple partitions or logical volumes all the partitions or logical volumes on the logical disk become the target for the replication This is because replication is performed on a logical disk basis MV RV Figure 8 17 Disk Multiple Programs 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 8 41 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Troubleshooting To prevent this type of trouble it is not recommended to
401. s MV A volume having snapshot attributes other than BV is not set as RV When using BV as RV for setting a pair For pair setting of Volume Cloning e Volume Cloning and Snapshot are installed in the disk array to which MV RV belongs For pair setting of Remote Replication e Remote Replication or Remote Replication Asynchronous is installed in the disk array to which MV belongs e Remote Replication or Remote Replication Asynchronous and Snapshot are installed in the disk array to which RV belongs The specified MV or RV is not locked The pool including the specified MV or RV is not stopped by the power saving function The specified RV is not a CV The system administrator partition user is authorized to control partitions to which the specified MV and RV belong The volume capacity for setting a pair is sufficient NOTE Pair setting cannot be performed for a volume reserved for the application server a volume set as a work disk for performance optimization a volume set as a work disk for data allocation optimization a volume for the L2 Cache or a system volume Also those volumes are not displayed in the volume list on the Replication window To use replication create a system volume for saving the differential map 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 25 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Conditions for Unpairing Volumes to be unpaired must satisfy the following conditions e The specified MV an
402. s about the conditions for using the commands etc refer to 0 Pair Swap Command Cancellation of Update Prevention If a swap operation in an Remote Replication pair is interrupted due to a failure recovery from the failure will be required This operation is used for forcibly canceling the update prevention state set for MV and RV before performing recovery operation By performing this operation you can cancel the update prevention state to enable read from write into the MV and RV Perform this operation only for making recovery from a failure Swap in Remote Replication Pair and State Transition Start swapping in an Remote Replication pair when the MV and RV are under the state of Replicate synchronous When a swap starts in a pair the state of MV and RV becomes update prevention state to prevent data updates in the MV and RV Then the pair is separated and the roles of MV and RV are swapped Finally the update prevention state set for the MV and RV is canceled Commands are used on a screen for displaying the update prevention state 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 2 18 overlang storage charter Swap in Remote Replication Pair and State Transition Overview This operation is used for exchanging the roles of MV and RV when the roles of master server and backup server are exchanged at failure While a swap is performed in an Remote Replication pair the state of MV and RV temporarily becomes updat
403. s is indicated as successive items which are separated by slashes by each logical disk information 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 5 31 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Type LDN LDName DiskArray PDType Type LDN LDName DiskArray PDType Type Type LDN Logical disk number LDName Logical disk name DiskArray Disk array name PDType PD type Displaying Property Information of Volume List To check the property information about a volume list select File and then Properties on the Volume List Display window Operation Procedure 1 Select File and then Properties on the Volume List Display window to display property information as shown below 2 Click the Close button to return to the Volume List Display window Well volume List Display OL x File View Operation Help 1 J Disk Aray Subsystem falL R r E E Figure 5 17 Property Information Version Displays the version of the Volume List Display used to create the volume list Created Displays the date when the volume list was created Owner Host Name Displays the host name of the server having the volume list Disk Array Displays the total number of disk arrays in the volume list Volume Information Displays the total number of volume information items in the volume list View Hide Toolbar To view or hide the toolbar select View and then Too
404. s no restrictions on access to MV so that MV can always be referred or updated On the contrary access restrictions can be set for each activity state for RV to prevent malfunctions The states which can be specified as access restrictions for RV Access Restriction Description Activity rpl rst sep exec separated Read Write RW Read vx v from write Note 1 into RV is enabled P Read Only RO Read from RV is v v v v only enabled Note 4 Note 2 Note 2 Note 3 Not Ready NR Read from write v v v into RV is disabled Not Available NA Operating vx ve vx ve system cannot Note 4 Note 4 Note 4 Note 4 recognize RV or LU Logical Unit is invalid P v Available V Available with administrative restrictions Unavailable rpl Replicate state RW Read Write rst Restore state RO Read Only sep exec Separate execution NR Not Ready separated Separated state NA Not Available Separate Immediate When Separate immediate is performed Read Write RW is set even if Separate is performed Note because data is copied from MV to RV while Separate is performed the I O performance may be degraded if I O load on the RV is high 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 42 14 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Replication Operations and State Transitions Read Only RO for RV You can set Read Only RO for RV under the state of Replicate Restore or Separate execution
405. s started is copied to MV When performing Restore you can choose whether to reflect data update made in the MV into the RV Restore with RV update Restore update Restores MV while automatically reflecting the data update made in the MV into RV Even after the difference between MV and RV disappear and Restore is completed data update made in the MV will be reflected into the RV Restore without RV update Restore protect Restores MV without reflecting the data update made in the MV into RV After the difference between MV and RV at the point of starting restore disappear and Restore is completed Separate is automatically performed By using the Restore protect function you can protect data in RV to save the data as it was before Restore is performed To use this function Volume Cloning Ver2 or later Remote Replication Ver2 or later or Remote Replication Asynchronous is required Replication Operations and State Transitions This section describes replication operations and state transitions 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 42 3 SnapSAN S 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Replication Operations and State Transitions Feir seming Is specited and syneheocization has been estanisnes Pair seting is specified but Oerence between MV and MV and RV are separated RV Is being refiected Updates made in MV are reflected into RV fi As a rde access to RV is aot
406. se IV rEC E Volume cce89869 4d87 11d8 92a3 806d6172696f disk4 003h 0007h DB DATA RV Tokyo Customer _DataBase RV FC MV 0000h DB DATA MV Tokyo Customer _DataBase FC F Volume cce8986a 4d87 11d8 92a3 806d6172696f disk5 004h 0008h DB REDO RV Tokyo Customer _DataBase RV FC MV 0001h DB_REDO1 MV Tokyo_ Customer DataBase FC G Volume cce8986b 4d87 11d8 92a3 806d6172696f disk6 005h 0009h DB_ REDO2_RV Tokyo Customer _DataBase RV FC MV 0002h DB_REDO2_MV Tokyo_Customer_DataBase FC H Volume cce8986c 4d87 11d8 92a3 806d6172696f disk7 006h 000bh DB CTL RV Tokyo Customer DataBase RV FC MV 0003h DB CTL _MV Tokyo Customer _DataBase FC I Volume cce8986d 4d87 11d8 92a3 806d6172696f disk8 007h 000ch DB ARCHIVE _RV Tokyo Customer DataBase RV FC MV 0004h DB_ ARCHIVE MV Tokyo Customer _DataBase FC Volume cce8986e 4d87 11d8 92a3 806d6172696f disk9 000h 00a1h BK_TEMP StorageS4300 001 IV FC Volume cce8986f 4d87 11d8 92a3 806d6172696f disk10 000h 0267h BK_ WORK StorageS4300 002 IV FC Figure 5 16 Output of CSV File The file is an output of information displayed on the Volume List Display window The information is separated by commas The information about one volume is described on one line in the output file Logical disk information displayed in the pair disk link destination volume list is indicated in the format shown below Information on multiple logical disk
407. se the folders whose sharing was canceled If service has been halted restart the service with the following procedure If service has not been halted the following step is not required Example Starting a service NET START service name To start a service ESMCommonService specify as follows NET START ESMCommonService If you canceled sharing of a shared folder share the folder again If not you need not do the following Example Sharing a folder NET SHARE share_name drive_letter path To enable the sharing of a folder mv_folder1 specify as follows NET SHARE mv_folder1 G mv_folder1 Mounting RV backup server Mount RV to associate it with a file system When RV is mounted with the mount point drive letter or NTFS folder name and target mount point volume name specified the mount point is automatically set again On Windows 2000 RV is released from the Not Ready state iSMrc_mount drv H mvol Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0 7 00004c714491 Then the following message appears and RV is mounted allowing it to be used as a file system Mount Start2001 02 21 12 26 14 disk11devO02WN Volume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0f7 00004c714491 H iSMrc_mount Info iSM13220 Setting drive letter H has succeeded Mount Normal End2001 02 21 12 26 14 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 8 27 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Troubleshooting disk11dev002WN 2 Vol
408. sed area Figure 10 6 Accessing MV after Start of Restore Maintaining Backup Data During Restore When you start Restore you can select one of the following two modes as operation mode for RV data To restore RV backup data it is recommended to specify the mode of Restore protect to maintain backup data If you restore data in the Restore protect mode RV backup data is maintained even if restoration fails and you can execute Restore again Restore protect After Restore is started updates made to MV is not reflected to RV and RV backup data is maintained After Restore is completed data is separated automatically Restore update After Restore is started when data is updated in MV the updated data is also reflected to RV Accordingly RV backup data is updated If restoration fails to execute Restore of backup data again you need to restore data in RV from a tape or other secondary backup media After Restore is completed MV and RV are put in the sync state and update made to MV will also have been made to RV until separation 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 10 4 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Restore protect Restore update Disk Array Tape Device Tape Device Figure 10 7 Restore Protect and Restore Update Link between an Application Server and a Backup Server For backup and Restore using the data replication function it is n
409. separated pair in the Replicate state replicate the pair again Control Volume A control volume is used when a server issues control I O to the relevant disk array 1 Select one logical disk for each disk array as the volume for issuing I O to that disk array and register the logical disk with the volume list in advance a Prepare one control volume for each server It is not advisable to use the same logical disk as the control volume from different servers 2 Use an IV with which the server can properly issue I O to each disk array for a control volume to be registered RV a base volume BV and a link volume LV for the snapshot function cannot be used as a control volume because it cannot be accessed from the server operating system during data replication or snapshot In addition do not use a logical disk created as a control volume for RV to be paired For a logical disk used as a control volume the RAID format and capacity are not limited For the disk arrays with pool you can build a small capacity logical disk for a control volume Management and Operations of Data Replication The Replication Manager function is available for replication operations such as replication separation and restoration e Since the operations are asynchronous with business operation and trouble may occur execute these replication operations by using the ReplicationControl in principle that operates on the application server To ensure data co
410. sical disk type is SSD SSD ATA Indicates that the physical disk type is SSD ATA NLSAS Indicates that the physical disk type is NLSAS SAS SED Indicates that the physical disk type is SAS SED Partition Name Indicates the name of partition including the volume Pair Number Indicates the hexadecimal logical disk number of the paired volume Pair Disk Name Indicates the logical disk name of the paired volume Pair PD Type Indicates the PD type of the paired volume Pair Partition Name Indicates the name of the partition including the paired volume When a disk array that does not support the VirtualStoragePartitioning function or that does not have a VirtualStoragePartitioning license is selected Partition Name and Pair Partition Name are not output Pair Type Indicates a pair type Display Description Volume Cloning Indicates that the pair was created within the same disk array Remote Replication Indicates that the pair was created in different disk arrays 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 9 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Display Description Remote Replication DR Indicates that the pair is registered in the ATgroup Activity Indicates a replication operation status Display Description Replicate Indicates that copy from MV to RV is being performed Separate Indicates that MV and RV are separated Restore Indicates that copy from RV to M
411. sk array iSMrc_flush File system buffer Flushes the cache buffer of the file 2 flush system 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 3 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Target System Command Name Windows Operation Description UNIX iSMrc_mount Volume Mount Mounts a volume file system 2 iSMrc_umount Volume Unmount Unmounts a volume file system F 2 iSMrc_signature Signature Operation Performs operation regarding the 2 signature of each disk iSMrc_scan Disk scanning Scans for detecting available disks 2 Not targeted Available 1 Available when a control volume is not used and the server OS recognizes MV to allow it to be accessed 2 Only volumes of the system recognized by the server are available Direct Operation to Disk Array For direct operation for a disk array you can select one of the following configurations for each server Direct Operation to MV or RV Volumes The most basic operation to be used for replications from the application server MV used for business operations is connected to the application server and RV used for operations such as backup is connected to the backup server etc To perform direct operations to the volumes you need to register the accessible logical disk recognized by a server OS with the volume list on the server Application Server Backup Server ReplicationControl ReplicationC ontrol
412. sly with the updating of the MV according to the interval of the copy to the RV background copy level 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 42 10 SnapSAN S 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Replication Operations and State Transitions Volume Cloning Semi Syne Figure 2 8 Foreground Copy Overland Mirroring e Writes the updated data for MV into the cache reserved for the MV e Notifies that I O is completed e Writes into MV The data is accumulated as the difference information e Reads the accumulated information from the MV and writes the information into the cache reserved for the MV e Copies the difference information from the cache reserved for the MV to the cache reserved for the RV e Copies the data updated in the MV into the RV n Figure 2 9 Background Copy Mode 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 2 11 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Replication Operations and State Transitions e Writes the updated data to MV on cache A The data is accumulated as the difference information e Notifies that I O is completed e Writes into MV e Reads the accumulated difference information from the MV and writes the information into the cache A e Copies the difference information from the cache A to the cache B e Copies the data updated onto the RV An interval of copy to RV background copy level is indicated by a numerical value
413. soseaensstdcessicacsdcsnves sods dovesschsducevedeeadeaseodedetunesoadoopeosdaasontebsovecoevesseed 2 4 AGTivity and SYNCHIOMOUS STONE iccesseiti oii es dedid NEA one anal diate 2 7 COPY COMMONS ca recourses sa cscstevuconcev test EE EEE TEE teres E E EAEE 2 8 Relationship between Copy Performance and Copy Control ccccccccccssecseescsscssessessesecseeeseecsees 2 13 ACCES RESITICHION TON RV Asicsvsxcsovscsdvissevtiscensiesnaxcucotcucnn E E skesusi cadet escatsacntsdetsaceteseattacsiad 2 14 Separate IMMECIGIES lt siesidi Hise ieee hein Rasen eel ain nai Shana baaaainaen 2 14 Copy Failures ANd State Transitions 0 ccccsescssescessessescsseccecsssscsceseescesesseseesesssesscsesseeceseseesesescnscnes 2 15 Freeze OF DISKAITGYS sissisisstatetaasrishanianitaresiehon adie teat ania 2 16 Par COMMGUI CMON eia Ea AE E ANEA eves DON 2 16 Swap Function for Remote Replication Pair ssesesesessssssesesessssesesenessnsssesenesensssesenessnsesestnentsssseseseses 2 17 Swap Operation for Remote Replication POI ou eesesseseeseessesesescssesessescsseecssescsseecseescseescseeesaees 2 18 Chapter 3 Swap in Remote Replication Pair and State Transition NONIE W ari eE E N teed cesnuaneedea adeaatisia E E adda te 3 1 REMOTE Replication ASYNCMONOUS sninn iee N EENS N N 3 4 REMOTE Replication QUICK SYNC ua ceeessccsccsescsescescssessescessssessesesssesscsesseseceecescsecsessessecseseesecescaecsecsscnscnes 3 5 RESTHCHOMS OM OPEO Narena e a a aea a ides ancdueost
414. splayed if only RV is specified copy diffsize Difference in data that was made in the Replicate or Restore state rvacc Access restrictions for RV prev_state Previous state of pair operation before the state changed 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 64 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview On the UNIX system Displayed information MV Special Filespecial_ file name LD Nameld_name Typetype RV Special Filespecial file name LD Nameld_name Typetype Activity Stateactivity Sync Statesync Copy Control Statecopy lt state gt Start TimeYYYY MM DD hh mm ss lt state gt End TimeYYYY MM DD hh mm ss Separate Diffseparate_diffsize Copy Diffcopy diffsize RV Accessrvacc Previous Activeprev_state Description special file name Special file name Displayed as a 32 byte item on HP UX and Linux as well as 64 byte item on Solaris ld_name Logical disk name type 0S type activity Activity sync State of pair operation copy Copy Control lt state gt Start Time Operation start time lt state gt is variable lt state gt End Time Operation end time lt state gt is variable separate diffsize Difference in data that was made in the Separate state Updates made in MV and RV are separately managed as the difference in data Updates in MV will be displayed if MV is specified and updates in RV will be displayed if only RV is specified copy diffsize Difference in data that was ma
415. splayed on the Connection window Snapshot volumes for which snapshot is active are displayed in order of creation time Operation Procedure Do one of the following to display the Volume Connection window e Select a volume on the Replication Information window click View on the menu bar of Replication Manager and then select Connection Screen e Right click a volume on the Replication Information window and then select Connection Screen e Select a volume on the Replication Information window and press the Enter key e Double click a volume on the Replication Information window W connection Status 4 DIDAN LOR P2 1 momma A Vi Faron Danfapison Actvty State Raphews Syne State Syne Beotio Copy CortrlState Backar opy Copy Mode i Repilowe stat IMON 1138411 Remarogeopy tine 13s dorty Stabe MV Mat Certdind AV Rongs400_3 Roge Ores WN LDG 4 32 Dea WHLOL_ EI wi lt Vii Craton Tara Gestion Noe J Rona Rags OshYWNLDS D31 Baeaqcecec xi Suns Teactive v Creton Tive A066 1415 GumiaNebe tetet Hip Figure 4 53 Connection Screen Disk Array Name Displays the name of the disk array or SAA that contains the volume The name of the disk array that contains the volume selected to display the Connection window is highlighted 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 71 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Logic
416. ss Control CV Control Volume IV Isolated Volume Figure 7 4 Logical Disk Configuration Setting Disk Array Name Logical Disk Name and Port Name You can assign identification names to hardware components managed by the SnapSAN Manager Identification names can be given to the following items e Disk array subsystem name e Logical disk name plus OS type e Port name There are restrictions on character types and character string length that are used for disk array subsystem name logical disk name and port name It is recommended to set these names considering the operating conditions and server connection conditions In addition determine the OS type of logical disks according to the servers to be connected For notes on Windows disks and volumes refer to 4 1 Windows System Volumes and Partitions They are set from the SnapSAN Manager To change the LD configuration after starting the servers be sure to separate all pairs on all the servers connected to the LD whose configuration will be changed change the LD configuration and then execute the command to create display a volume list GSMvollist cr Disk array name Tokyo_Customer_DataBase This is an example of setting a disk array name for administrating database of customers in Tokyo 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 47 6 SnapSAN S 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview LD No OS type Logical disk name Remarks
417. st command of ReplicationControl as follows iSMvollist l gt vollist_data Determine the disk to replicate according to the obtained volume list and the volume list displayed on the Replication Manager and then set a pair In this example a pair is set so that the MV data will be copied as shown in Figure 2 10 Note the following when setting a pair e The MV and RV disk capacities must be the same e Specify RV disks so that each RV corresponds to each of the logical disks that configure a disk group 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 411 14 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Preparing Volume idevisdd idevisdf ei ame U U ay S Figure 11 9 VxVM Disk Pair Setting and Replication Linux Copying the disk Perform replication for the pair iSMrc_replicate mv dev000 mvflg ld After replication is completed perform separation iSMrc_separate mv dev000 mvflg ld wait Recognizing the RV partition information To allow the OS to recognize the RV partition information restart the backup server It is necessary to restart the server when using a created or updated partition on the backup server for the first time After the RV partition information is recognized by the OS the partition becomes available Importing and mounting RV Import the disk group dg01 on a different server and mount the group vxdg C import dg01 vxvol g dg01 startall mount t vxfs dev vx dsk dg01 vol
418. system always acts in the same way as the time when the force option is specified even if this option is omitted Main Options To execute the iSMrc_umount command specify a target volume by using the mount point volume name drive letter or NTFS folder name The following option can be specified Forced Unmount force Even when the volume to be unmounted cannot be locked unmounts it forcibly Deleting Mount Point offline Deletes the mount point not to unmount the volume automatically In addition even when the volume to be unmounted cannot be locked unmounts the volume forcibly Displayed Information The iSMrc_umount command displays one of the following messages when unmounting starts and finishes Start message Umount StartYYYY MM DD hh mm ss disk_numberld_nametype volume_name path iSMrc_umount Info iSM13221 Resetting drive letter drive has succeeded End message Umount Normal EndYYYY MM DD hh mm ss disk_numberld_nametype volume_name path Description YYYY MM DD hh mm ss Start End time Year Month Day Hour Minute Second disk_number Physical disk number ld_name Logical disk name type OS type volume_name Mount point volume name path Drive letter or path name mounted on the NTFS volume folder accessed by users 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 89 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview iSM13221 Resetting drive letter drive has succeeded M
419. t Figure 4 12 Replication Execute When RV is a virtual capacity logical disk the following message is displayed 02263 Replication will start Is it OK to overwrite to RV Have you un mounted RY from the host There is at least one RY that is a virtual capacity logical disk Is there enough Free space in the actual capacity of the pool to which the RY belongs Yes No Figure 4 13 Confirmation Screen for Virtual Capacity RV Conditions to Perform Replicate To perform Replicate the following conditions must be satisfied 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 28 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide 10400412 002 11 2012 The target MV is recognized by Replication Manager as the Replication target disk The target MV and RV are paired The activity of the target pair is Separate and the synchronous state is not Separate Preparing The Overland Replication cannot be specified for a pair set in the same disk array The Overland Replication can be specified only for a pair set across different disk arrays When the asynchronous remote data replication function Remote Replication Asynchronous is used for a pair set across different disk arrays Background Copy is specified as the copy mode The activity of the pair of the specified MV and another paired RV is not Restore The activity of the pair of the specified MV and the paired upper MV is not the Restore state The a
420. t below is recorded in syslog which causes no problem in the system operation lt Example of message gt Dec 10 14 48 14 sv001 kernel sd 4 0 1 1 SCSI error return code 0x08000002 Dec 10 14 48 14 sv001 kernel sde Current sense key Data Protect Dec 10 14 48 14 sv001 kernel lt lt vendor gt gt ASC 0xf4 ASCQ 0x1 ASC 0xf4 ASCQ 0x1 Dec 10 14 48 14 sv001 kernel Info fld 0x0 Dec 10 14 48 14 sv001 kernel end_request I O error dev sde sector 0 Operations for VxVM Disk Group To use a VxVM disk group perform the operations shown below If you do not use any file system mounting and unmounting of a file system are not required 1 Import the disk group Example of importing the disk group dg01 and activating it on an application server vxdg import dg01 vxvol g dg01 startall Example of importing the RV disk group dg01 and activating it on a backup server vxdisk online sdf vxdg import dg01 vxvol g dg01 startall 2 Mount the file system Example of mounting the VxFS file system that belongs to the disk group dg01 mount t vxfs dev vx dsk dg01 voll mnt1 Perform the following operations to separate the VxVM disk group from applications 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 413 4 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Management And Operations Of Data Replication 3 Unmount the file system Example of unmounting the file system from mnt1 umount mnt1 4 Deport the disk group Example of d
421. t occur for CLUSTERPRO X Executing the iSMrc_umount command to unmount a shared disk of MSCS Microsoft Cluster Server or MSFC Microsoft Failover Cluster may cause failover due to the alive monitoring LooksAlive IsAlive of MSCS or MSFC To secure a static point of data in such an MSCS or MSFC environment extend the MSCS or MSFC maintenance mode interval or LooksAlive IsAlive interval so that alive monitoring is not performed Then secure a static point of data by unmounting a shared disk by the iSMrc_umount command To perform restoration unmount the shared disk when an MSCS or MSFC service is stopped If Volume Cloning is used in a system configuration including MSCS Microsoft Cluster Server or MSFC Microsoft Failover Cluster you can use MV as a shared disk but not RV Also you cannot allocate a quorum disk of MSCS or MSFC to MV A physical disk number may be changed by the plug and play function of the SCSI device driver while the system is running Therefore except for the iSMrc_signature command the volume specification that uses a physical disk number is not supported by the ReplicationControl Ver2 1 and later If the physical disk number has changed causing inconsistency between the state of the system device and volume list information re create the volume list The iSMrc_editdl command is not supported by the ReplicationControl Ver2 1 and later To set or cancel a drive letter use the MOUNTVOL command provided by Windows
422. t the ACOS 4 system may not recognize the volumes Yes Writes a media name into a restored RV Enter a media name in the New Media Name edit box The Clear Soft Mirror Info remains checked and unselectable so that the information is always cleared Clear Soft Mirror Info Specifies an operation to be performed in response to a request for clearing the software mirror information of MV that is made after Restore is completed Checkbox Description Checked Clears the software mirror information for a restored MV Unchecked Does not clear the software mirror information for a restored MV 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 4 40 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide New Media Name Enter a media name in the New Media Name edit box You can use up to six uppercase alphabetical characters numeric characters and underscore _ to specify a new media name Definition example VOL_01 NOTE ACOS 4 Special Function indicates the operation the ACOS 4 system uses for volumes in a disk array It is displayed only when the pair selected on the Replication Information window includes a volume of A4 type When multiple pairs of A4 type volumes or of A4 and other type volumes are selected from the list of selected volumes New Media Name becomes disabled and Clear Soft Mirror Info becomes enabled When a pair of other type than A4 is selected from the list of selected volumes ACOS 4 S
423. t the server OS can issue an I O to the disk array without fail while the system is running Do not set a logical disk created as a control volume as RV to be paired e Create a control volume in a constantly running pool instead of a pool which a volume subject to power saving operation belongs to 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 5 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Using ReplicationConirol with SnapSAN Manager Using ReplicationControl together with the SnapSAN Manager enables you to run commands for using and maintaining data replication functions and for operations such as pairing and unpairing to set up an environment which have been conventionally performed by an SnapSAN Manager through GUI Logical disks you work on do not need to be connected to the server They do not need to be registered with the volume list which means that you do not need to create a volume list for operations linked with SnapSAN Manager To use ReplicationControl with SnapSAN Manager install ReplicationControl on the server on which SnapSAN Manager is installed and running Also use the environment setting of ReplicationControl to select MANAGER issuing I O to disk arrays through SnapSAN Manager for the setting of the path that issues I O to disk arrays Benefits of using ReplicationControl with SnapSAN Manager are e You can use commands to manage and maintain data replication functions and construct the environment
424. t to restore the backup data again because restoration has failed etc restore data from a tape or other secondary backup media to RV After restoration is completed MV and RV become the sync state and updates made in MV will continue to be reflected into RV until separation is performed 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 46 4 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Backup and Restoring Restore protect Restore update Disk Array Tape Device Tape Device Figure 6 7 Restore Protect and Restore Update Link between Application Server and Backup Server To perform backup and restoration using the data replication function you must give or perform necessary instructions or operations on the application and backup servers following the specified procedures Therefore it is necessary to create a script batch file in accordance with the system configuration and features of applications and execute the script automatically with operation management software job scheduling software etc to link the application and backup servers for operation ControlCommand Figure 6 8 Link between Application Server and Backup Server Backup Operation Forms There are the following two forms of backup operation using the data replication function 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 46 5 SnapSAN S 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Backup and Restoring e Separate o
425. ta cannot be acquired due to corruption of the file system and the like Therefore to copy data by Replicate or Restore it is important to unmount the file system in advance and clear the data in the buffer 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 10 7 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview 10400412 002 11 2012 Unmounting Riv Synchronizing MY with RY by Replicate If unmounting is not executed data remains in the file system buffer Old data remains in the file system buffer Disk Array Mounting RV and acquiring backup D ata in the file system and RV is inconsistent Inconsistency of data Disk Array Figure 10 11 RV Not Unmounted by Replicate Restoring environment Unmounting MV and RY Restore environment such as rebinding MV and respecify a pair If data remains in the fle system buffer Server o gt Backup Server Mis inconsistent Data inconsistency occurs Backup Server a Backup Server Disk Array Disk Array Figure 10 12 MV Not Unmounted by Restore 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 10 8 overland storage Chapter 11 Installation Linux Overview Installation Procedure Installation works are outlined below For details on the procedures refer to the associated sections The procedures marked with an are necessary for all servers including a standby system for a cluster to which ReplicationControl is inst
426. take backup by Separate and immediately resolve the difference between MV and RV when re synchronizing For that purpose select Sync mode When Restore with RV protection specified is executed the updated data of the MV is not reflected into the RV Therefore copy control by using Foreground Copy Sync mode or Semi syne mode and Background Copy has no effect Copy Control State Foreground Copy Sync mode Copy State Updates MV and RV synchronously After completing the MV and RV update informs the host of I O completion For DDR copy is done only to the cache Therefore this copy mode little lowers the performance For Remote Replication performance lowered by this copy mode is in proportion to the distance between the disk arrays Semi sync mode Updates to MV and RV are done asynchronously up to a certain data size When the MV update completes and data not reflected to RV is within the predetermined data size informs the host of I O completion without waiting for the RV update and immediately reflects the update to the RV If the data not reflected to RV has exceeded the predetermined size the operation is the same as Foreground Copy Sync mode This can be set only for Remote Replication Background Copy 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc Updates to MV and RV are done asynchronously After completing the MV update informs the host of the I O completion without waiting for the RV u
427. tallation and Operation Guide to recover from the failure Have been registered to ATgroup Summary Details RV Use Start Time Perform Separate for a pair not registered with the ATgroup Determines when to make RV available Radio Button Separate End Description RV becomes available after Separate is started and the difference between MV and RV is reflected into the RV Separate completion 10400412 002 11 2012 Separate Start After Separate is started RV immediately becomes available while the difference between MV and RV is sent to the RV Separate immediate Volume Cloning Ver2 or later must be installed to use this function The function is available only for paired volumes in the same disk array 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 33 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Separated RV Status Specifies an operation to be performed in response to a writing request made by the host after Separate is completed or immediately after Separate is started Radio Button Description R W Permit The host can read from write into a separated RV Read Only The host can only read from a separated RV Rename Media Specifies an operation to be performed in response to a request for renaming the media of RV that is made after Separate is completed Radio Button Description No Does not write a media name into a separated RV The Clear Soft Mirror Info checkbox becomes selecta
428. te all the application software etc which may access the volume umount rvfs 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 412 7 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview 2 Deactivate the volume group or deporting the disk group When using LVM deactivate the RV volume group vgchange a n dev vg01 When using VxVM deport the RV disk group and take the disks offline vxdg deport dg01 vxdisk offline sdf Perform restoration application server In this example the replication operation file is used and restoration is performed with the following settings Copy range Difference default value RV operation mode RV protection RV access restriction nr Not Ready default value Waiting for copy completion Not specified default value Assume that the replication operation file contains the following disks txt Type MVType RV ld dev0001d dev100 With Restore protect specified MV and RV are automatically separated after restoration is completed iSMrc_restore file disks txt mode protect Perform restoration ae g Og a BB Figure 12 7 Performing Restoration 3 Restart applications application server 4 Use MV again on applications 5 Activate the volume group or import the disk group 10400412 002 11 2012 When using LVM activate the MV volume group vgchange a y dev vg01 When using VxVM import the MV disk group vxdg C import dg01 vxvol g dg01 startall
429. te execution and Separated are collectively called Separate When Separate is performed with immediate use of RV specified Separate immediate the data in RV can be referred to or updated immediately after the Separate start even if all the data in MV is not reflected into the RV This feature is implemented by the following copy control function If an update reference request is given for an RV area where the difference between MV and RV is not completely copied yet the copying will be completed before the access to the area is permitted In RV data updated in MV before the start of Separate is reflected Though updates made in MV after the start of Separate will not be reflected in RV the data will be managed as differences made in the update 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 42 5 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Replication Operations and State Transitions While under the state of Separate the update states of MV and RV are managed so that differences made during Replicate Restore will be reflected Update to MV Update to MV Update to MV Until the difference qae Separate between MV and pi ee RV is fully reflected nao Sync Separate Execution Separated Separate Figure 2 4 Separate and State Transitions Restore and State Transitions When Restore starts data copy from RV to MV starts to reflect the data stored in the RV at the start of Restore into the MV
430. tem in use So do not set RO unless you are familiar with the operating system and file system operations 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 49 3 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Windows System Volumes and Partitions Access Restriction Description Commands Replicate Restore Separate Read Write RW RV is enabled for read write v Read Only RO RV is enabled only for reading ve v ve Not Ready NR RV is disabled for read write v v Not Available NA RV is not recognized by the operating system or the LU Logical Unit is invalid v Available v Available with administrative restrictions Unavailable RW Read Write RO Read Only NR Not Ready NA Not Available If Read Only RO is set for RV note the following e IfNTFS is used as the file system RV cannot be mounted by using the iSMrc_mount command e IfFAT16 FAT32 is used as a file system associate the file system with the drive by using the mount command of the disk control operation commands or by starting Disk Management Windows e IfFAT16 FAT32 is used as a file system an attempt to write to RV ends up with an error Do not use any application that automatically writes in the drive You cannot perform any operation in which RV is written in for example change of partition configuration through Disk Management Windows Management and Operations of Data Replication The Replicat
431. ter Recovery System Installation and Operation Guide Maximum Capacity of a Volume to be Paired Indicates the maximum capacity of a volume that can be paired Any volume larger than this capacity is not displayed on the Replication Information window Displaying Link Properties The link states are displayed Do one the following e Select a disk array link information item select View on the menu bar and then Properties e Select and right click a disk array link information item and then select Properties 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 87 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide 2900 3 Link Properties z900 3 Path Number Director Number Port Number Replication Port P N Port Identifier Lock Replication Port 0000abh N Port Identifier Path State Normal Link Disk Array Name 2 sz900 1 Link Type 3 FC Link Mode z Normal Figure 4 68 Link Properties Disk array name Indicates the identification name assigned to the disk array Path Number Indicates the link path number of the selected link information Director Number Indicates the number of the replication director host director of the selected link information Port Number Indicates the port number of the replication director host director Replication Port N Port Identifier Lock Indicates whether the port ID of the destination is variable or fixed e 00h Variable depending on th
432. tes a logical disk operated in a SUPER UX system WN Indicates a logical disk operated in a Windows system except for GPT disk WG Indicates a logical GPT disk operated in a Windows system Logical Disk Name Indicates the identification name or identifier assigned to the logical disk It is the same as the logical disk name displayed on the main window State Monitoring window and can be changed from the main window State Monitoring window If the events indicated below occurs simultaneously when the Replication Information window is displayed the Logical Disk Name or Pair Disk Name field may show a unique value Volume Absolute Address that identifies a volume internally managed by the disk array 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 8 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide e Path failures have already occurred in all links e The disk array on the remote side is not managed by SnapSAN Manager or not monitored These events occur in a pair connected by Remote Replication where the host connected with a local volume cannot recognize the volume on the remote side Even in this case operations such as Forced Separate and Forced Unpair are enabled PD Type Indicates a PD type Display Description FC Indicates that the physical disk type is FC ATA Indicates that the physical disk type is ATA SAS Indicates that the physical disk type is SAS SSD Indicates that the phy
433. th the iSMrc_pair command Obtain the volume list by entering the iSMvollist command of ReplicationControl as follows iSMvollist l gt vollist_data Determine the disk to replicate according to the obtained volume list and the volume list displayed on the Replication Manager and then set a pair In this example a pair is set so that the MV data will be copied as shown in Figure 2 8 Note the following when setting a pair e The MV and RV disk capacities must be the same 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 411 12 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Preparing Volume e Specify RV disks so that each RV corresponds to each of the logical disks that configure a volume group Copying the disk Perform replication for the pair set in step 2 iSMrc_replicate mv dev000 mvflg ld After replication is completed perform separation iSMrc_separate mv dev000 mvflg ld wait Recognizing the RV partition information To allow the OS to recognize the RV partition information restart the backup server It is necessary to restart the server when using a created or updated partition on the backup server for the first time After the RV partition information is recognized by the OS the partition becomes available Recognizing the RV volume group Load the volume group information into the backup server to allow it to recognize RV as a volume group If the volume group is inactive activate it and chec
434. the license purchase a product having a license for a total physical capacity that is equal to or greater than the disk array See the license information about Replication Manager or ReplicationControl when starting it etc to check whether the product can be used properly 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 47 8 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview If the total capacity of physical disks has exceeded the product s specified capacity because of physical disks added to the disk array no additional pair can be set Replication can be performed for pairs that have already been set Setting Pair Configuration In the basic pair configuration one RV is connected to one MV For certain types of operation more than one RV can be connected Note that the MV and RV to be paired must have the same LD capacity and OS type Disk Array DynamicDataReplication RemoteDataReplication Figure 2 3 Basic Configuration Disk Array Synchronized Backup Previous day Test Environment Figure 7 6 Parallel Configuration e Upto 4 RVs can be set for one MV concurrently For Volume Cloning you can set up to 3 RVs concurrently e The Volume Cloning can be set in only one layer in the disk array e Volumes with different capacities cannot be set as a pair e Unless the OS type is the same the pair setting cannot be performed Pair Setting MV RV DB_DATA_MV DB_DATA_RV DB_REDO1
435. ting applications 1 Teminating applications Q Unmounting MV G Desctivating the volume group or deporting the disk group Steps Restarting applications 1 Activating the volume group or importing the disk group Q Mounting MV G Restarting applications Staz Mounting RV l Activating the volume group or importing the disk group Q Mounting RV Figure 12 2 Work Flow Backup Operation Operation Procedure 1 Unmount RV backup server Before unmounting RV terminate all the application software etc which may access the volume umount rvfs1 2 Deactivate the volume group or deport the disk group a When using LVM deactivate the RV volume group vgechange a n dev vg01 b When using VxVM deport the RV disk group and take the disks offline vxdg deport dg01 vxdisk offline sdf 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 412 2 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Perform replication for the paired MV RV In this example the replication operation file is used and replication is performed with the following settings Copy range Difference default value Update reflection to RV Sync mode default value RV access restriction nr Not Ready default value Waiting for copy completion Specified Assume that the replication operation file contains the following disks txt Type MV Type RV ld dev000 ld dev100 1 10400412 002 11 2012 Even if RV can be used as a
436. ting the performance of access to the application database from being degraded during data backup performed while the system is running e Simplifying the creation of test environment where actual application data is used e Processing data update and data reference in parallel for more efficiency In this way Data Replication makes system construction and system management easier and more effective The following sections describe some examples of applying Data Replication Backup This section describes how to apply Data Replication for backup using replication volumes Backup from Replication Volume to Magnetic Tape Media e With this method you can perform backup from a replication volume to a magnetic tape media e With this type of backup operation stops only while a replication volume is separated from the master volume resulting in substantial reduction of operation downtime Because backup is performed from a replication volume the master volume is not affected Master Backup Server Figure 1 2 Backup from Replication Volume The procedure for backup from a replication volume is as follows 1 While the system is running keep the MV master volume and RV replication volume connected 2 Suspend production tasks to separate the RV replication volume After the separation is completed resume the tasks 3 Use the separated RV replication volume to perform backup in parallel with the tasks After backup is comp
437. tion e Semi synchronous Copy instruction e Resume instruction e Background Copy instruction e Suspend instruction Giving the Resume instruction changes Background Copy or Suspend to a specified copy control Overland Mirroring Overland Replication or Background Copy 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 42 12 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Replication Operations and State Transitions Foreground Copy Replication Background Copy Instruction Suspend Instruction Mirroring or Replication or Mirroring or me Instruction Replication or Resume Y Instruction N Copy Failure Background Copy Background Copy or Resume Instruction 8 Mirroring can only be used fora Replication and Mirroring pair Suspend Instruction Figure 2 10 State Transition Diagram of Copy C Relationship between Copy Performance and Copy Control If the state of copy control is set to Synchronized Copy the difference between MV and RV will not be accumulated because updates made in the MV are immediately sent to RV However it takes extra time to write into the MV because it waits for reflection of the updates to RV If the state of copy control is set to Suspend the difference between MV and RV will be accumulated because the updates made in the MV will not be reflected in the RV The time to write into the MV is the same as normal I O As described above states of copy c
438. tion directory has not been changed or has been created under the specified directory when the destination directory has been changed Operations to Perform when Changing the Configuration It is necessary to recreate the volume list to reflect the new configuration information to the volume list when you change the disk array or server OS configuration Conditions Requiring Volume List Update Be sure to recreate and update the volume list after making the following configuration changes e Change of disk array configuration e Change of disk array name e Change of logical disk name e Change of logical disk OS type e Addition of logical disk and change or deletion of configuration e Change of Access Control setting e Addition or deletion of disk array connected by Replication and Mirroring If a disk array configures Replication and Mirroring and the configuration is changed as shown above in the remote side disk array you also need to update the volume list Change of server configuration e Addition change or deletion of partition e Addition change or deletion of mount point set to a volume drive letter or NTFS folder name e Addition deletion or change of control volume definition only when a control volume is used Change of configuration path of connection between the disk array and the server Updating Volume List To update a volume list execute the iSMvollist command with the cr option specified or per
439. tion in RV is not performed Suspend due to Failure Forcibly suspended in a disk array due to a copy failure Copy for reflecting difference is not performed The I O of updates made in MV is completed when the data are written into the MV The data is accumulated as the difference information Reflection in RV is not performed When MV and RV Are in the Same Disk Array 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 42 9 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Replication Operations and State Transitions Figure 2 6 Foreground Copy Overland Mirroring a Writes the updated data for MV into the cache reserved for the MV b Writes the difference data to be copied from the cache reserved for the MV to RV into the cache reserved for the RV c Notifies that I O is completed d Sends the updated data written into the cache to the MV and the RV When MV and RV Are in Different Disk Arrays Figure 2 7 Foreground Copy Overland Mirroring e Writes the updated data for MV into the cache A e Writes the difference data to be copied from the cache A to RV into the cache B e Notifies that I O is completed e Sends the updated data written into the cache to the MV and the RV The I O of updates made in MV is completed at the same time as the data is written into the MV and the difference information is accumulated The accumulated difference information is copied to the RV in the background asynchronou
440. tion is temporarily stopped and restarted after recovery The completion of the copy operation is delayed because the operation is temporarily stopped e A newly started remote replication operation results in an error while the link is in the failure state Depending on a line error occurrence timing an error may occur during SnapSAN Manager remote replication pair monitoring or setting and disk monitoring may temporarily be stopped In this case maintenance notification such as an ALIVE notification is made following the monitoring stop If there is a problem with the line quality consider selecting a different line or use of aWAN accelerator The operation of the ReplicationControl commands iSMrc_replicate iSMrc_resotre iSMrc_separate iSMrc_query iSM re_wait with IOPATH DIRECT specified can be continued by performing a retry operation inside the command assuming that the line is automatically recovered when a failure occurs on a low speed line Remote Replication Asynchronous Remote Replication Asynchronous is provided for users who transfer data between disk arrays or operate small remote data replication Functions of Remote Replication Asynchronous are the same as Remote Replication except for the following restrictions 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 43 4 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Function Remote Replicatiion Remote Replication Asynchronous Number of Remote Up
441. tion that uses the data replication function Although the procedure for command input is described below the actual operation for building up a system is automated by the job scheduling software Data of the master volume MV used in operation is replicated to the replication volume RV Then it is saved to the tape by using backup software 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 8 7 SnapSAN S 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Operations Overview Assume that the backup environment has the configuration shown in Figure 3 1 Also the volumes have been set as a pair and the operation has started in the state where the volumes are separated In this example the MV drive letter is G and the RV drive letter is H Application Server Backup Server NetBackup _ ae ie Disk Copy w Cv Master Volume MV Tape Replication Volume RV Figure 8 3 Online Backup 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 8 8 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Operations Overview Work flow of the backup example Application server gt lt Backup server gt Sten2 FlushingRV filesystem Stap3 UnmountingRV Performing replication Terminating applications Flushing MV file system Performing separation Mounting MV Stap l0 Restarting applications Step ll MountingRV Figure 8 4
442. tions in the volume will be targeted for operations if a certain partition drive letter is specified for the volume To perform operations for a volume that consists of multiple partitions change the settings of the replication operation option setting file For information about the replication option setting file refer to the ControlCommand Command Reference 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 5 50 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview 6 Specifying copy range cprange By default only the difference diff between MV and RV is copied You can use this option to specify that the entire area full will be copied Specifying copy control cpmode You can specify a copy control state that will be applied when restoration is ongoing or MV and RV are synchronized Synchronous Copy cpmode sync Set the copy control state to Synchronous Copy mode Semi synchronous Copy cpmode semi Set the copy control state to Overland Replication This can be specified for paired volumes in different disk arrays Background Copy cpmode bg Set the copy control state to Background Copy mode Specifying access restrictions for RV rvacc You can specify access restrictions for RV that will be applied when restoration is ongoing or completed Not Ready rvacc nr Switches to the Not Ready state Operations cannot be performed for the volume from the system Read Only rvacc ro The
443. to 4 1 A Volume Cloning pair can be Replication pairs that can set for the same logical disk be set for one logical disk parallel Remote Replication pair configuration Multilevel configuration Possible Impossible Volume Cloning and consisting of upper and Remote Replication pairs can be lower Remote Replication configured serially pairs for one logical disk serial Remote Replication pair configuration Large capacity volume Available Unavailable Replicate copy mode Foreground Copy Background Copy Background Copy only Remote Unavailable Replicatiion Disaste rRecovery A Remote Replication pair set with Remote Replication Asynchronous is the same as Remote Replicatiion For this reason a pair set with Remote Replication Asynchronous can be used without modifications if the product is changed to Remote Replicatiion An Remote Replication pair can be set between a disk array on which Remote Replication is installed and another disk array on which Remote Replication Asynchronous is installed For this pair however the restrictions on Remote Replication Asynchronous are applied For Remote Replication Asynchronous Replication Management windows can be operated only from the SnapSAN Manager Web GUD Remote Replication Asynchronous screen operations are not supported in a replication management screen opened from the SnapSAN Manager Win GUI To perform such operations use a replication screen opened from the
444. to the file system of the unmounted volume the Windows system mounts the volume automatically When the Windows system mounts a volume automatically unmounting is disabled Note that the file system may be damaged if unintended data is left in the file system buffer due to this operation To suppress an unexpected automatic mount use the offline option When the offline option is specified the mount point drive letter or NTFS folder name set in the target volume is deleted automatically and the volume is unmounted with the automatic mount suppressed At this time Windows 2000 changes the access restriction for the disk logical disk to the Not Ready state 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 5 88 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview When the offline option is omitted and the volume to be unmounted is LV the system always acts in the same way as the time when the offline option is specified When the volume to be unmounted is RV the system works according to the UMOUNT_RVACC parameter of the replication option setting file If the force option is specified the target volume is forcibly unmounted even if it cannot be locked because it is in use When the volume to be unmounted is a business volume such as MV or BV it is not recommended to specify this option because the volume may be forcibly unmounted without data consistency secured When the volume to be unmounted is RV or LV the
445. to the reason the volume cannot be set as MV of Volume Cloning Remote Replication Due to the reason the volume cannot be set as MV of Remote Replication Disk Array Name On the MV part the name of the disk array including the selected volume is displayed On the RV part the name of the disk array for which pair setting of remote data replication can be performed is displayed Target Only the selected volumes will be MV target if you select From Selected LDs Only All volumes that are available as MV will be MV target if you do not check From Selected LDs Only PD Type You can narrow down target volumes for which pair setting can be performed by specifying a PD type 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 21 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide If target volumes for which pair setting can be performed are of the same PD type no volume can be selected because you cannot narrow down the volumes by a PD type Type Description ALL All volumes are target for pairing FC Volumes whose PD type is FC are target for pairing ATA Volumes whose PD type is ATA are target for pairing SAS volumes whose PD type is SAS are target for pairing SSD Volumes whose PD type is SSD are target for pairing SSD ATA Volumes whose PD type is SSD ATA are target for pairing NLSAS Volumes whose PD type is NLSAS are target for pairing SAS SED Volumes whose PD type is SAS SED are
446. tore the master volume MV data directly from the backup data on the tape follow the data restoration procedure for the backup software in use 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 48 14 SnapSAN S 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Operations Overview Backup Server volume MV via NetBackup network Restore data on master Backup Exed Restore master volume MV data directly using backup data on tape Master Volume Replication Volume Figure 8 5 Restore Master Volume Data from Backup Tape Assume that LD names of MV RV are dev001 and dev002 respectively and both are assigned to the D drive in the application and backup servers 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 48 15 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Operations Overview Work flow for an example of the master volume data recovery Application server gt Stap 2 Restoring MV lt Backup server gt Stapn3 Restoring data fromtape Sten4 Flushing MV file system Stapi Unmounting MV Stapn2 Flushing RV file system Step 8 UnmountingRV Step 12 Waiting for separation completion Step l3 MountingRV Step l0 Mounting MV i Figure 8 6 Work Flow Master Volume Data Recovery Terminating applications application server Terminate or stop applications and certain services that are accessing the volume where a f
447. tribute is displayed The control volume setting procedure differs depending on the disk array functions as shown below Disk Arrays Identifying the Control Volume Attribute Create or update the volume list when a logical disk created as a control volume is connected to the server and recognized as a disk by the system The disk array identifies the control volume attributes of the logical disks connected to the server and automatically registers appropriate volumes with the volume list After creating or updating a volume list execute the iSMvollist command to display the control volume list and verfity that the control volume has been successfully registered with the volume list iSMvollist ctl 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 411 9 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Control Volume Setting Other Disk Arrays It is necessary to select a control volume from the logical disks connected to the server and describe the volume in the control volume definition file on the server for definition In the control volume definition file describe the logical disk number LDN and the disk array name of the logical disk to be used as a control volume You can check the information on the logical disk by using the iSMrc_ldlist command This information includes the list of disk arrays connected to the server disk array names list of logical disks in each disk array and logical disk numbers To displ
448. trol function Set secure mode per LD set If the arbitrary LD set assigned to the local server in the disk array is set to secure mode the operating mode of the disk array changes to secure mode from the local server Whether the operating mode of the remote disk array disk array where no logical disk is registered in the volume list not connected from the local server is secure mode is determined from the linked local disk array disk array where one or more logical disks are registered in the volume list If the local disk array is secure mode the remote disk array also changes to secure mode If the operating mode of the target disk array is set to secure mode the following restrictions are applied Restrictions Applied When Operating Mode of Target Disk Array Is Secure Mode Operation Description Replicate If the operation target is the AT group the MVs or RVs of all the pairs in the AT group must be registered in the volume list in advance Separate Same as above Restore Same as above Copy control state Same as above change Waiting command Same as above Replication state display Same as above Specific volume Same as above information display AT group binding When any of the following functions is used e Forced deletion of AT group Pair deletion from AT group e Pair registration in AT group e Update of MV delay allowance time that is an AT group attribute The MVs or RVs of all the pairs
449. ult value Waiting for copy completion Not specified default value It is also assumed that the replication operation file contains the following 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 48 24 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Operations Overview disks txt Type MVType RV ld dev0011d dev002 iSMrc_replicate file disks txt Then the following message appears and the data copy from MV to RV is started Replicate Start2001 02 21 12 21 15 MV 10dev001WN Volume 822575dd 63d9 11d5 b1e0 009027520bce G RV dev002WN Terminating applications application server To secure data consistency terminate or stop applications that are accessing the target volume If such application has not been terminated unmounting will fail If a folder is shared in the target volume cancel the sharing temporarily Example Stopping a service NET STOP service name To stop the service ESMCommonService specify as follows NET STOP ESMCommonService Example Canceling the sharing of a shared folder NET SHARE share_name delete To cancel sharing of a shared folder mv_folder1 specify as follows NET SHARE my_folder1 delete Flushing MV file system application server Flush the MV file system to write the unwritten data in the file system buffer into the disk iSMrc_flush drv G Then the following message appears and the file system is flushed Flush Start2001 02 21 12 23 14 disk10devO01W
450. ume resume Set the copy control state to Foreground Copy 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 56 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview The following table shows the relations between copy controls before change and change options semi semi Change Option State sync synchro synchronizati bg suspend resume before Change nization on background suspend resume yaceuchonae lt a o o semi semi synchronous bg background suspend Suspend 4 The state can be changed The state can be changed but the copy control cannot be changed The state cannot be changed Displayed Information The iSMrc_change command displays one of the following messages when copy control change starts and finishes On the Windows system Start message Change StartYYYY MM DD hh mm ss MV disk_numberld_nametype volume_name path RV disk_numberld_nametype volume_name path End message Change Normal EndYYYY MM DD hh mm ss MV disk_numberld_nametype volume_name path RV disk_numberld_nametype volume_name path Description YYYY MM DD hh mm ss Start End time Year Month Day Hour Minute Second disk_number Physical disk number ld_name Logical disk name type 0S type volume _name Mount point volume name path Drive letter or path name mounted on the NTFS volume folder accessed by users 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt
451. ume information items of the target disk array will be displayed Disk Array Selection Combo box Clicking the pull down button displays the list of disk arrays currently registered in the Volume List file Drive Letter Path Name Displays Path information in the Volume List file Icon Description Indicates a logical disk that can be used by the server 5 Indicates a logical disk defined as a control volume 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 5 25 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Icon Description Indicates that a logical disk defined as a control volume is in an inappropriate state for one of the following reasons The control volume is paired as RV A snapshot generation is added to specify the control volume as a base volume BV A link volume LV is created with the same logical disk ay number as the control volume to make the LV accessible from the server The access control or the control volume is canceled to make the control volume inaccessible from the server The disk array to which the defined control volume belongs is not recognized For measures that need to be taken for the cases above refer to 4 6 3 9 Defining Control Volume Volume Name Displays volume names in the Volume List file Disk No Displays physical disk numbers in the Volume List file Volume Definition Displays the identification information of cont
452. ume 37d84cca 2507 11d5 a0f7 00004c714491 H Use RV again for backup on applications Restarting applications backup server Restart the applications terminated If you stopped services restart them by following the procedure below If not it is not required to do the following Example Restarting a service NET START service name To restart the service ESMCommonService specify as shown below NET START ESMCommonService Troubleshooting Failure Types The following failures may occur during data replication e Hardware failure unique to replication e SnapSAN Manager server failure e ReplicationControl abnormal end e Down of server connected to RV e Lack of products Hardware Failure Unique to Replication The data replication function provided by hardware may cause failures given below in addition to ordinary hardware failures These failures can be checked from an SnapSAN Manager window ReplicationControl commands may end up abnormally due to these failures Copy Failure Detecting a copy failure If copy between MV and RV is not performed normally due to a connection failure between them they may move to one of the following states depending on the timing or the type of the failure Separate due to failure failure separation fault Suspend due to failure abnormal suspend When the state of MV and RV has moved to one of the states above see the Replication Manager window to check the status of the copy fai
453. ume list is created or updated you cannot display a volume list or cannot execute replication and snapshot operation commands 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 17 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Create or update a volume list with the logical disk or the volume recognized by the OS on the server A pair including a replication volume RV of the data replication function must be separated For a link volume LV of the snapshot function a link to a snapshot volume SV must be established Create or update a volume list with a mount point drive letter or NTFS folder to be used set to volumes Command Operations UNIX On the UNIX system by using the volume list creation and display functions of the iSMvollist command you can obtain and display the special file name the logical disk name and the associated OS type hereafter volume list of the logical disk in a disk array You can specify only the volumes registered with the volume list when performing data replication or snapshot Because of this a volume list created by running the iSMvollist command must be in place Only a privileged user super user can create or update a volume list After adding or deleting a disk array to from the system or creating or cancelling a logical disk be sure to update the volume list to reflect the information into the list If the volume list is not updated data inconsistency may occu
454. ummary 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 10 1 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Unmounting RV Synchronizing MY with RV by Replicate DiskArray Tape Device Securing the static point of business data and executing Separate Secure the static paint of business data and execute Separate Backup Server Disk Array Tape Device Tape Device Figure 10 2 Backup Flow Updating RV and Re synchronizing MV with RV The data updated in RV by secondary use of RV data becomes differential data from MV The data is overwritten by MV data when MV is re synchronized with RV by subsequent Replicate Therefore you need to back up the data updated in RV to a tape or other media as needed before executing re synchronization by Replicate Updating RV Re synchronize MY with RV by Replicate Disk Array DiskArray Tape Device Tape Device Figure 10 3 Update RV and Re Sync MV with RV 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 10 2 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Restore This section describes the basic flow of restoring data using Restore of the data replication function Restoring environment Restore environment such asrebinding MV andzespecifying a pair Unmounting MV and RV Unmount RV by a backup serverandunmount MV by an application server to clear the data remaining in the file system buffer Starting R
455. umount rvfs1 2 Deactivate the volume group or deport the disk group When using LVM deactivate the RV volume group vgechange a n dev vg01 When using VxVM deport the RV disk group and take the disks offline vxdg deport dg01 vxdisk offline sdf 3 Perform replication for the paired MV RV with the following settings Copy range Difference default value Update reflection to RV Sync mode default value RV access restriction nr Not Ready default value Waiting for copy completion Not specified default value Assume that the replication operation file contains the following disks txt Type MVType RV 1d dev0001d dev100 4 Even if RV can be used as a file system be sure to unmount the RV file system Otherwise the data consistency in RV is not guaranteed during replication iSMrc_replicate file disks txt Then the following message appears and the data copy from MV to RV is started Display example Replicate Start2000 09 11 11 06 13 MV dev sdddevOOOLX RV dev100LX Terminating applications application server 1 5 Create a perfect static point of MV data before performing separation This is for completely writing all the data remaining in the cache into the disk This task also intends to prevent I O processing to from the logical volume file system in order to maintain the data consistency between MV and RV To Terminate Applications 1 Temporarily terminate applications that use MV 2 Unmount the logical volume used
456. unting an RV file system of which access restriction is RO Read Only specify the Read Only setting e To use a VxVM disk group specify the access restriction for the target volume as RW Read Write If the disk group includes a volume with RO Read Only the disk group cannot be imported Access Right Settings on Volumes If replication or restoration is performed the access right settings and the user information user ID group ID etc applied to directories and files in a volume used as MV or RV will be reflected into RV or MV overwriting the access right applied to the RV or MV If the newly applied access right settings are different from the previous settings the directories or files that have been used may not be accessed depending on the environment Configure the same access settings to directories and files on the both servers of MV and RV Volume Operations of LVM and VxVM Using LVM and VxVM Volumes to Be Managed RV and MV cannot be used in the same server when LVM or VxVM manages the MV or RV 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 413 2 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Management And Operations Of Data Replication When a volume group or a disk group is used replication is performed on a logical disk basis e When a volume group or a disk group consists of multiple logical disks and a logical disk operation fails due to an operation error etc the logical disks may not
457. ure for performing search operation in parallel is as follows 1 1 In the nighttime suspend search operation to connect the MV master volume and RV replication volume 2 2 In the daytime separate the master volume MV and replication volume RV Then perform update and search operations in parallel RV contains data of the previous day 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 41 4 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Data Replication Overview Application Backup Server Backup Software ReplicationControl o ReplicationControl Management Server AccesscControl Volume Cloning Disk Array Figure 1 6 System Configuration To install the Data Replication function the following hardware devices are required Disk Array Disk arrays with the data replication functions provided by either Voluming Cloning or Remote Replication are required Management Server This server monitors disk arrays of the disk arrays using the installed SnapSAN Manager and also controls disk arrays and data replication functions Application Server backup Server These servers perform Data Replication or backup operation in tandem with tasks Software to run Data Replication consists of the following components Storage Manager Provides the disk array configuration and state display functions Installing Volume Cloning and or Remote Replication allows the replication management function herei
458. use the format of dev sd The displayed special file name is also in this format e Set sequential numbers beginning with 0 to the LUNs assigned to logical disks e The system only recognizes the logical disks associated to LUNs with sequential numbers beginning with 0 If LUNs have non sequential numbers the corresponding logical disks are not recognized by the system e Restart the system after adding or deleting a disk array When using data replication function and snapshot function in serial configuration that is using the RV as the BV of the snapshot function take note of the following points The following products are required for the disk array Volume Cloning or Replication and Mirroring and Snapshots e When an RV is set as a BV background copy mode is only available for the copy mode of Replicate to the RV e When an RV is set as a BV Restore protect is only available for Restore from the RV to MV e When you create a snapshot generation from a BV which is an RV the pair of the RV must be separated separated When performing Separate immediate you can use the RV even in separate execution sep exec However wait for separated separated to create a snapshot e The version of ReplicationControl to be used must support a disk array connected to the server and also a disk array in Remote Replication relation with that disk array 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 413 8 SnapSAN 3000 S500
459. ves Select a drive authorized by the backup software to be used e Connect the path of individual servers to the port on different directors of the disk array limiting the servers to be accessed by Access Control e To use data replication in the 4000 series or S3000 series Replication Director is required Software Configuration Select software to be used according to the hardware components and operating conditions 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 47 2 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview Management Server LAN LAN Specific forinter lt 7 ControlCommand Application Server Backup Server Operated primarily Application Server Standby Controlcommand 7 ReplicationControl J PathManager Backup Software E L TO ReplicationControl PathManager Disk Array AccessControl DynamicDataReplicati Figure 7 3 Software Configuration Because application servers are in the cluster configuration set both the primary and standby application servers to be included in the same domain In both the primary and standby application servers install the same business application software Install the backup software in the backup server Install management software and SnapSAN Manager on the management server Install the ReplicationControl on the application and backup servers Unlock the Volume Cloning
460. ves tbe 3 6 Ueo Sy San A ANEAN 3 10 USING SSD aa N T N 3 12 Chapter 4 Replication Manager D E EEEE AA O E OE O OE E E OA E E O T A 4 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 41 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Replication INFOTMONONMS ChE SI sci ccscscdscacecssvectieasdaceccsdavedenesddecasshcastheaseadardaces deceelecsdudadivaeds dueasdesdbeandhs 4 6 Operations Of Replication MANAGE cscsesessesessescssescseescseeseseescseeseseesssessesessescseeesssescaseecseessaeessases 4 20 RE PIC CIS rrasa aaa aea a aA ibaa Clas erates ANa ATE EN 4 26 Pa TOTE oo E E E E EE OS 4 36 Conditions Peron RESIOFE onnan aN A A ANR 4 41 Suspend RE UmE CODY irian ea a O E A E E TT TO 4 43 Chonge to Background CODY siidiadsssrntrnsnern E ANAAO 4 49 RV Moe CONOS kaen rE aa A E E N A O A 4 52 Forced SEPIE Nenien e n E N E A E N 4 57 REMGIME MECIG 2 5 s sbasisbscastecoadesvsansssadevtestodddesaboeveaseadesaeassbehads saecbesopasenndyadlaaaivaparsssanbaaanentiasetes 4 60 Forced UNDO wee iiss a iciasde Bacitiadeeaianminndes igen adeanina dianiagiaaiadeandidiaaeiadios 4 62 Selected Volume LIST iesse nienia Ea a EES S A E E NNE 4 63 Forced Cancellation of Update Prevention esssesesessssssesesesessssesesesenssssstsestnessnstsestnessnsssesenesessessse 4 66 Freeze Defe EZE uneia aaa AA N aa a N T A 4 68 Conditions to Perform Freeze Defreeze ceceesesscsesseeesescescsceseescesscsessesecescuscsecseeecesesaeseseecescaee
461. vflg mv_flg Specifies a volume and volume type for MV e Specifying RV rv volume rvflg rv_flg Specifies a volume and volume type for RV Because pair setting or unpairing is performed on a logical volume basis you cannot specify an LVM volume group or a VxVM disk group as a volume On the Windows system you cannot perform operations for a volume that consists of multiple partitions by default because all the partitions in the volume will be targeted for operations if a certain partition drive letter is specified for the volume To perform operations for a volume that consists of multiple partitions change the settings of the replication operation option setting file For information about the replication option setting file refer to the ControlCommand Command Reference 3 Forced Unpair force If you cannot perform normal unpairing due to a failure that occurred in connection between disk arrays etc you can specify the force option to perform unpairing individually for MV and RV You can specify one of the following as a Forced Unpair target e Perform Forced Unpair for both MV and RV force all e Perform Forced Unpair only for MV force mv e Perform Forced Unpair only for RV force rv Note the following when performing Forced Unpair e In general when MV and RV are in the same system specify force all e Use Forced Unpair with MV and RV specified when MV and RV are in different systems e After performin
462. wer pair is not in the Separate Preparing For a serial pair configuration using Remote state Replication The lower pair is not in the Replicate Preparing State Figure 5 33 Copy Control Operations Wait Command Use the iSMrc_wait command to wait for completion of replication of restoration copy synchronization or of separation Main Options For performing wait operations using the iSMrc_wait command you can specify the following options 1 Specifying paired volumes Specify MV and RV e Specifying MV mv volume mvflg mv_flg Specifies a volume and volume type for MV e Specifying RV rv volume rvflg rv_flg Specifies a volume and volume type for RV 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 45 59 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Overview The target volumes MV and or RV can be specified in any of the combinations below MV and RV Waits for operations for a specified pair MV only When one MV is paired with one RV RV can be omitted and the system waits for operations in the same way as when MV and RV are specified for the pair RV only Waits for operations in the same way as when MV and RV are specified Wait end condition cond You can specify a condition for ending wait operations This option must be specified Completion of replication or restoration cond sync Waits for sync rpl sync or sync rst sync Completion of separation cond sep
463. which the target MV or RV belongs is given Figure 4 41 Execute Conditions of Forced Separate Forced Unpair When a failure occurs in the disk array of MV or RV monitoring is suspended and the normal Unpair may not be performed In such a case you can use Forced Unpair to unpair the MV and RV individually Operation Procedure Before performing Forced Unpair you must separate MV and RV by using Separate or Forced Separate Do one of the following to display the Forced Unpair window Select a volume on the Replication Information window click Operation on the menu bar of Replication Manager and then select Forced Operation and Forced Unpair Right click on the Replication Information window to select Forced Operation and Forced Unpair 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 62 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide Forced Unpair Result 0 Unexec Activity Logical Disk Name Number MY Disk Arca f oclected nsPep o00cr Sr Separate J s 300000 ragelsoo Separate 43000001 1SP3 0002h Storage 800 Not selected e Not selectable Details A You can unpeic amp pair forcefully Because the conwand for forced separation runs individually if either of them is not under the control of this iSH only the other voluwe is forcefully unpaired In this case the reason why the cormand was not executed is shown Choose pair s you want to unpair
464. window by delimiting it by comma on an item basis 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc lt 4 81 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide An example of the CSV file Type Number OS Type Logical Disk Name PD Type Partition Name Pair Number Pair Disk Name Pair PD type Pair Type Pair Partition Name Activity Disk Array Sync Copy Control Copy Mode RV Mode Differential Quantity of Volume Number of Pairs Capacity GB LD Set Name ATgroup Name Update Prevention Pair Update Prevent Identity Mv 0000h NX M VOLUME001 FC Par_A 0201h R_VOLUME001 ATA Remote Replication Par_B Replicate Synchronized Foreground Copy Synce OKB 1 33 2 NX shigotol RV 0001h NX R_VOLUME001 FC Par_A 0100h M_ VOLUME001 FC Remote Replication Par _C Replicate StorageS2800 Synchronized Foreground Copy Sync Not Ready 0 KB 1 33 2 NX shigotol Mv 0002h NX M VOLUME002 FC Par_A 0205h R_VOLUME005 ATA Remote Replication Par _B Replicate StorageS2800 Synchronized Foreground Copy Syne 0 KB 1 33 2 NX shigotol ATG4300 Mv 0003h NX M_ VOLUME003 FC Par_A 0206h R_VOLUME006 ATA Remote Replication Par _B Replicate StorageS2800 Synchronized Foreground Copy Syne 0 KB 1 33 2 NX shigotol ATG4300
465. with No Authority indicated because the administrator has no authority to operate the volume However the user may select items from some operation menus related to snapshot When a low speed line is used the display of Amount of Difference Transfer Rate Progress of Copy and Estimated Remaining Time may be delayed because the interval between updates is long To display the latest values press the Refresh button CSV Output of Information List The replication information the disk array LINK information and the ATgroup information for the selected disk array can be reported to a file in CSV format This CSV file can be used in spreadsheet software To produce a CSV file do the following e Select File and then CSV Output of Information List CSV Output of Information List My Recent Documents My Network File name iplist Places Save as type CS separated by commal csv X Figure 4 62 CSV Output With CSV output the latest information obtained is produced in a CSV format file However if a selected disk array is not monitored or not managed the information saved when Save button is pressed will be output Note that this information reported to a CSV file may not be the latest CSV File of Information Display List This section shows an example of the CSV file that is created by performing CSV Output of Information List This file reports the information included in the displayed
466. wn in Table A 1 below is reported and saved in the files File Name Contents Pairlnfo_diskarrayname csv Information about pairs This file is not created if the Volume Cloning and Replication and Mirroring licenses are not applied ATGInfo_diskarrayname csv Information about Atomic Groups This file is not created if the Replication and Mirroring DisasterRecovery license is not applied Start Termination 1 Start of command To start the pair information file output command iSMpairinfo hereinafter referred to as this command enter iSMpairinfo in the command line If an option is omitted the program version and the usage are displayed as shown below iSMpairinfo Version n n nnn Usage iSMpairinfo arrayname lt Disk Array Name gt out lt directory gt Usage iSMpairinfo ver Usage iSMpairinfo The above is a display sample The actual program version is displayed in Version 2 Termination of command When the pair information file output command terminates normally the pair information file is created in the specified directory Options The functions and options of the pair information file output command are as follows arrayname lt Disk Array Name gt option Specifies the target disk array name Check the disk array name with the configuration display command iSMview For details refer to the Configuration Display Command iSMview in the User s Manual or User s Manual UNIX
467. y the following conditions must be satisfied 10400412 002 11 2012 The target MV and RV are recognized by Replication Management as the Replication target disk The target MV and RV are paired The activity of the target pair is Replicate or Restore and the synchronous state is not Separate Sync Preparation or Restore Preparing The disk array where the specified MV and RV are stored is not frozen The disk array where the specified MV and RV are stored is monitored The specified MV is not registered in the ATgroup The sync of the pair of the specified MV and the paired upper MV is not Separating The sync of the pair of the specified RV and the paired lower RV is not Sync Preparation Separate Preparing or Separating 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 51 SnapSAN 3000 S5000 Replication Mirroring User Guide e The system administrator partition user is authorized to control partitions to which the specified MV and RV belong e The replication reserved volume for the target MV or RV is not a bottleneck e Set as pair e Pair Setting e Replicate or Restore Target Pair e Not in Sync Preparation or Restore Preparing e Not frozen e Disk array monitored e The specified MV is not registered in the ATgroup e For a partition user the management authorization of the partition to which the target MV or RV belongs is given For a serial pair configuration using Remote Replication e The upper pair is in the Separated
468. y the screen after a while 3 Trouble Shooting Refer to a dialog message or help to take an appropriate action 4 Others When an Remote Replication is configured between disk arrays in different models there may be difference in functions supported by each disk array Functions supported by both the disk arrays are only available for Remote Replication pair operations and remote operations Operations not supported by the disk arrays cannot be performed Replication Manager Screen To perform an operation select a volume to operate from the volume list that appears in the replication information tab on the Replication Manager window and then select an item from the menu on the menu bar or the menu displayed by right clicking The Replication Manager window consists of the following areas configuration display area on the left of the screen that shows disk array configurations and states 1 and information list display area on the right of the screen that shows a volume list and disk array link configurations 2 The Replication Manager window that initially appears shows only the configuration display area 1 To display the information list display area 2 click the disk array icon The information list display area 2 shows the list of volumes of the selected disk array and the disk array connected with the selected disk array by Remote Replicatiion 10400412 002 11 2012 2012 Overland Storage Inc 44 3 SnapSAN S 3000 S5
469. y unpaired belongs is not stopped by the power saving function e A logical disk created as a control volume is not RV to be paired In a disk array which can identify control volume attributes a logical disk created as a control volume is not set as RV to be paired e The volume capacity for setting a pair is sufficient when using the SnapSAN e The volumes to be paired are not a volume for the L2 Cache The following does not apply when ReplicationControl is used together with SnapSAN Manager e The target volume that serve as MV is registered with the volume list Pair setting unpairing and Forced Unpair cannot be remotely performed for volumes in a remote disk array e A volume list is not being created e ASnapSAN Manager special file is not being created for Linux version only Pair Swap Command To swap a pair use the iSMrc_swap command With the iSMrc_swap command you can swap or resume swapping the specified Remote Replication pair Main Options For swapping or resuming swapping a pair with the iSMrc_swap command you can specify the following options 1 Specifying pair volumes Specify MV and RV e Specifying MV mv volume mvflg mv_flg Specifies a volume and volume type for MV e Specifying RV rv volume rvflg rv_flg Specifies a volume and volume type for RV For details on the volume type refer to 0 Volume Types On the Windows system you cannot perform operations for a volume that consists

SnapSAN S3000/S5000 Replication/Mirroring

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents